Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

 


 

FORM 20-F

 


 

¨ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OR 12(G) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

OR

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003

 

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from              to             

 

Commission file number 001-3136

 


 

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 


 

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

Bermuda

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

367 Syngrou Avenue

175 64 P. Faliro

Athens, Greece

011-30210-94-07710-2

(Address of principal executive offices)

 


 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class


 

Name of each exchange on which registered


Common Shares, par value $1.00 per share   New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

 


 

As of December 31, 2003, there were 17,151,623 shares of the registrant’s Common Shares outstanding.

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.    Item 17   ¨     Item 18   x

 



Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

             Page

FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION    1
PART I        2
   

     Item 1.

  Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers    2
   

     Item 2.

  Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable    2
   

     Item 3.

  Key Information    2
   

     Item 4.

  Information on the Company    19
   

     Item 5.

  Operating and Financial Review and Prospects    34
   

     Item 6.

  Directors, Senior Management and Employees    51
   

     Item 7.

  Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions    58
   

     Item 8.

  Financial Information    61
   

     Item 9.

  The Offer and Listing    62
   

     Item 10.

  Additional Information    64
   

     Item 11.

  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk    78
   

     Item 12.

  Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities    81
PART II        81
   

     Item 13.

  Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies    81
   

     Item 14.

  Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds    81
   

     Item 15.

  Controls and Procedures    81
   

     Item 16A.

  Audit Committee Financial Expert    81
   

     Item 16B.

  Code of Ethics    82
   

     Item 16C.

  Principal Accountant Fees and Services    82
   

     Item 16D.

  Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees    83
   

     Item 16E.

  Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers    83
PART III        84
   

     Item 17.

  Financial Statements    84
   

     Item 18.

  Financial Statements    84
   

     Item 19.

  Exhibits    84

 

i


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

 

This Annual Report on Form 20-F contains forward-looking statements based on beliefs of our management. Any statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 20-F that are not historical facts are forward-looking statements as defined in the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events, including:

 

  general economic and business conditions;

 

  global and regional political conditions;

 

  availability of and demand for crude oil and petroleum products;

 

  demand for crude oil and petroleum product substitutes;

 

  actions taken by OPEC and major oil producers and refiners;

 

  competition in the marine transportation industry;

 

  developments in international trade;

 

  international trade sanctions;

 

  changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns;

 

  our ability to find new charters for our vessels at attractive rates;

 

  capital expenditures;

 

  meeting our requirements with customers;

 

  tanker supply and demand;

 

  interest rate movements; and

 

  foreign exchange.

 

The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “forecast,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “project,” “predict,” “should” and “will” and similar expressions as they relate to us are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. Such statements reflect our current views and assumptions and all forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from expectations. The factors that could affect our future financial results are discussed more fully under “Key Information — Risk Factors,” as well as elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F and in our other filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We caution readers of this Annual Report not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of their dates. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements.


Table of Contents

PART I

 

Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited is a Bermuda company that is referred to in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, together with its subsidiaries, as Tsakos Energy Navigation, “the Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our.” This report should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto, which are included in Item 18 to this report.

 

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

 

Not Applicable.

 

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

 

Not Applicable.

 

Item 3. Key Information

 

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

 

The following table presents selected consolidated financial and other data of Tsakos Energy Navigation for each of the five years in the five year period ended December 31, 2003. The table should be read together with “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.” The selected consolidated financial data of Tsakos Energy Navigation is a summary of, is derived from and is qualified by reference to, our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“US GAAP”) and have been audited for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 by Ernst & Young (“Ernst & Young”), independent auditors, and for the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 by Arthur Andersen (“Arthur Andersen”), independent auditors.

 

On May 30, 2002, we dismissed Arthur Andersen as our independent auditors. The reports of Arthur Andersen on the Company’s financial statements for the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 did not contain an adverse opinion, disclaimer of opinion or qualification or modification as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles. During the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001, there were no disagreements with Arthur Andersen on any matters of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedures. During the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001, there were no reportable events (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K).

 

At the same time as the Company dismissed Arthur Andersen as its auditors, it engaged Ernst & Young to act as its independent auditors as successor to Arthur Andersen. During the year ended December 31, 2001 and the subsequent interim period to May 30, 2002, the Company did not consult with Ernst & Young regarding (i) either the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the Company’s financial statements, or (ii) any matter that was either the subject of disagreement on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedures or a reportable event (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K).

 

The action to dismiss Arthur Andersen as the Company’s independent auditors and to replace them with Ernst & Young was taken by the board of directors on the recommendation of its audit committee.

 

For a discussion of certain risks relating to Arthur Andersen’s audit of our financial statements, see “—Risk Factors” below.

 

Our audited consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of cash flows and consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, and the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2002 and 2003, together with the notes thereto, are included in “Item 18. Financial Statements” and should be read in their entirety.

 

2


Table of Contents

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

 

    1999

    2000

    2001

    2002

    2003

 
    (in thousands except per share data)  

Income Statement Data

                                       

Revenue from vessels

  $ 89,157     $ 111,276     $ 125,029     $ 130,004     $ 241,365  

Commissions

    (3,522 )     (4,821 )     (6,379 )     (6,364 )     (11,296 )

Revenue from vessels, net

    85,635       106,455       118,650       123,640       230,069  

Expenses

                                       

Voyage expenses

    17,981       20,940       21,436       32,838       61,297  

Vessel operating expenses (1)

    23,970       26,594       28,695       32,347       49,949  

Depreciation

    21,514       20,670       21,250       24,429       32,877  

Impairment loss

    —         —         —         10,781       —    

Amortization of deferred charges

    1,441       2,463       5,119       4,315       7,835  

Provision for doubtful receivables

    —         —         —         —         700  

Management fees

    3,053       3,132       3,132       3,239       4,470  

Stock option compensation expense

    —         1,196       258       —         —    

General and administrative expenses

    701       695       792       1,261       2,415  

Operating income

    16,975       30,765       37,968       14,430       70,525  

Other expenses (income):

                                       

Interest and finance costs, net

    20,593       19,189       14,542       11,385       12,372  

Interest income

    (1,166 )     (2,487 )     (1,214 )     (736 )     (387 )

Foreign currency losses (gains)

    55       (65 )     24       84       389  

Share of profits of joint-venture

    —         —         —         (197 )     (602 )

Amortization of deferred gain on sale of vessels

    —         —         —         —         (541 )

Other, net

    (46 )     75       —         —         242  

Total other expenses (income), net

    19,436       16,712       13,352       10,536       11,473  

Net income (loss)

  $ (2,461 )   $ 14,053     $ 24,616     $ 3,894     $ 59,052  

Per Share Data

                                       

Earnings (Loss) per share, basic

  $ (0.25 )   $ 1.43     $ 2.56     $ 0.25     $ 3.45  

Earnings (Loss) per share, diluted

  $ (0.25 )   $ 1.43     $ 2.54     $ 0.25     $ 3.44  

Weighted average number of shares, basic

    9,991,152       9,823,589       9,634,323       15,717,065       17,134,347  

Weighted average number of shares, diluted

    9,991,152       9,844,414       9,705,381       15,854,904       17,187,859  

Dividend per common share

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 0.70     $ 1.00  

Cash Flow Data

                                       

Net cash from operating activities

    22,292       35,404       43,454       32,745       84,184  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (2,615 )     (15,245 )     (19,109 )     (256,984 )     (91,837 )

Net cash from (used in) financing activities

    (13,222 )     (22,053 )     (20,841 )     230,639       54,792  

Fleet Data

                                       

Average number of vessels (2)

    15.7       16       16       18       25.7  

Number of vessels (at end of period) (2)

    16       16       16       22       27  

Average age of fleet (in years) (3)

    7.2       8.2       9.3       6.8       6.5  

Earnings capacity days (4)

    5,758       5,856       5,840       6,587       9,386  

Off-hire days (5)

    171       230       81       410       663  

Net earnings days (6)

    5,587       5,626       5,759       6,177       8,723  

Percentage utilization (7)

    97.0 %     96.1 %     98.6 %     93.8 %     92.9 %

Average TCE per vessel per day (8)

  $ 14,265     $ 16,777     $ 19,002     $ 16,676     $ 22,636  

Vessel operating expenses per ship per day (9)

  $ 5,271     $ 4,892     $ 5,622     $ 5,498     $ 5,949  

Vessel overhead burden per ship per day (10)

  $ 652     $ 654     $ 672     $ 683     $ 734  

Balance Sheet Data

                                       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 31,664     $ 29,770     $ 33,274     $ 39,674     $ 86,813  

Cash, restricted

    7,000       7,528       7,815       7,000       —    

Advances for vessels under construction

    —         14,355       33,008       41,963       33,420  

Vessels, net book value

    386,852       366,544       345,463       553,143       654,662  

Total assets

    442,520       441,683       444,261       694,545       825,507  

Long-term debt, including current portion

    283,981       264,922       244,459       385,952       452,620  

Total stockholders’ equity

    134,317       146,572       171,068       267,444       314,569  

(1) Vessel operating expenses are costs that vessel owners typically bear, including crew wages and expenses, vessel supplies and spares, insurance, tonnage tax, routine repairs and maintenance, and other direct operating costs.

 

3


Table of Contents
(2) Includes chartered vessels, but excludes vessels from the Company’s joint venture, LauriTen Ltd., which existed between October 2002 and August 2003.
(3) The average age of our fleet is the age of each vessel in each year from its delivery from the builder, weighted by the vessel’s deadweight tonnage (“dwt”) in proportion to the total dwt of the fleet for each respective year.
(4) Earnings capacity days are the total number of days in a given period that we own or control vessels.
(5) Off-hire days are days related to repairs, dry dockings and special surveys, vessel upgrades and initial positions after delivery of new vessels.
(6) Net earnings days are the total number of days in any given period that we own vessels less the total number of off-hire days for that period.
(7) Percentage utilization represents the percentage of earnings capacity days that the vessels were actually employed, i.e. earnings capacity days less off-hire days.
(8) The shipping industry uses time charter equivalent, or TCE, to calculate revenues per vessel in dollars per day for vessels on voyage charters. The industry does this because it does not commonly express charter rates for vessels on voyage charters in dollars per day. TCE allows vessel operators to compare the revenues of vessels that are on voyage charters with those on time charters. For vessels on voyage charters, we calculate TCE by taking revenues earned on the voyage and deducting the voyage costs and dividing by the actual number of voyage days. For vessels on bareboat charter, for which we do not incur either voyage or operation costs, we calculate TCE by taking revenues earned on the charter and adding a representative amount for vessel operating expenses. TCE differs from average daily revenue earned in that TCE is based on revenues before commissions and does not take into account off-hire days.
(9) Vessel operating expenses per ship per day represents vessel operating expenses divided by the earnings capacity days of vessels incurring operating expenses. Earnings capacity days of vessels on bareboat or chartered-in have been excluded.
(10) Vessel overhead burden per ship per day is management fees plus general and administrative expenses divided by the total number of earnings capacity days.

 

Capitalization and Indebtedness

 

Not Applicable.

 

Reasons For the Offer and Use of Proceeds

 

Not Applicable.

 

4


Table of Contents

Risk Factors

 

Risks Related To Our Industry

 

The tanker industry is highly dependent upon the crude oil and petroleum products industries.

 

The employment of our vessels is driven by the availability of and demand for crude oil and petroleum products, the availability of modern tanker capacity and the scrapping, conversion or loss of older vessels. Historically, the world oil and petroleum markets have been volatile and cyclical as a result of the many conditions and events that affect the price, production and transport of oil, including:

 

  increases and decreases in the demand for crude oil and petroleum products;

 

  availability of crude oil and petroleum products;

 

  demand for crude oil and petroleum product substitutes, such as natural gas, coal, hydroelectric power and other alternate sources of energy that may, among other things, be affected by environmental regulation;

 

  actions taken by OPEC and major oil producers and refiners;

 

  global and regional political and economic conditions;

 

  developments in international trade;

 

  international trade sanctions;

 

  environmental factors;

 

  weather; and

 

  changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns.

 

The economic expansion in the U.S., Chinese and Indian economies, and the improved performance of the Japanese economy, with their impact on Pacific Rim and Latin American activity, have produced a more positive forecast for consumption of crude oil and its products during 2004. The increase in demand for oil is also supported by seasonal factors and the need to restore depleted oil inventories in the U.S. and the other major Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development importing countries. However, if the production of and demand for crude oil and petroleum products slows in the future, a corresponding decrease in shipments of these products could have an impact on the employment of our vessels and the charter rates that they command. In particular, the charter rates that we earn from our spot charters and contracts of affreightment may decline. In addition, overbuilding of tankers has, in the past, led to a decline in charter rates. If the supply of tanker capacity increases and the demand for tanker capacity does not, the charter rates paid for our vessels could materially decline. The resulting decline in revenues could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and profitability.

 

The global tanker industry is highly competitive.

 

We operate our fleet in a highly competitive market. Our competitors include owners of VLCCs, Suezmax, Aframax, Panamax and Handysize tankers. These competitors include other independent tanker companies, as well as national and independent oil companies, some of whom have greater financial strength and capital resources than we do. Competition in the tanker industry is intense and depends on price, location, size, age, condition, and the acceptability of the available tankers and their operators to potential charterers.

 

5


Table of Contents

Terrorist attacks and international hostilities can affect the tanker industry, which could adversely affect our business.

 

Additional attacks like those of September 11, 2001 or longer-lasting wars or international hostilities, including those currently underway in Afghanistan and Iraq, could damage the world economy, adversely affect the availability of and demand for crude oil and petroleum products and negatively affect our investment and our customers’ investment decisions over an extended period of time. We conduct our operations outside of the United States, and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by changing economic, political and government conditions in the countries and regions where our vessels are employed. Moreover, we operate in a sector of the economy that is likely to be adversely impacted by the effects of political instability, terrorist or other attacks, war or international hostilities.

 

As our current charters expire, new charters at attractive rates may not be available.

 

In 2003, we derived approximately 36% of our revenues from time charters, as compared to 51% in the equivalent period in 2002. As the current period charters of our vessels expire, it may not be possible to re-charter these vessels on a period basis at attractive rates. Charter rates are subject to significant fluctuations, and tankers may experience substantial off-hire time. If attractive period charter opportunities are not available, we would seek to charter our vessels on the spot market.

 

If our exposure to the spot market or contracts of affreightment increases, our revenues could suffer and our expenses could increase.

 

The spot market for crude oil and petroleum product tankers is highly competitive. As a result of any increased reliance on the spot market, we may experience a lower utilization of our fleet, leading to a decline in operating revenue. Moreover, to the extent our vessels are employed in the spot market, both our revenue from vessels and our operating costs, specifically, our voyage expenses, will be more significantly impacted by increases in the cost of bunkers (fuel). Unlike time charters in which the charterer bears all of the bunker costs, in spot market voyages we bear the bunker charges as part of our voyage costs. As a result, while historical increases in bunker charges are factored into the prospective freight rates for spot market voyages periodically announced by WorldScale Association (London) Limited and similar organizations, increases in bunker charges in any given period could have a material adverse effect on our cash flow and results of operations for the period in which the increase occurs. In addition, to the extent we employ our vessels pursuant to contracts of affreightment or under pooling arrangements, the rates that we charge the charterers under those contracts may be subject to reduction based on market conditions, which could lead to a decline in our operating revenue.

 

Oil industry developments, competition among tanker operators and evolving regulatory requirements will compel us to renew our fleet and make ongoing capital expenditures.

 

During the down cycle in the oil industry in late 1998 and 1999, the oil industry experienced consolidation with the announcement or completion of several combinations among major oil companies, as well as consolidations involving tanker operators. As a result, the major oil companies have started to focus their chartering requirements with a smaller number of shipping companies that possess large and diversified modern fleets that are compliant with the increasingly stringent environmental regulations applicable to tanker operators.

 

To address these developments, we intend to expand and further renew our fleet by pursuing the acquisition or construction of additional vessels or fleets that are complementary to ours, assuming we have the financial resources and debt capacity to do so. However, the world’s tanker shipyards have little or no additional capacity until the end of 2007 and we may not be able to purchase or construct additional vessels, other than those currently on order, on commercially acceptable terms. If we seek to expand through the acquisition of other tanker companies, we face numerous challenges, including:

 

  difficulties in the assimilation of acquired operations;

 

  diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

 

6


Table of Contents
  assumption of potentially unknown material liabilities or contingent liabilities of acquired companies;

 

  competition from other potential acquirors, some of which have greater financial resources;

 

  impairment of acquired assets, which would reduce future reported earnings; and

 

  potential loss of clients or key employees of acquired companies.

 

We cannot assure you that we will be able to integrate successfully the operations, personnel, services or vessels that we might acquire in the future, and our failure to do so could adversely affect our profitability.

 

We are subject to regulation and liability under environmental laws that could require significant expenditures and affect our cash flows and net income.

 

Our business and the operation of our vessels are subject to extensive international, national and local environmental and health and safety laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate, as well as in the country or countries of their registration. In addition, major oil companies chartering our vessels impose, from time to time, their own environmental and health and safety requirements. We have incurred significant expenses in order to comply with these regulations and requirements, including the costs of ship modifications and changes in operating procedures, additional maintenance and inspection requirements, contingency arrangements for potential spills, insurance coverage and full implementation of the new security-on-vessels requirements which are required to be in effect on July 1, 2004.

 

In particular, certain international, national and local laws and regulations require, among other things, double hull construction for new tankers, as well as the retrofitting or phasing-out of single hull tankers based on each vessel’s date of build, gross tonnage and/or hull configuration. Furthermore, certain countries have already banned single-hull tankers from approaching their coastlines or entering their ports. However, due to our current trading patterns, we do not believe these restrictions will have a material effect on our operations and, as with all vessels in our fleet, we will continue to evaluate the usefulness of our single-hull vessels, their marketability and their compatibility with our chartering strategies. All of the new buildings we have contracted to purchase are double-hulled. However, because environmental regulations may become stricter, future regulations may limit our ability to do business, increase our operating costs and/or force the early retirement of our vessels, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

International, national and local laws imposing liability for oil spills are also becoming increasingly stringent. Some impose joint, several, and in some cases, unlimited liability on owners, operators and charterers regardless of fault. We could be held liable as an owner, operator or charterer under these laws. In addition, under certain circumstances, we could also be held accountable under these laws for the acts or omissions of Tsakos Shipping or Tsakos Energy Management, members of the Tsakos Group that provide technical and commercial management services for our vessels and us, or others in the management or operation of our vessels. Although we currently maintain, and plan to continue to maintain, for each of our vessels pollution liability coverage in the amount of $1 billion per incident (the maximum amount), a catastrophic spill could exceed the insurance coverage we have available, and result in our having to liquidate assets to pay claims. In addition, we may be required to contribute to funds established by regulatory authorities for the compensation of oil pollution damage.

 

Maritime disasters and other operational risks may adversely impact our reputation, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The operation of ocean-going vessels has an inherent risk of maritime disaster, environmental mishaps, cargo and property losses or damage and business interruptions caused by:

 

  mechanical failure;

 

  human error;

 

7


Table of Contents
  labor strikes;

 

  adverse weather conditions;

 

  vessel off hire periods;

 

  regulatory delays; and

 

  political action, civil conflicts, terrorism and piracy in countries where vessel operations are conducted, vessels are registered or from which spare parts and provisions are sourced and purchased.

 

Any of these circumstances could adversely affect our operations, result in loss of revenues or increased costs and adversely affect our profitability and our ability to perform our charters. The tragic events of September 11, 2001 led to increases in our insurance premium rates and the implementation of special “war risk” premiums for certain trading routes. For 2002-2003, our protection and indemnity (“P&I”) club insurance premiums increased by approximately 25% and our hull and machinery insurance premiums increased by 15%. For 2003-2004, our P&I club insurance premiums increased by approximately another 10% as did our hull and machinery insurance premiums. Increases of up to 7% for P&I club insurance premiums and 15% for hull and machinery insurance premiums are expected for 2004-2005. In addition, “war risk” coverage for vessels operating in certain geographical areas has doubled, but this type of coverage represents a relatively small portion of our total insurance premiums. These increases in insurance rates would adversely affect our profitability.

 

Our vessels could be arrested at the request of third parties.

 

Under general maritime law in many jurisdictions, crew members, tort claimants, vessel mortgagees, suppliers of goods and services and other claimants may lien a vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions a maritime lien holder may enforce its lien by arresting a vessel through court process. In some jurisdictions, under the extended sister ship theory of liability, a claimant may arrest not only the vessel with respect to which the claimant’s maritime lien has arisen, but also any associated vessel under common ownership or control. While in some jurisdictions which have adopted this doctrine, liability for damages is limited in scope and would only extend to a company and its ship owning subsidiaries, we cannot assure you that liability for damages caused by some other vessel determined to be under common ownership or control with our vessels would not be asserted against us.

 

Our vessels may be requisitioned by governments without adequate compensation.

 

A government could requisition or seize our vessels. Under requisition for title, a government takes control of a vessel and becomes its owner. Under requisition for hire, a government takes control of a vessel and effectively becomes its charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during periods of war or emergency. Although we would be entitled to compensation in the event of a requisition, the amount and timing of payment would be uncertain.

 

Risks Related To Our Business

 

We depend on companies that are part of the Tsakos Group to manage our business.

 

We do not have the employee infrastructure to manage our operations and have no physical assets except our vessels and the newbuildings that we have under contract. We have engaged Tsakos Energy Management to perform all of our executive and commercial management functions. Tsakos Energy Management directly provides us with financial, accounting and other back-office services, including acting as our liaison with the New York Stock Exchange, the Oslo Børs and the Bermuda Stock Exchange. Tsakos Energy Management, in turn, oversees and subcontracts day-to-day fleet technical management, such as crewing, chartering and vessel purchase and sale functions, to Tsakos Shipping, one of the world’s largest independent tanker managers. As a result, we depend upon the continued services of Tsakos Energy Management and Tsakos Energy Management depends on the continued services of Tsakos Shipping.

 

8


Table of Contents

We derive significant benefits from our relationship with the Tsakos Group, including purchasing discounts to which we otherwise would not have access. We would be materially adversely affected if either Tsakos Energy Management or Tsakos Shipping becomes unable or unwilling to continue providing services for our benefit at the level of quality they have provided such services in the past, and at comparable costs as they have charged in the past. If we were required to employ a ship management company other than Tsakos Energy Management, our access to worldclass charterers could be diminished and our management costs could increase and our profitability could be adversely affected.

 

Tsakos Energy Management and Tsakos Shipping are privately held companies and there is little or no publicly available information about them.

 

The ability of Tsakos Energy Management and Tsakos Shipping to continue providing services for our benefit will depend in part on their own financial strength. Circumstances beyond our knowledge or control could impair their financial strength and, because both of these companies are privately held, it is unlikely that information about their financial strength would become public unless these companies began to default on their obligations. As a result, an investor in our common shares might have little advance warning of problems affecting Tsakos Energy Management or Tsakos Shipping, even though these problems could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

Tsakos Energy Management has the right to terminate its management agreement with us, and Tsakos Shipping has the right to terminate its contract with Tsakos Energy Management.

 

Tsakos Energy Management may terminate its management agreement with us at any time upon one year’s notice. In addition, if even one director were to be elected to our board without having been recommended by our existing board, Tsakos Energy Management would have the right to terminate the management agreement on 10 days’ notice. If Tsakos Energy Management terminates the agreement for this reason, we would be obligated to pay Tsakos Energy Management the present discounted value of all payments that would have otherwise become due under the management agreement until the later of two years from the date of termination and December 31, 2006. A termination as of December 31, 2003 would have resulted in a payment of approximately $12.5 million.

 

Tsakos Energy Management’s contract with Tsakos Shipping may be terminated by either party upon six months’ notice and would terminate automatically upon termination of our management agreement with Tsakos Energy Management.

 

Our ability to pursue legal remedies against Tsakos Energy Management and Tsakos Shipping is very limited.

 

In the event Tsakos Energy Management breached its management agreement with us, we could bring a lawsuit against Tsakos Energy Management. However, because we are not ourselves party to a contract with Tsakos Shipping, it may be impossible for us to sue Tsakos Shipping for breach of its obligations under its contract with Tsakos Energy Management, and Tsakos Energy Management, which is an affiliate of Tsakos Shipping, would probably have no incentive to sue Tsakos Shipping. Tsakos Energy Management is a company with no substantial assets and no income other than the income it derives under our management agreement. Therefore, it is unlikely that we would be able to obtain any meaningful recovery if we were to sue Tsakos Energy Management or Tsakos Shipping on contractual grounds.

 

Moreover, under the management agreement, neither Tsakos Energy Management nor Tsakos Shipping is liable for negligence in their management of our operations and vessels.

 

Tsakos Shipping manages other tankers and could experience conflicts of interests in performing obligations owed to us and the operators of the other tankers.

 

Tsakos Shipping manages 11 tankers, mostly single hull, in addition to the vessels that it manages for us. All of these vessels are operated by the same group of Tsakos Shipping employees, and Tsakos Shipping has advised us that its employees manage these vessels on an “ownership neutral” basis; that is, without regard to who owns them. Although we believe that the other tankers managed by Tsakos Shipping, because of their age and

 

9


Table of Contents

design, primarily serve a different market than the market served by our vessels, it is possible that Tsakos Shipping will allocate charter or spot opportunities to other Tsakos Shipping vessels when our vessels are unemployed, or could allocate more lucrative opportunities to its other vessels. It is also possible that Tsakos Shipping could in the future agree to manage tankers that directly compete with us.

 

Members of the Tsakos Group may acquire vessels that compete with our fleet.

 

Tsakos Shipping has given us a right of first refusal on any opportunity to purchase a tanker which is 10 years of age or younger that is referred to or developed by Tsakos Shipping. Were we to decline any opportunity offered to us, or if we do not have the resources or desire to accept it, other members of the Tsakos Group might decide to accept the opportunity. In that case, they could be in competition with our fleet and be faced with conflicts of interest between their own interests and their obligations to us.

 

Our chief executive officer has affiliations with Tsakos Energy Management and Tsakos Shipping which could create conflicts of interest.

 

Nikolas Tsakos is the president, chief executive officer and a director of our company and an officer, director and the sole shareholder of Tsakos Energy Management. Nikolas Tsakos is also the son of the founder and chief executive officer of Tsakos Shipping. These responsibilities and relationships could create conflicts of interest that could result in our losing revenue or business opportunities or increase our expenses.

 

Our commercial arrangements with Tsakos Energy Management and Argosy may not always remain on a competitive basis.

 

We pay Tsakos Energy Management a management fee for its services pursuant to our management agreement. We also place our hull and machinery insurance, increased value insurance and loss of hire insurance through Argosy Insurance Company, Bermuda, a captive insurance company affiliated with the Tsakos Group. We believe that the management fees that we pay Tsakos Energy Management compare favorably with management compensation and related costs reported by other publicly traded shipping companies and that our arrangements with Argosy are structured at market rates. Our board reviews publicly available data periodically in order to confirm this. However, we cannot assure you that the fees charged to us are or will continue to be as favorable to us as those we could negotiate with third parties and our board could determine to continue transacting business with Tsakos Energy Management and Argosy even if less expensive alternatives were available from third parties.

 

We depend on our key personnel.

 

Our future success depends particularly on the continued service of Nikolas Tsakos, our president and chief executive officer and the sole shareholder of Tsakos Energy Management. The loss of Mr. Tsakos’s services or the services of any of our key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business. We do not maintain key man life insurance on any of our executive officers.

 

Because the market value of our vessels may fluctuate significantly, we may incur losses when we sell vessels which may adversely affect our earnings.

 

The fair market value of tankers may increase or decrease depending on any of the following:

 

  general economic and market conditions affecting the tanker industry;

 

  supply and demand balance for ships within the tanker industry;

 

  competition from other shipping companies;

 

  types and sizes of vessels;

 

  other modes of transportation;

 

10


Table of Contents
  cost of newbuildings;

 

  governmental or other regulations;

 

  prevailing level of charter rates; and

 

  technological advances.

 

We have a policy of considering the disposal of tankers periodically, and in particular after they reach 20 years of age. If we sell tankers at a time when tanker prices have fallen, the sale may be at less than the vessel’s carrying value on our financial statements, with the result that we will incur a loss.

 

In addition, accounting pronouncements require that we periodically review long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. An impairment loss for an asset held for use should be recognized when the estimate of undiscounted cash flows, excluding interest charges, expected to be generated by the use of the asset is less than its carrying amount. Measurement of the impairment loss is based on the fair value of the asset as provided by third parties. In this respect, management regularly reviews the carrying amount of our vessels in connection with the estimated recoverable amount for each vessel. Such reviews may from time to time result in asset write-downs that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. For example, in the latter part of 2002, the sinking of the m.t. Prestige and related events occurred which in the ensuing period has had an impact on the valuation of single-hull vessels. Consequently, we determined that our single-hull vessels, Panos G and Liberty, were impaired and recorded a $10.8 million impairment loss for the year ended December 31, 2002. No such impairment loss was incurred for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

If Tsakos Shipping is unable to attract and retain skilled crew members, our reputation and ability to operate safely and efficiently may be harmed.

 

Our continued success depends in significant part on the continued services of the officers and seamen whom Tsakos Shipping provides to crew our vessels. The market for qualified, experienced officers and seamen is extremely competitive and has grown more so in recent periods as a result of the growth in world economies and other employment opportunities. Although Tsakos Shipping sponsors two marine academies in the Philippines, we cannot assure you that Tsakos Shipping will be successful in its efforts to recruit and retain properly skilled personnel at commercially reasonable salaries. Any failure to do so could adversely affect our ability to operate cost-effectively and our ability to increase the size of our fleet.

 

Labor interruptions could disrupt our operations.

 

Substantially all of the seafarers and land based employees of Tsakos Shipping are covered by industry-wide collective bargaining agreements that set basic standards. We cannot assure you that these agreements will prevent labor interruptions. In addition, some of our vessels operate under flags of convenience and may be vulnerable to unionization efforts by the International Transport Federation and other similar seafarer organizations which could be disruptive to our operations. Any labor interruption or unionization effort which is disruptive to our operations could harm our financial performance.

 

The contracts to purchase our newbuildings present certain economic and other risks.

 

We currently have contracts to purchase thirteen newbuildings, including one liquified natural gas (“LNG”) carrier, that are scheduled for delivery during 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007. If available, we may also order additional newbuildings. During the course of construction of a vessel, we are typically required to make progress payments. While we have refund guarantees from banks to cover defaults by the shipyards and our construction contracts would be saleable in the event of our payment default, we can still incur economic losses in the event that we or the shipyards are unable to perform our respective obligations. Shipyards periodically experience financial difficulties. The acquisition of LNG carriers could expose us to additional risks since we do not have experience transporting LNG.

 

11


Table of Contents

Our earnings may be adversely affected if we do not successfully employ our tankers.

 

We seek to employ our tankers on time charters and in the spot market in a manner that will optimize our earnings. As of December 31, 2003, 20 of our tankers were contractually committed to period employment. The remaining terms of thirteen of these period charters range from one month to three years, and, in the case of one of the vessels on bareboat charter, the remaining term is 9.5 years. Although these period charters provide steady streams of revenue, our tankers committed to period charters may not be available for spot voyages during an upswing in the tanker industry cycle, when spot voyages may be more profitable. If we cannot recharter these vessels on long-term period charters or trade them in the spot market profitably, our results of operations and operating cash flow may suffer.

 

If the charterer under one of our bareboat charters is unable to perform under the charter, we may lose revenues.

 

We currently have a bareboat charter contract for the Millennium with Hyundai Merchant Marine, a member of the Hyundai group of companies. The financial difficulties facing the Hyundai group may affect Hyundai Merchant Marine’s ability to perform under the bareboat charter, which is scheduled to expire in 2013. This could result in the loss of significant revenue. For 2003, revenue under this charter totaled $9.3 million.

 

We may not be able to finance all of the vessels we currently have on order.

 

We have not finalized financing arrangements to satisfy the balance of the purchase price due, approximately $442.0 million, for eight of the thirteen vessels that we have on order ( Promitheas , Proteas , Orfeas , Ageas , Arctic , Antarctic , Altair and LNG carrier H-1754) and which we expect to take delivery of in 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007. We do not usually seek financing arrangements for the newbuildings until shortly before we take delivery of these vessels. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain additional financing for these newbuildings on terms that are favorable to us or at all.

 

If we are unable to finance further installments for the newbuildings we have on order, we may attempt to sell the uncompleted vessels to a buyer who would assume the remainder of the contractual obligations. The amount we would receive from the buyer would depend on market circumstances and could result in a deficit over the advances we had paid to the date of sale plus capitalized costs. Alternatively, we may default on the contract, in which case the builder would sell the vessel and refund our advances, less any amounts the builder would deduct to cover all of its own costs. We would be obliged to cover any deficiency arising in such circumstances.

 

Apart from the delay in receiving the refund of advances and the possible payment of any deficiencies, the direct effect on our operations of not acquiring the vessel would be to forego any revenues and related vessel operating cash flows.

 

We may sell one or more of our newbuildings.

 

While we intend to purchase all thirteen newbuildings we currently have on order, attractive opportunities may arise to sell one or more of these vessels while they are under construction or after they are delivered. Our board of directors will review any such opportunity and may conclude that the sale of one or more vessel would be in our best interests. If we sell a vessel, we would receive the proceeds from the sale, repay any indebtedness we had incurred relating to such newbuilding and we would no longer be responsible for further installments under the relevant newbuilding contract. We would, however, forego any revenues and operating cash flows associated with such newbuilding contract.

 

We will face challenges as we diversify and position our fleet to meet the needs of our customers.

 

We may need to diversify our fleet to accommodate the transportation of forms of energy other than crude oil and petroleum products in response to industry developments and our customers’ needs. To this end, we have recently contracted for the purchase of an LNG carrier. As the composition of our fleet continues to change, we may not have adequate experience in transporting these other forms of energy. In addition, if the cost structure of a

 

12


Table of Contents

diversified fleet that is able to transport other forms of energy differs significantly from the cost structure of our current fleet, our profitability could be adversely affected. This could happen, for example, if we determined to purchase additional ships with the necessary cooling capacity to transport LNG.

 

We may not have adequate insurance.

 

In the event of a casualty to a vessel or other catastrophic event, we will rely on our insurance to pay the insured value of the vessel or the damages incurred. We believe that we maintain as much insurance on our vessels, through insurance companies, including Argosy, a member of the Tsakos Group, and P&I clubs as is appropriate and consistent with industry practice. However, particularly in view of the conflicts in Afghanistan, Iraq and elsewhere, we cannot assure you that this insurance will remain available at reasonable rates, and we cannot assure you that the insurance we are able to obtain will cover all foreseen liabilities that we may incur, particularly those involving oil spills and catastrophic environmental damage. In addition, we may not be able to insure certain types of losses, including loss of hire, which insurance coverage may become unavailable.

 

We are subject to funding calls by our protection and indemnity clubs, and our clubs may not have enough resources to cover claims made against them.

 

Our subsidiaries are indemnified for legal liabilities incurred while operating our vessels through membership in P&I clubs. P&I clubs are mutual insurance clubs whose members must contribute to cover losses sustained by other club members. The objective of a P&I club is to provide mutual insurance based on the aggregate tonnage of a member’s vessels entered into the club. Claims are paid through the aggregate premiums of all members of the club, although members remain subject to calls for additional funds if the aggregate premiums are insufficient to cover claims submitted to the club. Claims submitted to the club may include those incurred by members of the club, as well as claims submitted to the club from other P&I clubs with which our P&I club has entered into interclub agreements. We cannot assure you that the P&I clubs to which we belong will remain viable or that we will not become subject to additional funding calls which could adversely affect our profitability.

 

The insolvency or financial deterioration of any of our insurers or reinsurers would negatively affect our ability to recover claims for covered losses on our vessels.

 

We have placed our hull and machinery, increased value and loss of hire insurance with Argosy, a captive insurance company affiliated with the Tsakos Group. Argosy reinsures the insurance it underwrites for us with various reinsurers, however, the coverage deductibles of the reinsurance policies periodically exceed the coverage deductibles of the insurance policies Argosy underwrites for us. Argosy, therefore, would be liable with respect to the difference between those deductibles in the event of a claim by us to which the deductibles apply. Although these reinsurers have credit ratings ranging from BBB to AA, we do not have the ability to independently determine our insurers’ and reinsurers’ creditworthiness or their ability to pay on any claims that we may have as a result of a loss. In the event of an insolvency or other financial deterioration of our insurer or its reinsurers, we cannot assure you that we would be able to recover on any claims we suffer.

 

Our degree of leverage and certain restrictions in our financing agreements impose constraints on us.

 

We incurred substantial debt to finance the acquisition of our tankers. At December 31, 2003, our debt to capital ratio was 59% (debt/debt plus equity), with $452.6 million in long-term debt outstanding. Following the sale of 2,500,000 of our common shares in May 2004 and the sale of 375,000 of our common shares in June 2004, which raised an aggregate of approximately $81 million, and assuming we obtain debt financing for the remainder of the amounts due on our newbuilding contracts, based on our current estimations of income for 2004 and 2005, we expect this ratio to be at approximately 50% through December 2005. We are required to apply a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations, before interest payment, to the payment of principal and interest on this debt. In 2003, approximately 54% of cash flow derived from operations was dedicated to debt service, excluding debt prepayment from the sale of vessels and swap interest payments. This limits the funds available for working capital, capital expenditures, dividends and other purposes. Our degree of leverage could have important consequences for us, including the following:

 

  a substantial decrease in our net operating cash flows or an increase in our expenses could make it difficult for us to meet our debt service requirements and force us to modify our operations;

 

13


Table of Contents
  we may be more highly leveraged than our competitors, which may make it more difficult for us to expand our fleet; and

 

  any significant amount of leverage exposes us to increased interest rate risk and makes us vulnerable to a downturn in our business or the economy generally.

 

In addition, our financing arrangements, which we secured by mortgages on our ships, impose operating and financial restrictions on us that restrict our ability to:

 

  incur additional indebtedness;

 

  create liens;

 

  sell the capital of our subsidiaries or other assets;

 

  make investments;

 

  engage in mergers and acquisitions;

 

  make capital expenditures;

 

  repurchase common shares; and

 

  pay cash dividends.

 

We have a holding company structure which depends on dividends from our subsidiaries and interest income to pay our overhead expenses and otherwise fund expenditures consisting primarily of advances on newbuilding contracts and the payment of dividends to our shareholders. As a result, restrictions contained in our financing arrangements and those of our subsidiaries on the payment of dividends may restrict our ability to fund our various activities.

 

We selectively enter into derivative contracts, which can result in higher than market interest rates and charges against our income.

 

In the past five years we have selectively entered into derivative contracts both for investment purposes and to hedge our overall interest expense. Although our board of directors has reviewed and approved all our derivative contracts as being within reasonable limits and reasonable in light of our particular investment strategy at the time we entered into each such derivative contract, until August 2001 our board had not adopted any formal policy or qualitative or quantitative limitations on the scope of our investing activities with respect to derivative instruments.

 

Prior to the decision of our board in 2002 to enter into interest rate swap arrangements and other derivative instruments solely for purposes of hedging our interest rate exposure under our floating rate secured bank facilities, we entered into non-hedging arrangements. Loans advanced under our secured credit facilities are, generally, advanced at a floating rate based on LIBOR. Our financial condition could be materially adversely affected at any time that we have not entered into interest rate hedging arrangements to hedge our interest rate exposure and the interest rates applicable to our credit facilities and any other financing arrangements we may enter into in the future, including those we enter into to finance a portion of the amounts payable with respect to newbuildings. Moreover, even if we have entered into interest rate swaps or other derivative instruments for purposes of managing our interest rate exposure, our hedging strategies may not be effective and we may incur substantial losses.

 

14


Table of Contents

In August 2001, our board adopted a risk management policy and established a risk committee consisting of Messrs. Stavropoulos, Nicholson, Tsakos and our finance director, Mr. Durham, to oversee all our derivative transactions. It is our policy to monitor our exposure to business risk, and to manage the impact of changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rate movements and bunker prices on earnings and cash flows through derivatives. Derivative contracts are executed when management believes that the action is not likely to significantly increase overall risk. Entering into swaps and derivatives transactions is inherently risky and presents various possibilities for incurring significant expenses. The derivatives strategies that we employ in the future may not be successful or effective, and we could, as a result, incur substantial additional interest costs. See “—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” for a description of how our current interest rate swap arrangements have been adversely impacted by recent events.

 

The appraised value of our ships could deteriorate as the result of a variety of factors, resulting in our inability to comply with covenants under our loan agreements.

 

The loan agreements we use to finance our ships require us not to exceed specified debt-to-asset ratios. Our only significant assets are our ships, which are appraised each year. The appraised value of a ship fluctuates depending on a variety of factors including the age of the ship, prevailing charter market conditions, supply and demand balance for ships and new and pending legislation.

 

We cannot guarantee that a deterioration of our asset values will not result in defaults in the future, nor can we guarantee that we will be able to negotiate a waiver in the event of a default. A default under one of our loan agreements could trigger cross-acceleration or cross-default provisions in our other loan agreements, which in turn could result in all or a substantial amount of our debt becoming due at a time when we could not satisfy our obligations.

 

If we default under any of our loan agreements, we could forfeit our rights in our vessels and their charters.

 

We have pledged all of our vessels and related collateral as security to the lenders under our loan agreements. Default under any of these loan agreements, if not waived or modified, would permit the lenders to foreclose on the mortgages over the vessels and the related collateral, and we could lose our rights in the vessels and their charters.

 

Our vessels may suffer damage and we may face unexpected drydocking costs which could affect our cash flow and financial condition.

 

If our vessels suffer damage, they may need to be repaired at a drydocking facility. The costs of drydock repairs can be both substantial and unpredictable. We may have to pay drydocking costs that our insurance does not cover. This would result in decreased earnings.

 

A significant amount of our 2003 revenues were derived from one customer and a significant amount of our 2002 revenues were derived from three customers, and our revenues could decrease significantly if we lost these customers.

 

In 2003, approximately 17% of our revenues came from contracts of affreightment for five of our tankers with Lyondell/Citgo. In 2002, approximately 24% of our revenues came from Lyondell/Citgo, approximately 10% of our revenues derived from FLOPEC and approximately 9% of our revenues came from PDVSA. Our inability or failure to continue to employ our vessels at rates comparable to those charged to Lyondell/Citgo, FLOPEC and PDVSA, the loss of these customers or our failure to charter these vessels otherwise in a reasonable period of time or at all could adversely affect our operations and performance. Although our customers generally include leading national, major and other independent oil companies and refiners, we are unable to assure you that future economic circumstances will not render one or more of such customers unable to pay us amounts that they owe us, or that these important customers will not decide to contract with our competitors or perform their shipping functions themselves.

 

15


Table of Contents

Approximately 22% of our revenue is derived from our customers that conduct a significant amount of business in Venezuela.

 

Lyondell/Citgo and PDVSA, which, taken together, accounted for approximately 22% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2003 and 33% for the year ended December 31, 2002, are both companies that conduct a significant amount of business in Venezuela. Venezuela has experienced economic difficulties and social and political changes in recent years. During late 2002, the country experienced a six week general strike during which commercial and industrial activity ceased generally and PDVSA’s oil production and refining facilities were out of operation and oil production ceased. Although the strike was over by the end of January 2003 and the situation improved, there has been political unrest in 2004 surrounding the leadership of Venezuela and we cannot say whether there will be further unrest or political upheavals in Venezuela or whether PDVSA will enjoy uninterrupted oil production. If we were to lose these customers, or if their exports were curtailed, or if these customers were to become unable to perform their contractual obligations to us, our earnings would be adversely affected.

 

If we were to be subject to tax in jurisdictions in which we operate, our financial results would be adversely affected.

 

Our income is not presently subject to taxation in Bermuda, which currently has no corporate income tax. We believe that we should not be subject to tax under the laws of various countries other than the United States in which we conduct activities or in which our customers are located. However, our belief is based on our understanding of the tax laws of those countries, and our tax position is subject to review and possible challenge by taxing authorities and to possible changes in law or interpretation. We cannot determine in advance the extent to which certain jurisdictions may require us to pay tax or to make payments in lieu of tax. In addition, payments due to us from our customers may be subject to tax claims.

 

Under United States federal tax rules applicable to international shipping income derived by qualifying non-United States corporations we will be eligible for a special statutory exemption if we satisfy the so-called “publicly-traded” test set forth in Section 883 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Under Treasury regulations interpreting the publicly-traded test, if persons (other than certain investment companies) each of whom, either directly or under applicable attribution rules, owns five percent or more of our common shares own in the aggregate fifty percent or more of our common shares, we could satisfy the publicly-traded test only if a sufficient portion of our shareholders were “qualifying shareholders” (generally, shareholders that are individuals residents in foreign countries which grant an exemption from tax that is equivalent to the exemption provided in Section 883 of the Internal Revenue Code) and complied with potentially onerous documentation requirements. There can be no assurance that we will satisfy the publicly-traded test for our taxable year beginning January 1, 2004 or any subsequent taxable year. If we were to fail to qualify for the statutory exemption, we expect that we would be subject to United States taxation at a rate of 4% levied on half of our gross shipping income attributable to transportation beginning or ending in the United States or, for example, approximately $2.0 million in 2003.

 

If our U.S. source income from international transportation did not qualify for exemption from U.S. federal taxation in 2003 or prior years, we would have a liability for tax, together with interest and penalties.

 

In 2001 and prior years, in order for our U.S. source income from international transportation to qualify for exemption for U.S. federal income taxation, more than 50% of our shares, by value, must have been owned, directly or indirectly, by individuals resident in qualified foreign countries (generally, countries that provide an exemption from tax equivalent to that provided in Section 883 of the Internal Revenue Code). While we believe that the ownership of our common shares was such that this requirement was satisfied, our common shares were listed on the Oslo Børs and many of our common shares were held by nominees or entities. Thus, we have not established that we will be able to demonstrate the required level of direct or indirect ownership by individuals resident in qualified foreign jurisdictions. If it were determined that the ownership requirement was not satisfied for a given year, we would be liable for U.S. federal income tax at a 4% rate on our gross U.S. source income from international transportation for such years, together with related interest and penalties. If it were determined that the ownership requirement was not satisfied for either 2002 or 2003, and we were unable to establish that we satisfied a publicly-traded test similar to that described above for such year, we would be liable for U.S. federal income tax at a 4% rate on our gross U.S. source income from international transportation for such year, together with related interest and penalties.

 

16


Table of Contents

During the years 1997 through 2003, approximately $144 million of our consolidated gross income was U.S. source income derived from international transportation beginning or ending in the United States. Therefore, if we did not qualify for the exemption from U.S. federal taxation described above for such years, we would owe U.S. tax for those years in an aggregate amount equal to approximately $5.76 million, plus any applicable interest and penalties.

 

If we or any of our subsidiaries were treated as a foreign personal holding company, a U.S. investor in our common shares would be subject to disadvantageous rules under the U.S. tax laws.

 

We are not aware of any facts which establish that we or any of our subsidiaries currently meet the requirements for classification as a foreign personal holding company (an “FPHC”) for United States federal income tax purposes. However, some of the facts relevant to such a determination are outside of our knowledge and control. Therefore, we are unable to establish whether we or any of our subsidiaries constitute an FPHC. If we or one of our subsidiaries were treated as an FPHC, then each United States holder owning, directly or indirectly, common shares on the last day in the taxable year on which the FPHC ownership requirement with respect to us or the subsidiary is met would be required to include currently in taxable income as a dividend a pro   rata share of our or the subsidiary’s undistributed FPHC income, which is, generally, our or the subsidiary’s taxable income with certain adjustments and after reduction for certain dividend payments. Please see “Tax Considerations—United States federal income tax considerations—Foreign Personal Holding Company Considerations” herein.

 

If we were treated as a passive foreign investment company, a U.S. investor in our common shares would be subject to disadvantageous rules under the U.S. tax laws.

 

If we were treated as a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) in any year, U.S. holders of our common shares would be subject to unfavorable U.S. federal income tax treatment. We do not believe that we will be a PFIC in 2004 or in any future year. However, PFIC classification is a factual determination made annually and we could become a PFIC if the portion of our income derived from bareboat charters or other passive sources were to increase substantially. Moreover, the IRS may disagree with our position that time and voyage charters do not give rise to passive income for purposes of the PFIC rules. Accordingly, we can provide no assurance that we will not be treated as a PFIC for 2004 or for any future year. Please see “Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations” herein for a description of the PFIC rules.

 

Dividends we pay with respect to our common shares to United States holders would not be eligible to be taxed at reduced U.S. tax rates applicable to qualifying dividends if we were a foreign personal holding company, a passive foreign investment company or under other circumstances.

 

A recently enacted U.S. tax law provides that, for taxable years beginning prior to January 1, 2009, distributions on the common shares of non-U.S. companies that are treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes and are received by individuals generally will be eligible for taxation at capital gain rates if the common shares with respect to which the dividends are paid are “readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States.” This treatment will not be available to dividends we pay, however, if we qualify as an FPHC, a foreign investment company (an “FIC”) or a PFIC for the taxable year of the dividend or the preceding taxable year, or to the extent that (i) the shareholder does not satisfy a holding period requirement that generally requires that the shareholder hold the shares on which the dividend is paid for more than 61 days during the 121-day period that begins 60 days before the date on which the shares become ex-dividend with respect to such dividend, (ii) the shareholder is under an obligation to make related payments with respect to substantially similar or related property or (iii) such dividend is taken into account as investment income under Section 163(d)(4)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code. We do not believe that we qualified as a PFIC, FIC or FPHC for our last taxable year and we do not expect to so qualify for our current or future taxable years.

 

Because some of our expenses are incurred in foreign currencies, we are exposed to exchange rate risks.

 

The charterers of our vessels pay us in U.S. dollars. While we incur most of our expenses in U.S. dollars, we have in the past incurred expenses in other currencies, most notably the euro. In 2002 and 2003, euro expenses accounted for approximately 25% of our total expenses. Declines in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the euro, or the other currencies in which we incur expenses, would increase the U.S. dollar cost of paying these expenses and thus would adversely affect our results of operations.

 

17


Table of Contents

The Tsakos Holdings Foundation and the Tsakos Group can exert considerable control over us, which may limit your ability to influence our actions.

 

As of June 1, 2004, companies controlled by the Tsakos Holdings Foundation or affiliated with the Tsakos Group own approximately 22.3% of our common shares. The Tsakos Holdings Foundation is a Liechtenstein foundation whose beneficiaries include persons and entities affiliated with the Tsakos family, charitable institutions and other unaffiliated persons and entities. The council which controls the Tsakos Holdings Foundation consists of five members, two of whom are members of the Tsakos family. The Tsakos Group is a group of companies controlled by members of the Tsakos family and is primarily involved in the management of ships. As long as the Tsakos Holdings Foundation and the Tsakos Group beneficially own a significant percentage of our common shares, each will have the power to influence the election of the members of our board of directors and the vote on substantially all other matters, including significant corporate actions.

 

We and our shareholders face certain risks related to our former employment of Arthur Andersen as our independent auditors.

 

Prior to May 30, 2002, Arthur Andersen served as our independent auditors. On May 30, 2002, we dismissed Arthur Andersen and retained Ernst & Young as our independent auditors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002. On August 31, 2002, Arthur Andersen LLP, an affiliate of Arthur Andersen, ceased practicing before the SEC.

 

Arthur Andersen did not reissue its audit report with respect to our consolidated financial statements included in this report, or consent to the inclusion in this report of its audit report. As a result, investors in Tsakos Energy Navigation may have no effective remedy against Arthur Andersen in connection with a material misstatement or omission in the financial statements to which its audit report relates. In addition, even if such investors were able to assert such a claim, Arthur Andersen may fail or otherwise have insufficient assets to satisfy claims made by investors that might arise under federal securities laws or otherwise with respect to its audit report.

 

Risks Related To Our Common Shares

 

We may not be able to pay cash dividends on our common shares as intended.

 

In October of 2003, we paid a cash dividend of 50 cents per common share in relation to the year 2003. In April 2004, we paid a further dividend of 50 cents per common share relating to 2003. Subject to the limitations discussed below, we currently intend to continue to pay regular cash dividends on our common shares of between one-quarter and one-half of our annual net income for the year in respect of which the dividends are paid. However, there can be no assurance that we will pay dividends or as to the amount of any dividend. The payment and the amount will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will depend, among other things, on available cash balances, anticipated cash needs, our results of operations, our financial condition, and any loan agreement restrictions binding us or our subsidiaries, as well as other relevant factors. For example, if we earned a capital gain on the sale of a vessel or newbuilding contract, we could determine to reinvest that gain instead of using it to pay dividends. Depending on our operating performance for that year, this could result in no dividend at all despite the existence of net income, or a dividend that represents a lower percentage of our net income. Any payment of cash dividends could slow our ability to renew and expand our fleet, and could cause delays in the completion of our current newbuilding program.

 

Because we are a holding company with no material assets other than the stock of our subsidiaries, our ability to pay dividends will depend on the earnings and cash flow of our subsidiaries and their ability to pay us dividends. In addition, the financing arrangements for indebtedness we incur in connection with our newbuilding program may further restrict our ability to pay dividends. In the event of any insolvency, bankruptcy or similar proceedings of a subsidiary, creditors of such subsidiary would generally be entitled to priority over us with respect to assets of the affected subsidiary. Investors in our common shares may be adversely affected if we are unable to or do not pay dividends as intended.

 

18


Table of Contents

Provisions in our Bye-laws and in our management agreement with Tsakos Energy Management would make it difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if such a transaction would be beneficial to our shareholders.

 

Our Bye-laws provide for a staggered board of directors, blank check preferred stock, super majority voting requirements and other anti-takeover provisions, including restrictions on business combinations with interested persons and limitations on the voting rights of shareholders who acquire more than 15% of our common shares. In addition, Tsakos Energy Management would have the right to terminate our management agreement and seek liquidated damages if a board member were elected without having been approved by the current board. These provisions may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes of control of the ownership and management of our company, even if such transactions would have significant benefits to our shareholders.

 

Because we are a foreign corporation, you may not have the same rights that a shareholder in a U.S. corporation may have.

 

We are a Bermuda corporation. Our Memorandum of Association and Bye-laws and the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda govern our affairs. While many provisions of the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States, Bermuda law may not as clearly establish your rights and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors as do statutes and judicial precedent in some U.S. jurisdictions. In addition, our directors and officers are not resident in the United States and all or substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. As a result, investors may have more difficulty in protecting their interests and enforcing judgments in the face of actions by our management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a U.S. jurisdiction.

 

Item 4. Information on the Company

 

We are a leading provider of international seaborne crude oil and petroleum product transportation services. We were incorporated in 1993 as an exempted company under the laws of Bermuda under the name Maritime Investment Fund Limited. We achieved public listings on the Oslo Stock Exchange and the Bermuda Stock Exchange in 1993 although our shares are no longer actively traded on either exchange. In 1996, Maritime Investment Fund Limited was renamed MIF Limited. Since our incorporation, we have owned and operated 29 vessels and have sold 6 vessels, including the renamed Cape Baker and Cape Balboa , which were the subjects of sale and charter-back arrangements completed in October 2003 and November 2003, respectively. In July 2001, we changed our name to Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited to enhance our brand recognition in the tanker industry, particularly among charterers. In March 2002, we completed an initial public offering of our common shares in the United States and our common shares began trading on the New York Stock Exchange. The address of our registered office in Bermuda is Richmond House, 12 Par-la-Villa Road, Hamilton HM08, Bermuda. Our executive offices are located at 367 Syngrou Avenue, 175 64 P. Faliro, Athens Greece. Our telephone number from the U.S. is (011) 30210-940-7710.

 

A list of our subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003, all of which are wholly owned by us, and their jurisdictions of incorporation, is set forth in note 1 to our consolidated financial statements which are included as Item 18 to this annual report.

 

Business Overview

 

Tsakos Energy Navigation owns a fleet of modern tankers providing world-wide marine transportation services for national, major and other independent oil companies and refiners under long, medium and short-term charters. We believe that we have established a reputation as a safe, cost efficient operator of modern and well-maintained tankers. We also believe that these attributes, together with our strategic focus on meeting our customers’ chartering needs, has contributed to our ability to attract leading charterers as our customers and to our success in obtaining charter renewals.

 

19


Table of Contents

We are managed by the Tsakos Group, which, through Tsakos Shipping, is one of the world’s largest independent tanker managers, based on the number of tankers under management. The Tsakos Group is a group of private companies controlled by members of the Tsakos family and is primarily involved in the management of ships.

 

Tsakos Shipping’s position as one of the largest independent tanker managers with 40 tankers and a total of 52 operating vessels under management (with a further 22 under order) enables it to achieve significant economies of scale when procuring supplies and underwriting insurance. These economies of scale, as well as Tsakos Shipping’s ability to spread their operating costs over a larger vessel base, has resulted in cost savings to us.

 

Tsakos Shipping’s established operations have allowed us to manage the growth of our fleet without having to integrate additional resources. The size of our fleet increased from 231,103 dwt at inception to 2.9 million dwt at June 15, 2004 with no significant impact on the organization. In addition, our per vessel daily overhead costs, despite recent increases, remain less than during the early years of our existence.

 

We have access to Tsakos Shipping’s network of six offices around the world and a pool of 2,500 seafarers, which is supported by Tsakos Shipping’s sponsorship of two naval academies in the Philippines.

 

Currently, our fleet consists of 27 tankers (including 3 chartered-in vessels), of which 2 are VLCC tankers, 4 are Suezmax tankers, 10 are Aframax tankers, 7 are Panamax tankers and 4 are Handysize product carriers. This fleet diversity, which includes a number of sister ships, provides us with the opportunity to be one of the more versatile operators in the market due to economies of scale and proximity considerations. The current fleet totals 2.9 million dwt, and is less than 10% single-hulled as measured by dwt. This compares favorably to the worldwide average of 33% single-hulled dwt as of December 31, 2003. As of December 31, 2003 the average age of the tankers in our current fleet was 6.5 years, compared with the industry average of 12.8 years.

 

In addition to the vessels currently operating in our young and diverse fleet, we have contracted for the building of an additional 13 vessels, and have signed a letter of intent for 2 further vessels. These 13 newbuildings do not include the Handysize product carrier we received in June 2004 and sold upon delivery. In 2004, we expect to receive one additional Handysize product carrier. In 2005, we expect to take delivery of two Suezmax vessels and one additional Handysize product carrier. In 2006, the Company expects the delivery of two more Handysize product carriers as well as two Suezmax tankers. Finally, in 2007, expected deliveries include an additional two Suezmax tankers, two more Handysize product carriers and an LNG carrier. The letter of intent we have signed relates to the construction of 2 LNG carriers, which have not yet been contracted. The resulting fleet, excluding the 2 LNG carriers not yet contracted, and assuming that all vessels are delivered on time and put into operation by us, would comprise 40 vessels with 4.2 million dwt, which will include 29 newbuildings (1997-2007) with 3.3 million dwt.

 

We believe the following factors distinguish us from other public tanker companies:

 

  Stability throughout industry cycles. Historically, we have employed a high percentage of our fleet on long and medium-term charters with fixed charter rates. We believe this approach has resulted in high utilization rates for our vessels. At the same time, we maintain flexibility in our chartering policy, which allows capacity to take advantage of favorable rate trends through spot market employment and contract of affreightment charters with periodic adjustments. Over the last five years, our overall average fleet utilization rate was 95.3%.

 

  Significant leverage from our relationship with Tsakos Shipping. We believe the expertise, scale and scope of Tsakos Shipping are key components in maintaining low operating costs, efficiency, quality and safety. We leverage Tsakos Shipping’s reputation and longstanding relationships with leading charterers to foster charter renewals.

 

 

Modern, high-quality, fleet. We own a fleet of modern, high-quality tankers that are designed for enhanced safety and low operating costs. Since inception, we have committed to investments of over $1.6 billion (which does not include the investments required to acquire the 2 LNG carriers that have

 

20


Table of Contents
 

not yet been contracted), including investments of approximately $1.4 billion in newbuildings, in order to maintain and improve the high quality of our fleet. We believe that increasingly stringent environmental regulations and heightened concerns about liability for oil pollution have contributed to a significant demand for our vessels by leading oil companies, oil traders and major government agencies. Tsakos Shipping, the technical manager of our fleet, has received ISO 14001 certification, based, in part, upon audits conducted on our vessels.

 

  Established industry recognition. For over 33 years, the Tsakos Group has maintained relationships with and has achieved acceptance by national, major and other independent oil companies and refiners. Several of the world’s major oil companies, including Lyondell/Citgo, PDVA/Maravan, Exxon/Mobil, Phillips Petroleum, Shell, Sunoco and Petrobas are among the regular customers of the Tsakos Group and of Tsakos Energy Navigation, in particular. In prior years, Texaco and Chevron have also chartered our vessels.

 

  Diversified fleet offerings. Our diversified fleet, which includes VLCC, Suezmax, Aframax, Panamax, and Handysize tankers, allows us to better service our customers’ international crude oil and petroleum product transportation needs. We have also committed an extensive segment of our newbuilding program to ice-class vessels, 10 over the next 3 years. Additionally, we have announced our intention to enter the LNG market by the year 2007 and have already contracted for the purchase of one LNG carrier.

 

21


Table of Contents

Our Fleet

 

Our current fleet as of June 15, 2004

 

Vessel


   Year
Built


  Year
Acquired


  Hull Type

  Deadweight
Tons


  Charter Type

  Expiration Of
Charter


VLCC

                        

Millennium

   1998   1998   Double-hull   301,171   bareboat charter   September 2013

La Madrina

   1994   2004   Double-hull   299,700   spot   July 2004

SUEZMAX

                        

Silia T

   2002   2002   Double-hull   164,286   time charter   September 2006

Cape Baker (1)

   2002   2002   Double-hull   164,274   time charter   September 2006

Cape Balboa (1)(2)

   2002   2002   Double-hull   164,236   time charter   October 2006

Triathlon (3)

   2002   2002   Double-hull   164,445   time charter   January 2011

AFRAMAX

                        

Parthenon (4)

   2003   2003   Double-hull   107,018   spot   July 2004

Marathon (5)

   2003   2003   Double-hull   107,181   contract of
affreightment
  Evergreen

Opal Queen

   2001   2002   Double-hull   107,181   spot   July 2004

Olympia (1)

   1999   1999   Double-hull   107,181   time charter   November 2005

Maria Tsakos

   1998   1998   Double-hull   107,181   spot   June 2004

Athens 2004 (4)(5)

   1998   1998   Double-hull   107,181   contract of
affreightment
  Evergreen

Toula Z (5)(6)

   1997   1997   Double-hull   107,222   contract of
affreightment
  August 2004

Vergina II

   1991   1996   Single-hull   96,709   time charter   April 2006

Tamyra

   1983   1993   Single-hull   86,843   spot   June 2004

Panos G

   1981   1996   Single-hull   86,983   time charter   July 2004

PANAMAX

                        

Andes (6)

   2003   2003   Double-hull   68,439   pool   Evergreen

Maya

   2003   2003   Double-hull   68,439   time charter   September 2005

Inca

   2003   2003   Double-hull   68,439   time charter   May 2006

 

22


Table of Contents

Aztec

   2003    2003   Double-hull   68,439   time charter   November 2005

Victory III

   1990    1996   Double-hull   68,160   spot   July 2004

Hesnes (6)

   1990    1996   Double-hull   68,157   pool   Evergreen

Bregen (6)

   1989    1995   Double-hull   68,157   pool   Evergreen

HANDYMAX

                         

Libra

   1988    1994   Double-sided   41,161   time charter   March 2006

Crux

   1987    1995   Double-sided   41,161   time charter   November 2005

Pella

   1985    1993   Double- bottomed   40,231   time charter   June 2004

Dion

   1984    1993   Double-bottomed   40,302   time charter   April 2005
                 
       
              Total   2,919,877        

(1) The M/T Decathlon and M/T Pentathlon , were sold through a sale and leaseback arrangement in November 2003 and are time-chartered back by TEN for a minimum period of five years. The vessels have been re-named by the new owner Cape Baker and Cape Balboa . We have the option to purchase these vessels from their owners. The owners of the vessels also have the option to require us to purchase the vessels. We charter M/T Olympia from its owner pursuant to a time charter that expires in October 2007. We have an option to purchase this vessel. The owner of the vessel also has the option to require us to purchase the vessel. (For additional information relating to our arrangements with respect to this vessel, see “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Sale and Leaseback Transaction” and Note 11 to our financial statements included in “Item 18 – Financial Statements” below.)
(2) The charter rate for this vessel is based on a minimum rate for the Company plus different levels of profit sharing above the minimum rate.
(3) The charterers of the vessel have the option to employ the vessel upon completion of the initial 7-year time charter for an additional 3 years.
(4) Freight is based on a market-related formula.
(5) Evergreen employment has no specific expiration. The vessel is continuously employed until either we or the charterer request cancellation upon 30 days’ notice (in the case of contract of affreightment) or 90 days’ notice in the case of pool operations, with freight rates based on prevailing spot rates.
(6) Freight is based on a minimum/maximum market-related formula.

 

Our newbuildings

 

As of June 15, 2004, we have on order and expect to take delivery between 2004-2007 of thirteen new tankers, consisting of one Handysize product carrier to be built by Hyundai MIPO Dockyard of South Korea, four 1C Ice Class Suezmaxes and two 1A Ice-Class Suezmaxes to be built by Hyundai Heavy Industries of South Korea, four 1A Handysize product carriers to be built by Hyundai MIPO Dockyard of South Korea and one LNG carrier to be built by Hyundai Heavy Industries of South Korea. The thirteen newbuildings do not include the Handysize product carrier built by Hyundai MIPO Dockyard of South Korea we received in June 2004 and sold upon delivery. The newbuildings will be constructed with a double hull design compliant with all classification requirements and prevailing environmental laws and regulations. Hyundai MIPO and Hyundai Heavy Industries are experienced

 

23


Table of Contents

designers and builders of ships. Tsakos Shipping has worked closely with both shipyards in the design of the newbuildings and will continue to work with Hyundai MIPO and Hyundai Heavy Industries during the construction period.

 

Our newbuildings on order as of June 15, 2004:

 

    

Expected

Delivery


  Hull
Type (all
double-hull)


  Deadweight
Tons


  

Ship

Yard


  

Purchase

Price (in US
$ millions)


HANDYSIZE

                        

Dodoni

   December 2004       37,000    Hyundai MIPO    $ 25.8

Dionisos

   June 2005       37,000    Hyundai MIPO    $ 25.8

Antares

   September 2006   Ice 1A   36,600    Hyundai MIPO    $ 30.0

Arcturus

   December 2006   Ice 1A   36,600    Hyundai MIPO    $ 30.0

Andromeda

   March 2007   Ice 1A   36,600    Hyundai MIPO    $ 30.0

Altair

   June 2007   Ice 1A   36,600    Hyundai MIPO    $ 30.0

SUEZMAX

                        

Promitheas

   April 2005   Ice 1C   164,000    Hyundai Heavy
Industries
   $ 48.1

Proteas

   September 2005   Ice 1C   164,000    Hyundai Heavy
Industries
   $ 48.1

Orfeas

   January 2006   Ice 1C   164,000    Hyundai Heavy
Industries
   $ 48.1

Aegeas

   March 2006   Ice 1C   164,000    Hyundai Heavy
Industries
   $ 48.1

Arctic

   February 2007   Ice 1A   162,400    Hyundai Heavy
Industries
   $ 57.5

Antarctic

   May 2007   Ice 1A   162,400    Hyundai Heavy
Industries
   $ 57.5

LNG

                        

Hull 1754

   March 2007       74,000    Hyundai Heavy
Industries
   $ 173.5
     Total       1,275,200         $ 652.5

 

Under the newbuilding contracts, the purchase prices for the ships are subject to deductions for delayed delivery, excessive fuel consumption and failure to meet specified deadweight tonnage requirements. We make progress payments equal to 30% or 40% of the purchase price of each vessel during the period of its construction. The remainder of the purchase price with respect to each vessel will be paid upon delivery of the given vessel. As of June 15, 2004, we had made progress payments of $78.5 million out of the total purchase price of approximately $652.5 million for these newbuildings. Of the remaining amount, a further $40.7 million will be paid within 2004.

 

While we intend to expand our fleet, attractive opportunities may arise to sell one or more of our vessels, including the thirteen newbuildings we have on order (which does not include the Handysize product carrier we received in June 2004 and sold upon delivery), and our board of directors may conclude that the sale of one or more vessels would be in our best interest.

 

Fleet Development

 

We strive to optimize the financial performance of our fleet by deploying approximately two-thirds of our vessels on either time charters or period employment with variable rates. The remainder of the fleet is in the spot market. We believe that our fleet deployment strategy provides us with the ability to benefit from increases in tanker rates while at the same time maintaining a measure of stability through cycles in the industry. The following table details the respective employment basis of our fleet during 2003 and 2002 as a percentage of operating days.

 

24


Table of Contents

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

 
Employment Basis             

Time Charter

   42 %   50 %

Period Employment at variable rates

   22 %   26 %

Spot Voyage

   36 %   24 %

Total Vessel Operating Days

   8,723     6,177  

 

Tankers operating on time charters may be chartered for several months or years whereas tankers operating in the spot market typically are chartered for a single voyage that may last up to several weeks. Vessels on period employment but with variable rates related to the market are either in a pool or operating under contract of affreightment for a specific charterer. Tankers operating in the spot market may generate increased profit margins during improvements in tanker rates, while tankers operating on time charters generally provide more predictable cash flows. Accordingly, we actively monitor macroeconomic trends and governmental rules and regulations that may affect tanker rates in an attempt to optimize the deployment of our fleet. Our current fleet has 6 tankers currently operating on spot voyages.

 

Operations and Ship Management

 

Our operations

 

Management policies regarding our fleet that are formulated by our board of directors are executed by Tsakos Energy Management under a management contract. Tsakos Energy Management’s duties include overseeing the purchase, sale and chartering of vessels, supervising day-to-day technical management of our vessels and providing financial, accounting and other services, including stock exchange and investor relations. Our fleet’s technical management, including crewing, maintenance and repair, procuring insurance, and voyage operation, has been subcontracted by Tsakos Energy Management to Tsakos Shipping. Tsakos Energy Management also engages Tsakos Shipping to arrange chartering of our vessels.

 

The following chart illustrates the management of our fleet:

 

LOGO

 

Management Subcontract

 

Executive and Commercial Management

 

Pursuant to our management agreement with Tsakos Energy Management, our operations are executed and supervised by Tsakos Energy Management, based on the strategy devised by the board of directors and subject to the

 

25


Table of Contents

approval of our board of directors as described below. We pay Tsakos Energy Management monthly management fees for its management of our vessels. Currently, we pay Tsakos Energy Management management fees of $15,000 per vessel per month. The management fee starts to accrue for a vessel at the point a newbuilding contract is executed. To help ensure that these fees are consistent with industry standards, our management has periodically made presentations to our board of directors in which the fees paid to Tsakos Energy Management are compared against the publicly available financial information of integrated, self-contained tanker companies. We paid Tsakos Energy Management aggregate management fees of $4.5 million in 2003. From these amounts, Tsakos Energy Management pays a technical management fee to Tsakos Shipping. For additional information about the management agreement, including the calculation of management fees, see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions” and our consolidated financial statements which are included as Item 18 to this annual report.

 

General Administration. Tsakos Energy Management provides us with general administrative, office and support services necessary for our operations and our fleet, including technical and clerical personnel, communication, accounting, and data processing services.

 

Sale and Purchase of Vessels. Tsakos Energy Management advises our board of directors when opportunities arise to purchase, including through newbuildings, or to sell any vessels. Our board of directors makes all decisions to purchase or sell vessels.

 

Any purchases or sales of vessels approved by our board of directors are arranged and completed by Tsakos Energy Management. This involves the appointment of superintendents to inspect and take delivery of vessels and to monitor compliance with the terms and conditions of the purchase or newbuilding contracts.

 

In the case of a purchase of a vessel by us, each broker involved will generally receive commissions from the seller at the industry standard rate of one percent of the purchase price. In the case of a sale of a vessel by us, each broker involved will generally receive a commission from us at the industry standard rate of one percent of the sale price.

 

Technical Management

 

Pursuant to a technical management agreement, Tsakos Energy Management employs Tsakos Shipping to manage the day-to-day aspects of vessel operations, including maintenance and repair, provisioning, and crewing of our vessels. We benefit from the economies of scale of having our vessels managed as part of the Tsakos Shipping managed fleet. On occasion, Tsakos Shipping subcontracts the technical management and manning responsibilities of our vessels to third parties. There are currently two vessels under subcontract by Tsakos Shipping. The executive and commercial management of our vessels, however, is not subcontracted to third parties. Tsakos Shipping, which is privately held and part of the Tsakos Group, manages 40 tankers and a total of 52 operating vessels totaling approximately 5.4 million dwt. Tsakos Shipping currently employs full-time superintendents, technical experts and maritime engineers and have expertise in supervising the construction of new build vessels and inspecting second-hand vessels for purchase and sale, and in fleet maintenance and repair. They have approximately 200 employees engaged in ship management and approximately 2,500 seafaring employees of whom half are employed at sea and the remainder are on leave at any given time. Tsakos Shipping maintains representative offices in several cities covering key areas of the shipping business such as London, Montevideo, Manila, Singapore and Tokyo. Their principal office is in Athens, Greece. The fleet managed by Tsakos Shipping consists mainly of tankers and feeder container vessels, but also includes dry bulk carriers and other vessels owned by affiliates and unaffiliated third parties.

 

Tsakos Energy Management pays Tsakos Shipping a fee of $10,000 per vessel per month for technical management of operating vessels and vessels under construction. This fee was determined by comparison to the rates charged by other major independent vessel managers. We believe the fees payable under, and the other provisions of, the technical management agreement between Tsakos Energy Management and Tsakos Shipping conform to industry standards for the particular vessels under management. We paid Tsakos Shipping $45.9 million in 2003 for the operating costs of our vessels. We generally pay all monthly operating requirements of our fleet in advance. At December 31, 2003, we had outstanding advances to Tsakos Shipping of approximately $3.8 million in respect of such expenses.

 

26


Table of Contents

The technical management agreement is automatically renewable on an annual basis and may be terminated by either party upon six months’ written notice.

 

Tsakos Shipping performs the technical management of our vessels under the supervision of Tsakos Energy Management. Tsakos Energy Management approves the appointment of fleet supervisors and oversees the establishment of operating budgets and the review of actual operating expenses against budgeted amounts.

 

Chartering. Our board of directors formulates our chartering strategy for all our vessels and Tsakos Shipping, under the supervision of Tsakos Energy Management, implements the strategy by:

 

  evaluating the short, medium, and long-term opportunities available for each type of vessel;

 

  balancing short, medium, and long-term charters in an effort to achieve optimal results for our fleet; and

 

  positioning such vessels so that, when possible, re-delivery occurs at times when Tsakos Shipping expects advantageous charter rates to be available for future employment.

 

Tsakos Shipping utilizes the services of various charter brokers to solicit, research, and propose charters for our vessels. The charter brokers’ role involves researching and negotiating with different charterers and proposing charters to Tsakos Shipping for cargoes to be shipped in our vessels. Tsakos Shipping negotiates the exact terms and conditions of charters, such as delivery and re-delivery dates and arranges cargo and country exclusions, bunkers, loading and discharging conditions and demurrage. Tsakos Energy Management is required to obtain our approval for charters in excess of six months and is required to obtain the written consent of the administrative agent for the lenders under our secured credit facility for charters in excess of thirteen months. There are frequently two or more brokers involved in fixing a vessel on a charter. Brokerage fees typically amount to 2.5% of the value of the freight revenue or time charter hire derived from the charters. We pay a chartering commission of 1.25% to Tsakos Shipping for every charter involving our vessels. The total amount paid for these chartering commissions was $3.6 million in 2003.

 

Tsakos Shipping supervises the post fixture business of our vessels, including:

 

  the monitoring of the daily geographic position of such vessels in order to ensure that the terms and conditions of the charters are fulfilled by us and our charterers;

 

  the collection of monies payable to us; and

 

  resolution of disputes through arbitration and legal proceedings.

 

In addition, Tsakos Shipping appoints superintendents to supervise the loading and discharging of cargoes when necessary.

 

Maintenance and Repair. Each of our vessels is periodically drydocked either once every two and one-half years, in connection with intermediate surveys, or once every five years, in connection with special surveys, as necessary to ensure the safe and efficient operation of such vessels and their compliance with applicable regulations. Tsakos Shipping arranges drydockings and repairs under instructions and supervision from Tsakos Energy Management. We believe that the time periods during which our vessels are in drydock are, on average, shorter than those prevalent in the industry due to the rigorous on-going maintenance program we conduct.

 

Tsakos Shipping routinely employs on each vessel additional crew members whose primary responsibility is the performance of maintenance while the vessel is in operation. Tsakos Energy Management awards and, directly or through Tsakos Shipping, negotiates contracts with shipyards to conduct such maintenance and repair work. They seek competitive tender bids in order to minimize charges to us, subject to the location of our vessels and any time constraints imposed by a vessel’s charter commitments. In addition to drydockings, Tsakos Shipping, where necessary, utilizes superintendents to conduct periodic physical inspections of our vessels.

 

27


Table of Contents

Crewing and Employees

 

We do not employ the personnel to run our business on a day-to-day basis. We outsource substantially all of our executive, commercial and technical management functions.

 

Tsakos Shipping arranges employment of captains, officers, engineers and other crew who serve our vessels. Tsakos Shipping ensures that all seamen have the qualifications and licenses required to comply with international regulations and shipping conventions and that experienced and competent personnel are employed for our vessels.

 

Customers

 

Several of the world’s major oil companies are among the regular customers of the Tsakos Group and of Tsakos Energy Navigation, in particular. The table below shows the approximate percentage of revenues we earned from some of these customers in 2003.

 

Customer


   Year Ended
December 31,
2003


 

Lyondell/Citgo

   17 %

Sunoco

   8 %

Exxon/Mobil

   7 %

PDVSA

   5 %

Petrobras

   3 %

Conoco Phillips

   2 %

Lukoil

   2 %

Chevron/Texaco

   1 %

BP

   1 %

 

The Company also performs services for Shell, with two vessels having been chartered in the first quarter of 2004.

 

Regulation

 

Our business and the operation of our vessels are materially affected by government regulation in the form of international conventions, national, state and local laws and regulations in force in the jurisdictions in which the vessels operate, as well as in the country or countries of their registration. Because these conventions, laws, and regulations are often revised, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with them or their impact on the resale price and/or the useful life of our vessels. Additional conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of our doing business and which may have a material adverse effect on our operations. Various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies require us to obtain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our operations. Subject to the discussion below and to the fact that the kinds of permits, licenses and certificates required for the operations of the vessels we own will depend upon a number of factors, we believe that we have been and will be able to obtain all permits, licenses and certificates material to the conduct of our operations.

 

We believe that the heightened environmental and quality concerns of insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers will impose greater inspection and safety requirements on all vessels in the tanker market and will accelerate the scrapping of older vessels throughout the industry.

 

IMO. In March 1992, IMO adopted regulations which set forth new and upgraded requirements for pollution prevention for tankers. These regulations, which went into effect in July 1995 in many jurisdictions in which our tanker fleet operates, provide that (1) tankers between 25 and 30 years old must be of double-hull construction or of a mid-deck design with double side construction, unless they have wing tanks or double-bottom spaces not used for the carriage of oil, which cover at least 30% of the length of the cargo tank section of the hull or

 

28


Table of Contents

are capable of hydrostatically balanced loading which ensures at least the same level of protection against oil spills in the event of collision or stranding, (2) tankers 30 years old or older must be of double-hull construction or mid-deck design with doubleside construction, and (3) all tankers will be subject to enhanced inspections. Also, under IMO regulations, a tanker must be of double-hull construction or a mid-deck design with double-side construction or be of another approved design ensuring the same level of protection against oil pollution if that tanker (1) is the subject of a contract for a major conversion or original construction on or after July 6, 1993, (2) commences a major conversion or has its keel laid on or after January 6, 1994, or (3) completes a major conversion or is a newbuilding delivered on or after July 6, 1996.

 

In April 2001, the IMO adopted a proposal to revise these regulations which became effective in July 2002. The revised regulations provide for a more aggressive phase-out of single-hull oil tankers, as well as increased inspection and verification requirements. The revised regulations provide for the phase-out of most single-hull oil tankers by 2015 or earlier, depending on the age of the vessel and whether the vessel complies with requirements for protectively located segregated ballast tanks. Segregated ballast tanks use ballast water that is completely separate from the cargo oil and oil fuel system. Segregated ballast tanks are currently required by the IMO on crude oil tankers constructed after 1983. The changes, which will likely increase the number of tankers that are scrapped beginning in 2004, are intended to reduce the likelihood of oil pollution in international waters.

 

As a result of the oil spill in November 2002 relating to the loss of the m.t. Prestige , which was owned by a company not affiliated with us, in December 2003 the Marine Environmental Protection Committee of the IMO adopted a proposed amendment to the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships to accelerate the phase out of single-hull tankers from 2015 to 2010 unless the relevant flag state, in a particular case, extends the date to 2015. This proposed amendment is scheduled to become effective on April 5, 2005 unless objected to by a sufficient number of member states.

 

The IMO has also negotiated international conventions that impose liability for oil pollution in international waters and a signatory’s territorial waters. In September 1997, the IMO adopted Annex VI to the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships to address air pollution from ships. Annex VI was ratified in May 2004, and will become effective in May 2005. Annex VI, when it becomes effective, will set limits on sulfur oxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from ship exhausts and prohibit deliberate emissions of ozone depleting substances, such as chlorofluorocarbons. Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls on sulfur emissions. Tsakos Shipping, our technical manager, has been ISO 14001 compliant since April 2000. ISO 14001 requires companies to commit to the prevention of pollution as part of the normal management cycle. However, compliance with IMO regulations could in the future require the installation of expensive emission control systems and could have an adverse financial impact on the operation of our vessels. Additional or new conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted that could adversely affect our ability to manage our ships.

 

In addition, the European Union and countries elsewhere considered stricter technical and operational requirements for tankers and legislation that would affect the liability of tanker owners and operators for oil pollution. In December 2001, the European Union adopted a legislative resolution confirming an accelerated phase-out schedule for single hull tankers in line with the schedule adopted by the IMO in April 2001. Any additional laws and regulations that are adopted could limit our ability to do business or increase our costs. The results of these or potential future environmental regulations could have a material adverse affect on our operations.

 

Under the current regulations, the vessels of our existing fleet will be able to operate for substantially all of their respective economic lives. However, compliance with the new regulations regarding inspections of all vessels may adversely affect our operations. We cannot at the present time evaluate the likelihood or magnitude of any such adverse effect on our operations due to uncertainty of interpretation of the IMO regulations.

 

The operation of our vessels is also affected by the requirements set forth in the IMO’s International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and Pollution Prevention (“ISM Code”) which were adopted in July 1998. The ISM Code requires shipowners and bareboat charterers to develop and maintain an extensive “safety management system” that includes the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for safe operation and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies. The failure of a shipowner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject that party to increased liability, may decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels, and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, some ports. All of our vessels are currently ISM Code certified.

 

29


Table of Contents

OPA 90 . OPA 90 established an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills. OPA 90 affects all owners and operators whose vessels trade to the United States or its territories or possessions or whose vessels operate in United States waters, which include the United States’ territorial sea and its two hundred nautical mile exclusive economic zone.

 

Under OPA 90, vessel owners, operators and bareboat (or demise) charterers are “responsible parties” and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil from their vessels. Tsakos Shipping and Tsakos Energy Management would not qualify as “third parties” because they perform under contracts with us. These other damages are defined broadly to include (1) natural resources damages and the costs of assessing them, (2) real and personal property damages, (3) net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees and other lost revenues, (4) lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to property or natural resources damage, (5) net cost of public services necessitated by a spill response, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards, and (6) loss of subsistence use of natural resources. OPA 90 limits the liability of responsible parties to the greater of $1,200 per gross ton or $10 million per tanker that is over 3,000 gross tons (subject to possible adjustment for inflation). These limits of liability would not apply if the incident was proximately caused by violation of applicable United States federal safety, construction or operating regulations or by the responsible party’s (or its agents’ and employees’) gross negligence or willful misconduct, or if the responsible party fails or refuses to report the incident or to cooperate and assist in connection with the oil removal activities. We currently plan to continue to maintain for each of our vessels pollution liability coverage in the amount of $1 billion per incident. A catastrophic spill could exceed the insurance coverage available, in which case there could be a material adverse effect on us.

 

Under OPA 90, with some limited exceptions, all newly built or converted tankers operating in United States waters must be built with double-hulls, and existing vessels which do not comply with the double-hull requirement must be phased out over a 25-year period (1990-2015) based on size, age and hull construction. Notwithstanding the phase-out period, OPA 90 currently permits existing single hull tankers to operate until the year 2015 if their operations within United States waters are limited to discharging at the Louisiana Off-Shore Oil Platform, or off-loading by means of lightering activities within authorized lightering zones more than 60 miles off-shore.

 

OPA 90 requires owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the United States Coast Guard evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet their potential liabilities under OPA 90. In December 1994, the Coast Guard implemented regulations requiring evidence of financial responsibility in the amount of $1,500 per gross ton for tankers, coupling the OPA limitation on liability of $1,200 per gross ton with the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act liability limit of $300 per gross ton. Under the regulations, evidence of financial responsibility may be demonstrated by insurance, surety bond, self-insurance, or guaranty. Under OPA 90, an owner or operator of a fleet of tankers is required only to demonstrate evidence of financial responsibility in an amount sufficient to cover the tanker in the fleet having the greatest maximum liability under OPA 90.

 

The Coast Guard’s regulations concerning certificates of financial responsibility provide, in accordance with OPA 90, that claimants may bring suit directly against an insurer or guarantor that furnishes certificates of financial responsibility. If an insurer or guarantor is sued directly, it is prohibited from asserting any contractual defense that it may have had against the responsible party and is limited to asserting those defenses available to the responsible party and the defense that the incident was caused by the willful misconduct of the responsible party. Some organizations, which had typically provided certificates of financial responsibility under pre-OPA 90 laws, including the major protection and indemnity organizations, have declined to furnish evidence of insurance for vessel owners and operators if they have been subject to direct actions or required to waive insurance policy defenses.

 

The Coast Guard’s financial responsibility regulations may also be satisfied by evidence of surety bond, guaranty or by self-insurance. Under the self-insurance provisions, the ship owner or operator must have a net worth and working capital, measured in assets located in the United States against liabilities located anywhere in the world, that exceeds the applicable amount of financial responsibility.

 

30


Table of Contents

OPA 90 specifically permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, and some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for oil spills. In some cases, states which have enacted such legislation have not yet issued implementing regulations defining tanker owners’ responsibilities under these laws. We intend to comply with all applicable state regulations in the ports where our vessels call.

 

Owners or operators of tankers operating in United States waters are required to file vessel response plans with the Coast Guard, and their tankers are required to operate in compliance with their Coast Guard approved plans. These response plans must, among other things, (1) address a “worst case” scenario and identify and ensure, through contract or other approved means, the availability of necessary private response resources to respond to a “worst case discharge,” (2) describe crew training and drills, and (3) identify a qualified individual with full authority to implement removal actions.

 

European Union Initiatives . In July 2003, in response to the m.t. Prestige oil spill in November 2002, the European Union adopted legislation that (1) prohibits all single-hull tankers from entering into European Union ports or offshore terminals by 2010; (2) bans all single-hull tankers carrying heavy grades of oil from entering or leaving European Union ports or offshore terminals or anchoring in areas under its jurisdiction; and (3) commencing in 2005, imposes a Condition Assessment Scheme Survey for single-hull tankers older than 15 years of age. Such regulations became effective on October 21, 2003. In response to the oil spill caused by the sinking of the oil tanker Erika in December 1999, the European Union has proposed legislation that would (1) ban manifestly sub-standard ships (defined as those over 15 years old that have been detained by port authorities more than twice in the previous six months) from European waters and create an obligation of port states to inspect ships posing a high risk to maritime safety and the marine environment; (2) provide the European Commission with greater authority and control over classification societies, including the ability to seek to suspend or revoke the authority of negligent societies; and (3) accelerate the phasing in of double hull or equivalent design standards for single hull oil tankers on the same schedule as that required under OPA. In December 2001, the European Union adopted a legislative resolution confirming an accelerated phase-out schedule for single hull tankers in line with the schedule adopted by the IMO in April 2001. Additionally, the sinking of the m.t. Prestige has led to the adoption of other environmental regulations by certain European Union nations. It is impossible to predict what legislation or additional regulations, if any, may be promulgated by the European Union or any other country or authority.

 

Other Environmental Initiatives . Many countries have ratified and follow the liability scheme adopted by the IMO and set out in the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage, 1969, as amended (“CLC”), and the Convention for the Establishment of an International Fund for Oil Pollution of 1971, as amended. The United States is not a party to these conventions. Under these conventions, a vessel’s registered owner is strictly liable for pollution damage caused on the territorial waters of a contracting state by discharge of persistent oil, subject to certain complete defenses. Approximately one-quarter of the countries that have ratified the CLC have increased the liability limit through a 1992 Protocol to the CLC which became effective in 1996. The liability limit in the countries that have ratified this protocol is approximately $78.8 million for ships with a gross tonnage in excess of 140,000, with the exact amount tied to a unit of account which varies according to a basket of currencies. Under an amendment to the Protocol that became effective on November 1, 2003, for vessels of 5,000 to 140,000 gross tons (a unit of measurement for the total enclosed spaces within a vessel), liability is limited to approximately $6.5 million plus $909 for each additional gross ton over 5,000. For vessels of over 140,000 gross tons, liability is limited to approximately $129.3 million. As the convention calculates liability in terms of a basket of currencies, these figures are based on currency exchange rates on May 10, 2004. The right to limit liability is forfeited under the CLC where the spill is caused by the owner’s actual fault and under the 1992 Protocol where the spill is caused by the owner’s intentional or reckless conduct. Vessels trading to states that are parties to these conventions must provide evidence of insurance covering the liability of the owner. In jurisdictions where the CLC has not been adopted, various legislative schemes or common law govern, and liability is imposed either on the basis of fault or in a manner similar to that convention. We believe that our P&I Insurance will cover the liability under the plan adopted by IMO.

 

31


Table of Contents

Classification and inspection

 

Our vessels have been certified as being “in class” by their respective classification societies: Bureau Veritas, Det Norske Veritas, American Bureau of Shipping, Korean Register, Lloyd’s Register of Shipping or Nippon Kaiji Kyokai. Every vessel’s hull and machinery is “classed” by a classification society authorized by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of such classification society and complies with applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and the international conventions of which that country is a member. Each vessel is inspected by a surveyor of the classification society every year, an annual survey, every two to three years, an intermediate survey, and every four to five years, a special survey. Vessels also may be required, as part of the intermediate survey process, to be dry-docked every 24 to 30 months for inspection of the underwater parts of the vessel and for necessary repair related to such inspection.

 

In addition to the classification inspections, many of our customers, including the major oil companies, regularly inspect our vessels as a precondition to chartering voyages on these vessels. We believe that our well-maintained, high quality tonnage should provide us with a competitive advantage in the current environment of increasing regulation and customer emphasis on quality of service.

 

Tsakos Shipping, our technical manager, obtained a document of compliance with the ISO 9000 standards of total quality management. ISO 9000 is a series of international standards for quality systems that includes ISO 9002, the standard most commonly used in the shipping industry. Our technical manager has also completed the implementation of the ISM Code. Our technical manager has obtained documents of compliance for our offices and safety management certificates for our vessels, as required by the IMO. Our technical manager has also received ISO 14001 certification.

 

Risk of loss and insurance

 

The operation of any ocean-going vessel carries an inherent risk of catastrophic marine disasters and property losses, including:

 

  collision;

 

  adverse weather conditions;

 

  fire and explosion;

 

  mechanical failures;

 

  negligence;

 

  war;

 

  terrorism; and

 

  piracy.

 

In addition, the transportation of crude oil is subject to the risk of crude oil spills, and business interruptions due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities, labor strikes, and boycotts. Tsakos Shipping arranges insurance coverage to protect against most risks involved in the conduct of our business and we maintain environmental damage and pollution insurance coverage. Tsakos Shipping arranges insurance covering the loss of revenue resulting from vessel off-hire time. We believe that our current insurance coverage is adequate to protect against most of the risks involved in the conduct of our business. The terrorist attacks in the United States and various locations abroad and international hostilities have lead to increases in our insurance premium rates and the implementation of special “war risk” premiums for certain trading routes. See “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” for a description of how our insurance rates have been affected by recent events.

 

32


Table of Contents

We have hull and machinery insurance, increased value (total loss or constructive total loss) insurance and loss of hire insurance with Argosy Insurance Company. Each of our ship owning subsidiaries is a named insured under our insurance policies with Argosy. Argosy provides the same full coverage as provided through London and Norwegian underwriters and reinsures its exposure, subject to customary deductibles, in the London, French, Norwegian and U.S. reinsurance markets. We were charged by Argosy aggregate premiums of $2.5 million in 2003. By placing our insurance through Argosy, we believe that we achieve cost savings over the premiums we would otherwise pay to third party insurers. Argosy reinsures most insurance it underwrites for us with various reinsurers. These reinsurers have credit ratings ranging from BBB to AA.

 

Our subsidiaries are indemnified for legal liabilities incurred while operating our vessels by protection and indemnity insurance that we maintain through their membership in a P&I club. This protection and indemnity insurance covers legal liabilities and other related expenses of injury or death of crew members and other third parties, loss or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels, damage to other third party property and pollution arising from oil or other substances, including wreck removal. The object of P&I clubs is to provide mutual insurance against liability to third parties incurred by P&I club members in connection with the operation of their vessels “entered into” the P&I club in accordance with and subject to the rules of the P&I club and the individual member’s terms of participation. A member’s individual P&I club premium is typically based on the aggregate tonnage of the member’s vessels entered into the P&I club according to the risks of insuring the vessels as determined by the P&I club. P&I club claims are paid from the aggregate premiums paid by all members, although members remain subject to “calls” for additional funds if the aggregate insurance claims made exceed aggregate member premiums collected. P&I clubs enter into reinsurance agreements with other P&I clubs and with third party underwriters as a method of preventing large losses in any year from being assessed directly against members of the P&I club. Currently, applicable P&I club rules provide each of its members with more than $4 billion of liability coverage except for pollution coverage which is limited to $1 billion.

 

Recent world events have lead to increases in our insurance premium rates and the implementation of special “war risk” premiums for certain trading routes. For 2003-2004, our P&I club insurance premiums increased by approximately 10% and our hull and machinery insurance premiums increased by 10%. We have been advised that for 2004-2005 our P&I club insurance premiums will increase by approximately another 7% and our hull and machinery insurance premiums by 15%. In addition, “war risk” coverage for vessels operating in certain geographical areas has doubled, but this type of coverage represents a relatively small portion of our total insurance premiums. P&I, hull and machinery and war risk insurance premiums are accounted for as part of operation expenses in our financial statements. Accordingly, any change in insurance premium rates directly impacts our operating results.

 

Competition

 

We operate in markets that are highly competitive and where no owner currently controls more than 5% of the world tanker fleet. Ownership of tankers is divided among independent tanker owners and national and independent oil companies. Many oil companies and other oil trading companies, the principal charterers of our fleet, also operate their own vessels and transport oil for themselves and third party charterers in direct competition with independent owners and operators. We compete for charters based on price, vessel location, size, age, condition and acceptability of the vessel as well as Tsakos Shipping’s reputation as a manager. Currently we compete primarily with owners of tankers in the ULCCs, VLCCs, Suezmax, Aframax, Panamax and Handysize class sizes, and we will in the future also compete with owners of LNG carriers.

 

Although we do not actively trade in Middle East trade routes, disruptions in those routes as a result of international hostilities, including those in Afghanistan and Iraq, and terrorist attacks such as those made against the United States in September 2001 and various international locations since then may affect our business. We may face increased competition if tanker companies that trade in Middle East trade routes seek to employ their vessels in other trade routes in which we actively trade.

 

Other significant operators of multiple Aframax and Suezmax tankers in the Atlantic basin that compete with us include OMI Corporation, Overseas Shipholding Group, Inc., Teekay Shipping Corporation, General Maritime Corporation and American Eagle Tankers Inc. Limited. There are also numerous, smaller tanker operators in the Atlantic basin.

 

33


Table of Contents

Employees

 

We have no salaried employees.

 

Properties

 

We operate out of Tsakos Energy Management offices in the building also occupied by Tsakos Shipping at Megaron Makedonia, 367 Syngrou Avenue, Athens, Greece.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We are involved in litigation from time to time in the ordinary course of business. In our opinion, the litigation in which we are currently involved, individually and in the aggregate, is not material to us.

 

Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

 

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. This discussion includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, such as those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this annual report, our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

 

Overview

 

We own a fleet of modern tankers providing world-wide marine transportation services for national, major and other independent oil companies and refiners under long, medium and short-term charters. The charter rates that we are able to obtain for these services are determined in a highly competitive global tanker charter market. We operate our tankers in markets that have historically exhibited both cyclical and seasonal variations in demand and corresponding fluctuations in charter rates. Tanker markets are typically stronger in the winter months as a result of increased oil consumption in the northern hemisphere. In addition, unpredictable weather conditions in the winter months tend to disrupt vessel scheduling. The oil price volatility resulting from these factors has historically led to increased oil trading activities. Changes in available tanker capacity also have had a strong effect on tanker charter markets over the past 20 years.

 

2003 was a watershed year for the tanker market. A combination of events including new environmental regulations, a very cold winter in the northern hemisphere and low fuel inventories helped create the healthiest charter rate environment that the tanker industry had seen in many years. This is in contrast to 2002 where we witnessed an unpredictable market, driven by factors outside the usual supply and demand equation. Even the usual seasonal decline in the third quarter was softened in 2003 by the incredible demand for crude oil around the world. While the war in Iraq did play a part in the rate environment, overwhelmingly, low inventories, economic recoveries and activity in the United States, Latin America, China and Southeast Asia were the key drivers of charter rates in 2003.

 

Looking forward, the lack of clarity over oil production from Iraq, continued political unrest in Venezuela and continued discussion by the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC) about their production levels, high oil prices could be the norm, rather than the exception in 2004. The expected increasing demand from China and India will also factor heavily into worldwide consumption. The dynamics at work in India, China, and the Pacific Rim bode well for transportation requirements for petroleum and its products in the coming months and years. Another indication of the strength of the market can be seen in continued demand despite price hikes. Historically, as oil prices have risen, some global consumers have been forced to curtail imports. However, in the current environment, it appears that price has not dissuaded imports and, in fact in some instances, demand has actually increased.

 

We expect that 2004 should once again prove to be a strong year for the tanker industry. The aforementioned economic stimuli, coupled with geopolitical events in areas such as Nigeria, Iraq and Venezuela, should fuel the market. Additionally, new IMO and European Union regulations relating to the phaseout of single-hull tankers should have a significant impact on the rate environment.

 

34


Table of Contents

Our current fleet consists of two VLCCs, four Suezmaxes, ten Aframaxes, seven Panamaxes and four Handymaxes. All vessels are owned by our subsidiaries with the exception of the Aframax Olympia , acquired in March 1999 and sold in October 1999 and time chartered back from the owners for an initial period of approximately eight years and the two Suezmaxes, Decathlon and Pentathlon (renamed Cape Baker and Cape Balboa ), acquired in 2002 and sold in October and November 2003, respectively, and time chartered back from the owners for five years.

 

Chartering Strategy

 

We typically charter our vessels to third parties in any of three basic types of charter. First are “voyage charters” or “spot voyages”, under which a shipowner is paid freight on the basis of moving cargo from a loading port to a discharging port at a given rate per ton or other unit of cargo. Port charges, bunkers and other voyage expenses (in addition to normal vessel operating expenses) are the responsibility of the shipowner. Second are “time charters,” under which a shipowner is paid hire on a per day basis for a given period of time. Normal vessel operating expenses, such as maintenance and repair, crew wages and insurance premiums, are incurred by the shipowner, while voyage expenses, including bunkers and port charges, are the responsibility of the charterer. The time charterer decides the destination and types of cargoes to be transported, subject to the terms of the charter. Time charters can be for periods of time ranging from one or two months to more than three years. Time charters can also be “evergreen,” which means that they automatically renew for successive terms unless the shipowner or the charterer elects to terminate the charter. Third are “bareboat charters” under which the shipowner is paid a fixed amount of hire for a given period of time. The charterer is responsible for substantially all the costs of operating the vessel including voyage expenses, vessel operating expenses and technical and commercial management. Longer-term time charters and bareboat charters are sometimes known as “period charters.” We also enter into “contracts of affreightment” which are contracts for multiple employments that provide for periodic adjustments, within prescribed ranges, to the charter rates. Three of our vessels also operate within a pool of similar vessels whereby all income (less voyage expenses) is earned on a market basis and shared between pool participants on the basis of a formula which takes into account the vessel’s age, size and technical features.

 

The chartering strategy of the Company continues to be one of fixing vessels on medium to long-term employment in order to secure a stable income flow, but one which also ensures a satisfactory return. This strategy has enabled the Company to level the effects of the cyclical nature of the tanker industry. The Company has generated positive results every year, achieving almost optimal utilization of the fleet. In order to capitalize on possible upturns in rates, the Company has chartered out several of its vessels on a market basis. Including the VLCC delivered in January 2004, the Company currently has twenty of its twenty-seven vessels on time charter or other form of term employment, ensuring that at least 78% of its 2004 availability and 63% of its 2005 availability is already fixed. The vessels that continue on spot are taking advantage of the strong tanker demand that exists in the first half of 2004 and is expected to continue for much of the remainder of the year.

 

The Board of Directors, through its Chartering Committee, formulates the chartering strategy of the Company and the Company’s commercial manager Tsakos Energy Management implements this strategy through the technical managers, Tsakos Shipping. They evaluate the opportunities for each type of vessel, taking into account the strategic preference for medium and long-term charters and ensure optimal positioning to take account of re-delivery opportunities at advantageous rates.

 

The cooperation with the Tsakos Group enables the Company to take advantage of the long-established relationships built by the Tsakos with many of the world’s major oil companies and refiners. The Tsakos Group has built these relationships over thirty-four years of existence and high quality commercial and technical service. Tsakos Shipping, manages the vessels of the Company plus another thirty-three vessels, mostly container vessels and single hull tankers. Apart from the customer relations, the Company is also able to take advantage of the inherent economies of scale associated with a large fleet manager and its commitment to contain running costs without jeopardizing the vessels’ operations. Tsakos Shipping provides top grade officers and crew for the Company’s vessels and first class superintendent engineers and port captains to ensure that the vessels are in prime condition.

 

35


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The Company’s significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 of the attached financial statements. The application of such policies may require management to make estimates and assumptions. We believe that the following are the more critical accounting estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements that involve a higher degree of judgment and could have a significant impact on our future consolidated results of operations and financial position:

 

Revenue recognition. Our vessels are employed under a variety of charter contracts, including time, bare-boat and voyage charters, contracts of affreightment and pool arrangements. Time and bare-boat charter revenues are recorded over the term of the charter as the service is provided. Under a voyage charter (including those under contract of affreightment) the revenues and associated voyage costs are recognized on a pro rata basis over the duration of the voyage. If a voyage is in progress as at a reporting date, the operating results are estimated and recognized pro-rata on a per day basis. If a loss is forecast for a given voyage, such losses would be provided for in full at the time they can be estimated. Vessel operating expenses are accounted for on an accrual basis. Unearned revenue represents cash received prior to the year end and is related to revenue applicable to periods after December 31 of each year. The revenues and voyage expenses for all vessels operating under a tanker pool are aggregated by the pool manager and revenues, calculated on a TCE basis, are allocated to the pool participants according to an agreed upon formula. We apply the same revenue and expense recognition principles described above in determining the pool revenues.

 

We pay commissions on all chartering arrangements to Tsakos Shipping, as our broker, and to any other broker we employ. Each of these commissions generally amounts to 1.25% of the daily charter hire or lump sum amount payable under the charter. In addition, on some trade routes, we may pay the charterer an address commission ranging from 1.25% to 3.75% of the daily charter hire or lump sum amount payable under the charter. These commissions, as well as changes in prevailing charter rates, will cause our commission expenses to fluctuate from period to period.

 

Depreciation. We depreciate our vessels on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, after considering their estimated residual values, based on the assumed value of the scrap steel available for recycling after demolition, calculated at $180 per lightweight ton. In assessing the useful lives of vessels, we have adopted the industry wide accepted practice of assuming a vessel has a useful life of 25 years, given that all classification society rules have been adhered to concerning survey certification and statutory regulations are followed. Useful life is then ultimately dependent on customer demand and if customers were to reject our vessels, either because of new regulations or internal specifications, then the useful life of the vessel will require revision. Actual scrap values are primarily dependent on the demand for steel bars for construction purposes and the availability of vessels for demolition and recycling. Current scrap prices have recently reached a historic high. However, given the volatility in scrap prices in recent years and the average life of the vessels, we have not adjusted vessel residual values.

 

Impairment. The carrying value of the Company’s vessels includes the original cost of the vessels plus capitalized expenses since acquisition relating to improvements and upgrading of the vessel, less accumulated depreciation. Carrying value also includes the unamortized portion of deferred special survey and dry-docking costs. The carrying value of vessels usually differs from the fair market value applicable to any vessel, as market values fluctuate continuously depending on the market supply and demand conditions for vessels, as determined primarily by prevailing freight rates and newbuilding costs.

 

In order to identify indicators of impairment, test for recoverability of each vessel’s carrying value and if necessary, measure the required impairment charges, management regularly compares each vessel’s carrying amount with the average of its fair market values as provided by two independent and reputable brokers. In the event that an indicator of impairment exists because a vessel’s carrying value is in excess of its fair market value, management estimates the undiscounted future cash flows to be generated by each of the Company’s vessels in order to assess the recoverability of the vessel’s carrying value. These estimates are based on historical industry freight rate averages for each category of vessel taking into account the age, specifications and likely trading pattern of each vessel and the likely condition and operating costs of each vessel. Such estimations are inevitably subjective and actual freight rates, as witnessed during 2002, 2003 and early 2004, may be volatile. As a consequence, estimations may differ considerably from actual results.

 

36


Table of Contents

The estimations also take into account new regulations regarding the permissible trading of tankers depending on their structure and age. As a consequence of new European Union regulations effective from October 2003, the IMO adopted new regulations in December 2003 regarding early phase out of non-double hull tankers. At December 31, 2003, the Company owned and operated four single-hull tankers, two product carriers with single side and double bottom and two product carriers with double side and single bottom. None of the vessels were deemed Category I vessels, which require phase out by 2005 under IMO regulations. All seven vessels, providing they complete the newly imposed survey requirements, may continue trading to the end of their assumed economic lives of 25 years.

 

While management, therefore, is of the opinion that the assumptions it has used in assessing whether there are grounds for impairment are justifiable and reasonable, the possibility remains that conditions in future periods may vary significantly from current assumptions, which may result in a material impairment loss. In the event that the undiscounted future cash flows do not exceed a vessel’s carrying value, an impairment charge is required, and the vessel’s carrying value is written down to the fair market value as determined above. As vessel values are also volatile, the actual market value of a vessel may differ significantly from estimated values within a short period of time.

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts. Revenue is based on contracted charter parties and although our business is with customers whom we believe to be of the highest standard, there is always the possibility of dispute over terms and payment of freight. In particular, disagreements may arise as to the responsibility for lost time and demurrage revenue due to the Company as a result. As such, we periodically assess the recoverability of amounts outstanding and we estimate a provision if there is a possibility of non-recoverability. Although we believe our provisions to be based on fair judgment at the time of their creation, it is possible that an amount under dispute is not ultimately recovered and the estimated provision for doubtful recoverability is inadequate.

 

Amortization of deferred charges. In accordance with Classification Society requirements, a special survey is performed on our vessels every five years. A further intermediate survey takes place in between special surveys, depending on the age of the vessel. In most cases a dry-docking is necessary with repairs undertaken to bring the vessel up to the condition required for the vessel to be given its classification certificate. The costs include the yard charges for labor, materials and services, plus possible new equipment and parts where required, plus part of the participating scheduled crew costs incurred during the survey period. We capitalize these charges and amortize them over the period up to the vessel’s next scheduled special survey.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (“FIN 46”). FIN 46 provides guidance on the identification of entities for which control is achieved through means other than through voting rights (“variable interest entities”) and how to determine when and which business enterprise (the “primary beneficiary”) should consolidate the variable interest entity. This new model for consolidation applies to an entity in which either (i) the equity investors (if any) do not have a controlling financial interest; or (ii) the equity investment at risk is insufficient to finance the entity’s activities without receiving additional subordinated financial support from other parties. In addition, FIN 46 requires that the primary beneficiary, as well as all other enterprises with a significant variable interest in a variable interest entity, makes additional disclosures. The effective dates and impact of FIN 46 and its revision FIN 46-R, are as follows:

 

  1. Special purpose entities (“SPEs”) created prior to February 1, 2003 – application of FIN 46 or early adoption of FIN 46-R at the end of the first interim or annual reporting period after December 15, 2003.

 

  2. Non-SPE’s created prior to February 1, 2003 – adoption of FIN 46-R at the end of the first interim or annual reporting period after December 15, 2003.

 

37


Table of Contents
  3. All entities, regardless of whether an SPE, that were created subsequent to January 31, 2003. The provisions of FIN 46 were applicable for variable interests in entities obtained after January 31, 2003. Adoption of FIN 46-R is required at the end of the first interim or annual reporting period ending after March 15, 2004.

 

The adoptions of the provisions applicable to SPE’s and all other variable interests obtained after January 31, 2003 did not have an impact on the Company’s financial statements. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting FIN 46-R applicable to non-SPE’s created prior to February 1, 2003, but does not expect any impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

 

In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”. Statement 149 amends and clarifies accounting for derivative instruments, including certain instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities under Statement 133. In particular, Statement 149 provides clarification regarding the meaning of an “underlying” and the characteristics of a derivative that contains financing components. It also clarifies under what circumstances a contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristic of a derivative as discussed in Statement 133 and when a derivative contains a financing component that warrants special reporting in the statement of cash flows. The Company has adopted the provisions of SFAS 149 effective October 1, 2003, which did not have an effect on the Company’s financial statements.

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with the Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity”. Statement 150 affects how an issuer should account for certain types of freestanding financial instruments which have the characteristics of both equity and liabilities and what disclosures are required for the classification, measurement and settlement of such financial instruments. Statement 150 is effective for all financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The Company has adopted the provisions of SFAS 150 effective October 1, 2003, which did not have an effect on the Company’s financial statements.

 

Basis of Presentation and General Information

 

Revenues from vessels, net. Revenues are generated from freight billings and time charters. Time charter revenues are recorded over the term of the charter as service is provided. Under a voyage charter the revenues and associated voyage costs are recognized on a pro-rata basis over the duration of the voyage. The operating results of voyages in progress at a reporting date are estimated and recognized pro-rata on a per day basis. Probable losses on voyages are provided for in full at the time such losses can be estimated. Vessel operating expenses are accounted for on an accrual basis. Unearned revenue represents cash received prior to the year end and is related to revenue applicable to periods after December 31 of each year. The revenues and voyage expenses for all vessels operating under a tanker pool are aggregated by the pool manager and revenues, calculated on a TCE basis, are allocated to the pool participants according to an agreed upon formula. The same revenue and expense recognition principles described above are applied in determining the pool revenues.

 

TCE allows vessel operators to compare the revenues of vessels that are on voyage charters with those on time charters. For vessels on voyage charters, we calculate TCE by taking revenues earned on the voyage and deducting the voyage costs and dividing by the actual number of net earning days. For vessels on bareboat charters, for which we do not incur either voyage or operating costs, we calculate TCE by taking revenues earned on the charter and adding a representative amount for the vessels’ operating expenses. TCE differs from average daily revenue earned in that TCE is based on revenues before commissions and does not take into account off-hire days.

 

Commissions. We pay commissions on all chartering arrangements to Tsakos Shipping, as our broker, and to any other broker we employ. Each of these commissions generally amounts to 1.25% of the daily charter hire or lump sum amount payable under the charter. In addition, on some trade routes, we may pay the charterer an address commission ranging from 1.25% to 3.75% of the daily charter hire or lump sum amount payable under the charter. These commissions, as well as changes in prevailing charter rates, will cause our commission expenses to fluctuate from period to period.

 

Voyage expenses. Voyage expenses include all our costs, other than operating expenses, that are related to a voyage, including port charges, canal dues and bunker or fuel costs.

 

38


Table of Contents

Vessel operating expenses. These expenses consist primarily of manning, hull and machinery insurance, P&I insurance, repairs and maintenance and stores and lubricant costs.

 

Management fees. These are the fixed fees we pay to Tsakos Energy Management under our management agreement with them. As of January 1, 2003 all vessels had a management fee of $15,000 per month.

 

Depreciation. We depreciate our vessels on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, after considering their estimated scrap values, calculated at $180 per lightweight ton. In assessing the useful lives of vessels, we have adopted the industry wide accepted practice of assuming a vessel has a useful life of 25 years, given that all classification society rules have been adhered to concerning survey certification and statutory regulations are followed. Useful life is ultimately dependent on customer demand and if customers were to reject our vessels, either because of new regulations or internal specifications, then the useful life of the vessel will require revision.

 

Amortization of deferred charges. We amortize the costs of drydocking and special surveys of each of our ships over the period up to the ship’s next special survey. These expenses are part of the normal costs we incur in connection with the operation of our fleet.

 

Impairment loss. An impairment loss for an asset held for use should be recognized when the estimate of undiscounted cash flows, excluding interest charges, expected to be generated by the use of the asset is less than its carrying amount (the vessel’s net book value plus any unamortized drydocking deferred charges). Measurement of the impairment loss is based on the fair value of the asset as provided by third parties. In this respect, management reviews regularly the carrying amount of the vessels in connection with the estimated recoverable amount for each of the Company’s vessels. The review of the carrying amount in connection with the estimated recoverable amount for each of the Company’s vessels, as of December 31, 2002, indicated an impairment loss of $10.8 million.

 

As at December 31, 2003, the market value of our fleet (excluding the three chartered-in vessels) was $765 million, according to valuations received from two independent reputable brokers. On the basis of these valuations and given the positive market conditions prevailing during the first quarter of 2004, we determined that no impairment of the carrying value of any vessel, including older vessels, was required.

 

Stock option compensation expenses. These expenses represent the pro rata fair value of the stock options vesting during the period as prescribed by the accounting principles of SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”.

 

General and administrative expenses. These expenses consist primarily of professional fees, office supplies, advertising costs, directors’ liability insurance, and reimbursement of our directors’ and officers’ travel-related expenses.

 

Results From Operations

 

Following a severe depression in freight rates during most of 2002, the market began to see a sharp improvement in the last two months of 2002 which witnessed a significant rise in rates brought on by winter demand, low inventories, supply disruptions in Venezuela and Nigeria, prospects of conflict in the Middle East, and the sinking of the m.t. Prestige off the Spanish coast. These factors helped to keep the market exceptionally buoyant throughout 2003, modified only by the usual seasonal fluctuations and by new factors that had an impact on the industry, including the high demand for oil imports from China and India, the development of alternative sources for the supply of oil and the passage restrictions in the Bosphorus.

 

Some of the more significant developments for the Company during 2003 were:

 

  The arrangement of new period charters with leading state-owned oil corporations. While the Company took advantage of the high rates being offered by the spot market, it also sought, in accordance with its overall chartering strategy, to ensure period employment of its vessels, often including in the terms variable rates with minimum floors and profit sharing for the Company to participate in the upside in buoyant markets.

 

39


Table of Contents
  The delivery of six newly constructed vessels: four Panamax tankers ( Maya , Inca , Aztec , Andes ) and two Aframax tankers ( Marathon , Parthenon ). As a result, the dwt of the fleet increased by 20% from 2.23 million tons to 2.68 million tons and the average age (dwt basis) fell from 6.8 years to 6.5 years. Also, an agreement was reached to acquire a VLCC which was delivered in January 2004 and renamed La Madrina .

 

  The sale of two Suezmaxes acquired in 2002 ( Decathlon , Pentathlon ) to a German KG organization for $55 million each, thereby achieving a total capital gain of nearly $16 million. The vessels were chartered back for a period of five years over which time the capital gain is amortized. The vessels have been renamed Cape Baker and Cape Balboa , respectively.

 

  The proceeds of new loans with leading European banks relating to the six new vessels amounting to $160 million in total. Repayments amounted to $93 million, including the prepayment on the loans relating to the two sold Suezmaxes. Total debt at the year end amounted to $453 million.

 

  The arrangement of new interest rate swaps, all meeting hedging criteria and providing further coverage of $111 million. Two of the older non-hedging swaps expired during the year. At December 31, 2003, the equivalent of approximately 58% of the outstanding loans were covered by interest rate swap arrangements.

 

  The performance of major surveys on four product carriers ( Pella , Dion , Libra , Crux ), two Aframaxes ( Maria Tsakos , Athens 2004 ), and three Panamaxes ( Hesnes , Victory III , Liberty ). In the case of the Hesnes, an upgrading was also undertaken to coat the ballast tanks.

 

  The ending by mutual accord of the joint venture company, LauriTen Ltd., in accordance with the terms of the original agreement. The original investment made by the Company was returned. Net income earned by this joint venture in 2003 was $0.6 million.

 

  The payment to the Company’s shareholders of two dividends during the year, $0.20 cents per share in April in respect of the fiscal year 2002, and $0.50 cents in November, the first dividend with respect to fiscal year 2003.

 

Our fleet again achieved record net revenue of $230.1 million, up 86.1% from $123.6 million in 2002. Operating income increased from $14.4 million in 2002 to $70.5 million in 2003, a 388.7% increase. However, in 2002 there was an impairment of $10.8 million on the value of two single-hull vessels. No impairment was considered necessary in 2003.

 

Net income was $59.1 million in 2003, compared to $3.9 million in the prior year, a 1,416.5% increase. Diluted income per share increased from $0.25 in 2002, based on 15.85 million shares outstanding, to $3.44 in 2003, based on 17.19 million shares outstanding. These results reflect the dramatic improvement in market rates starting in late 2002 and continuing through most of 2003. U.S. interest rates fell in continued efforts to support the U.S. economy, providing reductions in financing costs. Vessel running expenses were held to competitive levels despite increasing costs due to the relative fall in the value of the U.S. Dollar to the Euro and higher insurance premiums.

 

The Company operated the following types of vessel during 2003:

 

Vessel Type


        VLCC

    Suezmax

    Aframax

    Panamax

    Product carriers

 

Average number of vessels

        1     4     9.4     6.6     4.7  

Number of vessels at end of period

        1     4     10     8     4  

Dwt at end of period (in thousands)

   Dwt    301.2     657.2     1,020.7     539.6     162.9  

Percentage of total fleet

        11.2 %   24.5 %   38.1 %   20.1 %   6.1 %

Average age at end of period

   Years    5.3     1.3     7.6     8.1     17.7  

 

40


Table of Contents

The contribution of the new vessels to the overall results for 2003 was:

 

     Newbuildings

    Acquired

    Joint
Venture


   Other
net costs*


    Combined

 

Average number of vessels

     14.0     11.7     —      —       25.7  

Utilization in period

     98 %   87 %   —      —       93 %

TCE per ship per day

   $ 26,454     17,324     —      —       22,636  

Operating expenses per ship per day

   $ 5,613     6,316     —      —       5,949  

Revenue from vessels, net ($ thousand)

   $ 153,856     76,213     —      —       230,069  

Net income/(loss) - ($ thousand)

   $ 51,853     9,398     602    (2,801 )   59,052  

* Other net costs include General and Administrative expenses, non-recurring charges, provisions against claims against dormant companies, other costs and interest income.

 

Financial Analysis

 

Year ended December 31, 2003 versus year ended December 31, 2002

 

Net Revenue

 

Net revenue from vessels (freight less brokerage commission) was $230.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2003 as compared to $123.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2002, an 86.1% increase partly resulting from an increase in the number of vessels from an average of 18.0 in 2002 to an average of 25.7 in 2003, and partly from the improvement in charter markets. The average time charter equivalent rate per vessel for the year 2003 was $22,636 per day compared to $16,676 for the previous year. In 2002, four newly built Suezmaxes were delivered, mostly in the latter part of the year, representing a whole new category of vessel for the Company to operate. A new Aframax, Opal Queen , was also acquired. These vessels operated throughout 2003. In addition, during 2003, four new Panamax tankers plus a further two Aframaxes were delivered. A Handymax product carrier was chartered-in towards the end of 2002 to provide cover in the absence of owned Handymaxes during their scheduled dry-dockings. This vessel was released in the autumn of 2003. The additional contribution in 2003 over 2002 to net revenue of these twelve vessels was $84.3 million. However, the fleet had 92.9% employment compared to 93.8% in the previous year, both years incurring significant dry-docking activity, which involved nine vessels in 2003 and six vessels in 2002.

 

Commissions

 

We pay commissions on all chartering arrangements to Tsakos Shipping, as our broker, and to any other broker we employ. Each of these commissions generally amounts to 1.25% of the daily charter hire or lump sum amount payable under the charter. In addition, on some trade routes, we may pay the charterer an address commission ranging from 1.25% to 3.75% of the daily charter hire or lump sum amount payable under the charter. These commissions, as well as changes in prevailing charter rates, will cause our commission expenses to fluctuate from period to period. Commissions were $11.3 million, or 4.7% of revenue from vessels, during the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to $6.4 million, which was 4.9% of revenue from vessels, for the year ended December 31, 2002.

 

41


Table of Contents

Voyage Expenses

 

Voyage expenses include all our costs, other than operating expenses, that are related to a voyage, including port charges, canal dues and bunker or fuel costs. Voyage expenses were $61.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to $32.8 million during the prior year, an 86.7% increase. Total operating days on spot charters and contracts of affreightment, under which contracts the owner bears voyage expenses, rose from 2,582 days in 2002 to 4,272 in 2003, a 65% increase. The introduction of the larger Suezmaxes into the fleet with new trading routes (primarily West Africa to the U.S.) also contributed to increased voyage expenses. Bunker costs increased during 2003 as a consequence of higher oil prices.

 

Vessel Operating Expenses

 

Vessel operating expenses include crew costs, maintenance repairs and spares, stores, lubricants, insurance and sundry expenses such as tonnage tax, registration fees, and communication costs. Total operating costs were $49.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2003 as compared to $32.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2002, an increase of 54.4%. This compares with an increase in operating days of approximately 2,462 or 47%, over the previous year, in those vessels bearing operating expenses.

 

Operating expenses per ship per day for the fleet increased from $5,498 for the year ended December 31, 2002 to $5,949 for the year ended December 31, 2003, an 8.2% increase. For the most part, this increase was due to the approximately 30% fall in value of the dollar against the Euro over the year. Approximately 25% of the Company’s operating expenses are in Euro, mainly in respect to Greek officers on the vessels. Increased insurance costs and extra repairs and spares also contributed to increased running costs.

 

Depreciation

 

Depreciation was $32.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to $24.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2002, an increase of 34.6%, due primarily to the addition in 2003 of, on an average basis, seven new vessels.

 

Amortization

 

We amortize the cost of dry-docking and special surveys over the period to the next special survey and this amortization is included as part of the normal costs we incur in connection with the operation of our vessels. During the year ended December 31, 2003, amortization of deferred dry-docking charges was $7.8 million as compared to $4.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2002, an increase of 81.6%, due to the major dry-docking and special survey work in the two year period since January 1, 2002.

 

Management Fees

 

Management fees are the fixed fees per vessel the Company pays to Tsakos Energy Management Ltd. under a management agreement between the companies. Since January 1, 2002 each vessel (excluding temporarily chartered-in vessels) bears a management fee of $15,000 per month, payable by the Company to Tsakos Energy Management Ltd., of which $10,000 per month is forwarded to Tsakos Shipping and Trading S.A. under a management contract for the technical management of the fleet. We believe this to be a very competitive fee to pay for such services. The remaining $5,000 per vessel is retained by Tsakos Energy Management Ltd. to cover the running costs associated with the administration of the Company. Management fees totaled $4.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, an increase of 38.0%, in line with the increase in available days provided by the newly acquired vessels to the fleet.

 

General and Administrative Expenses

 

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of professional fees, office supplies, advertising costs, directors’ fees, directors’ liability insurance, and reimbursement of our directors’ and officers’ travel-related expenses. General and administrative expenses were $2.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to $1.3 million during the year 2002, an increase of 91.5% primarily due to additional expenditures relating to investor relations, advertising, travel, staff bonuses, SEC filing fees, legal and audit fees.

 

42


Table of Contents

The sum of general and administrative expenses plus management fees payable to Tsakos Energy Management Ltd. represents the overheads of the Company. On a per vessel basis, daily overhead costs increased from $683 in 2002 to $734 in 2003, due to the factors mentioned above.

 

Operating Income

 

As a result of the foregoing, income from vessel operations was $70.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2003 versus $14.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2002, representing a 388.7% increase.

 

Interest and Finance Costs

 

Net interest and finance costs increased from $11.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2002 to $12.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2003, an 8.7% increase. Total average bank loans were approximately $473 million for 2003 compared to $271 million for 2002, an increase of 75%. However, actual loan interest costs increased from $8.5 million to $12.1 million, a 43% increase as the average interest rate for 2003 on the Company’s loans (excluding actual interest payable on interest rate swaps) was approximately 2.6% compared to 3.1% for 2002. The actual interest payable on the swaps amounted to $4.5 million in 2003 compared to $2.7 million in 2002, the increase being due to the reduction in long term interest rates.

 

There was a positive movement of $3.5 million in the fair value (mark-to-market) of our non-hedging interest rate swaps in 2003, which is accounted for through our income statement and is included as part of interest costs, compared to a negative movement of $3.8 million in 2002. This was primarily due to the reduction in the remaining life of the four swaps, including the expiry of two of them. The positive movement would have been greater if not for the unexpected reduction of long term interest rates mentioned above.

 

Capitalized interest in 2003 was $0.8 million compared to $3.2 million in the previous year, due to the number of vessels completing construction during the past year and the reduction in average interest rates.

 

Interest income was $0.4 million during 2003 as compared to $0.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2002, due to lower time deposit interest rates in 2003 compared to 2002, despite much higher average bank deposits. Foreign exchange losses amounted to $0.4 million in 2003 compared to $0.1 million in 2002, due to the devaluation of the U.S. dollar compared to the Euro.

 

Joint Venture Income

 

The share of net income due to the Company from the joint venture, LauriTen Ltd., for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $0.6 million after the write-off of $0.3 million expenses on cessation of the joint venture, compared to $0.2 million in 2002. The Company acquired a 50% participating interest in LauriTen Ltd. in 2002. The joint venture owned four separate companies each of which owned a small LPG carrier. The joint venture was accounted for using the equity method whereby the investment was carried at the Company’s original cost plus its share of undistributed earnings. A mutual decision was made in August 2003 by the partners not to extend the joint venture agreement and consequently, in accordance with the original agreement, the joint venture expired on August 31, 2003.

 

Gain on the Sale of Vessels

 

The Company sold two Suezmaxes in a sale and leaseback transaction in the fourth quarter of 2003. The total gain of $15.8 million has been deferred and is being amortized over the five year minimum charter period. The initial part of this amortization amounted to $0.5 million in 2003.

 

43


Table of Contents

Net Income

 

As a result of the foregoing, net income for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $59.1 million, or $3.45 per share, basic, versus $0.25 per share, basic, during the year ended December 31, 2002, an increase of 1,279%.

 

Year ended December 31, 2002 versus year ended December 31, 2001

 

Net Revenue

 

Net revenue from vessels was $123.6 million during 2002 as compared to $118.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2001, a 4.2% increase primarily resulting from expansion of our fleet from an average of 16 vessels operating in 2001 to an average of 18 vessels operating in 2002. This increase in fleet size offset the weakness in charter markets for all types of tankers during 2002, the average time charter equivalent rate per vessel for 2002 being $16,676 per day compared to $19,002 for 2001. However, the fleet had 93.8% employment in 2002 compared to 98.6% in the previous year, so that total days employed were equivalent to a little over one extra vessel in the year. The primary reason for the reduced productivity was increased dry-docking activity, which involved six vessels during the course of the year. Certain of these vessels had been scheduled for drydock in 2003, but the timing was brought forward to take advantage of the soft freight market.

 

Commissions

 

Commissions were $6.4 million, or 4.9% of revenue from vessels, during the year ended December 31, 2002, equal to prior year amount of $6.4 million, which was 5.1% of revenue from vessels earned in the year ended December 31, 2001. The decrease in commissions as a percentage of revenue resulted primarily from the chartering of newly delivered vessels at relatively lower commission rates.

 

Voyage Expenses

 

Voyage expenses were $32.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2002 as compared to $21.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2001, representing a 53.2% increase primarily due to the operation of two extra vessels on spot charter during 2002 compared to 2001. Total operating days on spot charters and contracts of affreightment, under which contracts the owner bears voyage expenses, rose from 1,731 days in 2001 to 2,582 in 2002, a 49% increase. Bunker costs, an important component of voyage expenses, also increased significantly during 2002.

 

Vessel Operating Expenses

 

Vessel operating expenses were $32.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2002 as compared to $28.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2001. The increase of 12.7% was due to the addition, on average, of two extra vessels during the year compared to the previous year. This represented an increase in operating days of approximately 14% in vessels bearing operating expenses. Vessel operating expenses per ship per day for the fleet decreased from $5,622 for the year ended December 31, 2001 to $5,498 for the year ended December 31, 2002, despite increased insurance costs, additional required vessel repairs and a rising Euro. The decrease in average daily vessel operating expenses is also partly attributable to reduced running costs during dry-docking activities and the cost efficiencies achieved through the addition of new vessels to the fleet.

 

Depreciation

 

Depreciation was $24.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2002 compared to $21.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2001, an increase of 15.0% due to the addition on average for the year of two new vessels to the fleet.

 

44


Table of Contents

Impairment

 

The carrying values of two 21-year old single hull vessels, Panos G and Liberty , were written-down to their fair market values, resulting in an impairment loss of $10.8 million. Values of single hull tankers had fallen as a result of the incident involving the m.t. Prestige , an aged single hull oil tanker which sank in rough seas and resulted in proposed restrictions on the operation of such vessels. In addition, management estimated on the basis of industry data that the cash flow expected to be generated by the future use of these vessels would also be less than the carrying values. In such circumstances, accounting principles require the write-down of the difference between the carrying value of the asset and the fair market value.

 

Amortization

 

During the year ended December 31, 2002, amortization of deferred dry-docking charges amounted to $4.3 million as compared to $5.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2001, a decrease of 15.7%. The total charges for the previous year included $1.3 million relating to an adjustment of the amortization period for the remaining unamortized deferred dry-docking costs on two vessels undergoing special surveys within 2001 and 2002 to ensure full amortization before the new special surveys. Excluding this adjustment from 2001, the resulting increase in amortization of dry-docking charges of approximately $0.5 million is primarily due to amortization of significant new expenditures relating to dry dock work on four vessels during 2001 and 2002.

 

Management Fees

 

Management fees were $3.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2002, a $0.1 million increase from the year ended December 31, 2001. The monthly fee payable to Tsakos Energy Management decreased from $16,500 per month per vessel to $15,000 commencing January 1, 2002. The savings offset the additional management fees resulting from the addition of two vessels on average to the fleet.

 

Stock Option Compensation Expenses

 

These expenses represent the pro rata fair value of the stock options vesting during the period as prescribed by the accounting principles of SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”. As all such expenses were fully accounted by December 31, 2001, there were no further charges during the year ended December 31, 2002. The expense during the year ended December 31, 2001 was $0.3 million.

 

General and Administrative Expenses

 

General and administrative expenses were $1.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2002 as compared to $0.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2001. This represents a 59.3% increase, which is primarily attributable to increased expenditures with respect to investor relations, advertising, directors’ and officers’ insurance and legal and audit fees relating to our completion in early 2002 of a public offering of our common shares in the United States and our ongoing reporting obligations as a publicly traded company.

 

Operating Income

 

As a result of the foregoing, income from vessel operations was $14.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2002 versus $38.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2001, representing a 62.0% decrease. A significant factor in the decrease in operating income for 2002 versus 2001 was the $10.8 million impairment loss described above.

 

Interest and Finance Costs

 

Interest and finance costs decreased from $14.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2001 to $11.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2002, representing a 21.7% decrease. Although total bank loans increased from $244.5 million as at January 1, 2002 to $386.0 million by the year end, average interest rates fell from approximately 5.6% in 2001 to 3.5% in 2002. The decrease in overall interest expense was due also to the increase in capitalization of interest relating to the new building program from $1.6 million in 2001 to $3.2 million

 

45


Table of Contents

during 2002. The reduction in interest and finance costs was offset by a negative $3.8 million fair value adjustment at December 31, 2002 on four open interest rate swap arrangements which we entered into in July 2001. Because these swaps were entered into for non-hedging purposes, the fair value (mark-to-market) of these swap agreements and changes in their fair value are recognized in our financial statements. As at December 31, 2001 these same swaps incurred a $3.4 million negative fair value adjustment, but this had been offset by the termination in June 2001 of two other interest rate swaps entered into in March 2001, which gave rise to a $1 million gain.

 

Interest income was $0.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2002 as compared to $1.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2001, representing a decrease of 39.4%. This decrease resulted primarily from lower time deposit interest rates in 2002 compared to 2001, notwithstanding that the Company had higher cash balances on deposit during 2002 compared to 2001.

 

Joint Venture Income

 

The Company entered into a joint venture, named LauriTen Ltd., with Lauritzen A/S of Denmark in October 2002. The joint venture owned four small LPG carriers which are on bare-boat charter to Lauritzen A/S for one year. The joint venture was accounted for as an investment on an equity basis. The net income of the joint venture was derived after deducting depreciation, bank interest and administrative expenses from the bare-boat charter income and was distributed in equal amounts to the Company and Lauritzen A/S. The share of net income due to the Company for the year ended December 31, 2002 was $0.2 million and was included in other income. The joint venture expired on August 31, 2003.

 

Net Income

 

As a result of the foregoing, net income for the year ended December 31, 2002 was $3.9 million, or $0.25 per share, basic, versus $24.6 million or $2.56 per share, basic, during the year ended December 31, 2001, a decrease of 84.2%.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Our liquidity requirements relate to servicing our debt, funding the equity portion of investments in vessels, funding working capital and controlling fluctuations in cash flow. Net cash flow generated by continuing operations is our main source of liquidity. Apart from the possibility of securing further equity, additional sources of cash include proceeds from asset sales and borrowings, although all borrowing arrangements to date have specifically related to the acquisition of vessels. There is no off-balance sheet financing.

 

We believe that, unless there is a major and sustained downturn in market conditions, our financial resources are sufficient to meet our liquidity needs through January 1, 2005, taking into account both our existing capital commitments and the minimum debt service requirements as defined by our bank loan covenants.

 

Working capital (non-restricted net current assets) amounted to approximately $33 million at December 31, 2003 compared to approximately $3 million as at December 31, 2002, primarily a reflection of the increase in unrestricted cash holdings from $39.7 million to $86.8 million, most of the increase being due to the sale proceeds arising from the sale of two Suezmaxes in the last quarter. Current assets increased from $75.8 million at December 31, 2002 to $117.0 million at December 31, 2003 due to the increased cash balances and to increased trade and other receivables. Current liabilities increased from $66.2 million to $83.5 million at December 31, 2003 due mainly to increases in the current portion of long term debt and deferred income and trade accounts payable offset against decreases in accrued liabilities and the fair market valuation of the existing interest rate financial instruments.

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $84.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to $32.7 million in the previous year, a 157.1% increase. The increase is due mainly to the record income generated by the increase in fleet size and the substantial improvement in the freight market as described elsewhere in this annual report.

 

46


Table of Contents

Expenditure on dry-dockings is deducted from cash generated by operating activities. Total expenditure during 2003 on dry-dockings amounted to $15.1 million compared to $8.3 million in 2002. Programmed expenditure on dry-dockings has been higher than previous years due to the timing of special and intermediate surveys on the older vessels and the requirement for the newer vessels, delivered since 1997, to undertake their first special survey. A part of the scheduled work was brought forward into 2002 when the freight market was considerably softer. In 2003, special survey work was performed on the Handymax product carriers Pella, Libra, Dion and Crux . During much of the period that these vessels were undergoing work, they were substituted in part by the chartered-in Handymax product carrier, Capella which was released by us in September 2003. The dry-docking of all the Company’s product carriers has resulted in reduced earnings for this category of vessel during the year. Work was also performed on the Panamax Hesnes relating to its intermediate survey and the coating of its ballast tanks, as performed on its sister vessel Bregen in 2002. The vessel returned to pool service in September with the ability to generate more income in its upgraded state. The Panamax Liberty also completed an extensive intermediate dry-docking and the second of the new Aframaxes, the Athens 2004 , delivered in 1998, underwent its first special survey in the second quarter. For the last quarter of the year, the third of the new Aframaxes, Maria Tsakos , undertook its first special survey and the Panamax Victory III had an intermediate survey.

 

In contrast, there are four major dry-dockings scheduled for 2004, relating to the Olympia (paid for by the owner), Tamyra, Bregen and Liberty . The Liberty , however, was sold in June 2004 before its scheduled dry-docking.

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $91.8 million for the year 2003, compared to $257.0 million for the year 2002. Almost all the use of cash in 2003, amounting to $218.9 million, relates to the ongoing new building program. During the year, an amount of $185.8 million was paid for the delivery from Imabari yards in Japan of the Panamaxes Maya (January 24), Inca (March 20), Aztec (May 29), Andes (September 12) and the Aframaxes Marathon (January 22) and Parthenon (July 23). A further $26.9 million was expended as advances (contract installments, construction supervisory fees and interest capitalized) on the four Suezmaxes (delivery scheduled for October 2005, December 2005, February 2006 and May 2006) and the three Handysize product carriers ordered from Hyundai (delivery scheduled for June 2004, December 2004 and June 2005). The cost of upgrading the Hesnes was a further $1.1 million. $5.2 million was paid as a deposit for the purchase of the VLCC, delivered in January 2004 at a total purchase price of $51.5 million and renamed La Madrina .

 

During the period between January 1, 2004 and June 15, 2004, the Company entered into contracts to construct a further seven vessels, four ice-class product carriers, two ice-class suezmaxes and an LNG carrier, bringing the total number of vessels on order to thirteen (not including one Handysize product carrier we received in June 2004 and sold upon delivery). The anticipated payment schedule on these vessels, which is subject to change if there are delays or advanced work, is as follows (amounts in $ million):

 

     Payments
Prior to 2004


   2004

   2005

   2006

   2007

   Total
Payments


Quarter 1

        33.7    12.2    114.4    162.5     

Quarter 2

        20.3    76.5    14.5    55.5     

Quarter 3

        20.1    38.5    29.1    0     

Quarter 4

        20.7    3.0    27.0    0     

Total

   27.0    94.8    130.2    185.0    218.0    628.0

 

Net sale proceeds from the sale of the two Suezmaxes, Decathlon and Pentathlon , amounted to $108.9 million. The Company received an amount of $11.2 million from Lauritzen Kosan S.A., our Danish partners in the joint venture LauriTen Ltd. for the return of the initial investment in the joint venture LauriTen Ltd. Also, $7.0 million restricted cash in collateral was released.

 

Net cash from financing activities was $54.8 million in 2003 compared to $230.6 million in 2002. Proceeds from new bank loans in 2003 amounted to $159.9 million with repayments of $93.2 million compared to proceeds of $185.4 million less repayments of $43.9 million in the previous year. 2002 also saw the public offering of our common shares, together with the gross proceeds from the concurrent private placement of one million common shares sold to Sea Consolidation S.A. providing total net proceeds of $100.4 million.

 

47


Table of Contents

During 2003, the Company purchased 140,100 shares in the open market in a buy-back program at a cost of approximately $1.8 million. The transactions were effected on the New York Stock Exchange. The repurchased shares were cancelled in accordance with Bermuda law. During the year, the staff of the Tsakos Group exercised 269,000 options at $10 each which provided $2.7 million.

 

A cash dividend of 20 cents was paid in April 2003 representing the final dividend for the fiscal year 2002 and a 50 cent dividend was paid in November 2003 as the first dividend for the fiscal year 2003. In total, the two dividends amounted to $12.0 million. A further dividend of $ 0.50 cents per share for the fiscal year 2003 was paid on April 29, 2004. The dividend policy of the Company is to pay our shareholders between 25% and 50% of the net income in any given year, payable in two installments, the first prior to the end of the year based on expected earnings and cash requirements, and the final portion in the early part of the following year based on final earnings and cash requirements. The payment and the amount is subject to the discretion of our board of directors and depends, among other things, on available cash balances, anticipated cash needs, our results of operations, our financial condition, and any loan agreement restrictions binding us or our subsidiaries, as well as other relevant factors.

 

Investment In Fleet and Related Expenses

 

We operate in a capital-intensive industry requiring extensive investment in revenue-producing assets. We raise the funds for investments in newbuildings mainly from borrowings and partly out of internally generated funds. Newbuilding contracts generally provide for multiple staged payments of 5% to 10%, with the balance of the vessel purchase price paid upon delivery. For the equity portion of an investment in a newbuilding or a secondhand vessel the Company usually pays from its own cash approximately 30% of the contract price. Repayment of the debt incurred to purchase the vessel is made from vessel operating cash flow, typically over eight to twelve years, compared to the vessel’s asset life of approximately 25 years.

 

As of December 31, 2003, we were committed to six newbuilding orders (which does not include the Handysize product carrier we received in June 2004 and sold upon delivery) totaling approximately $244 million, of which $24 million had been paid by December 31, 2003 and $44 million had been paid by March 31, 2004. Between January 1, 2004 and June 15, 2004, the Company ordered seven further vessels. Of the thirteen vessels that were on order at June 15, 2004 (which does not include the Handysize product carrier we received in June 2004 and sold upon delivery), with a total contract value of $652 million, there was still $574 million remaining to be paid.

 

Debt

 

As is customary in our industry, we anticipate financing the majority of our commitments on the new buildings with bank debt. We do not usually finalize financing arrangements for the new buildings until shortly before we take delivery of the vessels. We have not yet completed arrangements for the financing of the construction of the thirteen vessels, although discussions with several banks in each case are in progress. We have established relationships with various major international banks that have previously financed our vessel acquisitions and newbuildings. We intend to raise at least 70% of the vessel purchase price with bank debt, although our ability to do so will depend upon the commercial loan market for shipping companies and our perceived prospects at the time.

 

With regards to the new debt financing, $27.4 million for the part financing of the Marathon was drawn on a $129 million facility arranged with Deutsche Schiffsbank in 2002. (The remaining $101.6 million previously received related to three Suezmaxes delivered in 2002). $55 million was received from HSH Nordbank (previously LandesbankKiel) for the Panamaxes Maya and Inca and in the second quarter $26 million was received from the Danish Ship Finance Bank for the Panamax Aztec . A loan of $25.6 million has been received from Credit Suisse for the partial financing of the Aframax Parthenon delivered in July and a loan of $26 million has been received with the Royal Bank of Scotland for the Panamax Andes delivered in September. No further financing occurred in the fourth quarter of 2003. $93.3 million was repaid during 2003 including a prepayment of $59.4 million relating to the loan for the Decathlon and Pentathlon .

 

48


Table of Contents

In December 2003, the Company entered into a contract to acquire the double hull VLCC Maersk Estelle (299,700 dwt), built in January 1994, for an amount of $51.5 million. An amount of $5.2 million was paid as an advance. The balance of $46.3 million was paid on delivery in January 2004 and the vessel was renamed La Madrina .

 

Summary Of Loan Movements Throughout 2003:

 

Loan


   Vessel

  

Balance at
January 1, 2003

(in millions)


  

New Loans

(in
millions)


   Repaid
(in millions)


   Balance at
December 31, 2003
(in millions)


Syndicated credit facility

   15 vessels    $ 174.4    $ 0    $ 20.4    $ 154.0

Syndicated credit facility

   Millennium      48.1      0      3.2      44.9

12-year term loan

   Opal Queen      29.6      0      1.7      27.9

10-year term loan

   Silia T.      32.2      0      1.8      30.4

Syndicated credit facility

   Triathlon, Marathon      101.7      27.3      63.3      65.7

10-year term loan

   Maya      0      27.5      1.0      26.5

10-year term loan

   Inca      0      27.5      1.0      26.5

10-year term loan

   Aztec      0      26.0      0.8      25.2

10-year term loan

   Parthenon      0      25.5      0      25.5

10-year term loan

   Andes      0      26.0      0      26.0

Total

        $ 386.0    $ 159.8    $ 93.2    $ 452.6

 

There were no undrawn amounts relating to the above facilities as at December 31, 2003.

 

As a result of such financing activities, long-term debt increased in 2003 by a net amount of $66.7 million, compared to a net increase of $141.5 million in 2002. The average debt to capital ratio was approximately 59% at December 31, 2003. Interest rate swap instruments currently cover approximately 62% of the outstanding debt, and further coverage is being arranged with major banks. The two remaining swaps which do not meet hedging criteria and cover a notional $100 million will expire in July 2004. In January 2004, the Company obtained a term loan facility for $40.0 million from Citibank to partially finance the acquisition of the VLCC La Madrina on delivery. The loan will be repaid in sixteen variable installments with a balloon payment of $13.5 million to be paid together with the last installment. The interest rate is based on LIBOR plus a spread. The loan is secured with a first preferred mortgage over the vessel, an assignment of earnings and insurance of the vessel and a corporate guarantee of the ship-owning company.

 

As at March 31, 2004, after including the new $40.0 million debt and deducting repayments made in the first quarter of 2004 of $8.1 million, total net debt outstanding was $484.5 million. Annual principal payments scheduled from April 1, 2004, are as follow (these will change depending on possible prepayments and new loan arrangements):

 

Year


   Principal Payment
(in millions)


2004

   $ 35.7

2005

     47.7

2006

     166.4

2007

     19.7

2008

     19.6

2009 and thereafter

     195.4

Total

   $ 484.5

 

49


Table of Contents

Sale And Lease Back Transaction

 

During 2002 the Company took delivery of the newly constructed Suezmaxes Decathlon and Pentathlon . In October and November 2003, the Company sold and time-chartered the vessels (re-named Cape Baker and Cape Balboa respectively) back from the buyer for a minimum period of five years, with options to extend the charters for a further three years. In addition, at the end of the first five years, or until the end of the seventh year if the charter is extended, the Company has the option to buy the vessels at specified amounts. The charter back agreements are accounted for as operating leases and the gains on the sale of $8.3 million and $7.5 million respectively were deferred and are amortized over the five year lease period. During 2003, lease payments relating to the time charters of the Cape Baker and Cape Balboa were $1.8 million and $1.0 million respectively.

 

Contractual Obligations as of December 31, 2003 were:

 

     Payments due by period (in millions)

     Total

   Less than
1 year


   1-3 years

   4-5 years

   More than
5 years


Long-Term Debt Obligations

   $ 452.6    $ 41.6    $ 222.4    $ 32.5    $ 156.1

Capital (finance) Lease Obligations

     —        —        —        —        —  

Operating Lease Obligations

   $ 110.0    $ 24.3    $ 71.8    $ 13.9      —  

Purchase Obligations (newbuildings)

   $ 242.9    $ 65.7    $ 177.2      —        —  

Other Long-Term Liabilities

     —        —        —        —        —  

 

Subsequent to December 31, 2003, we entered into contracts to purchase 7 newbuildings with an aggregate purchase price of $408.4 million, which amounts will be payable over a period of 3.5 years.

 

50


Table of Contents

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

 

The following table sets forth, as of June 15, 2004, information for each of our directors and senior managers.

 

Name


   Age

  

Positions


   Year First
Elected


D. John Stavropoulos

   71    Chairman of the Board of Directors    1994

Nikolas P. Tsakos

   41    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director    1993

Michael G. Jolliffe

   54    Deputy Chairman of the Board of Directors    1993

George V. Saroglou

   40    Chief Operating Officer and Director    2001

Paul Durham

   53    Finance Director and Chief Accounting Officer    ––  

Torben Janholt

   58    Director    2002

Peter Nicholson

   70    Director    1993

Francis T. Nusspickel

   63    Director    2004

William O’Neil

   76    Director    2004

Angelos Plakopitas

   66    Director    2003

Antonio Taragoni

   73    Director    1993

 

Certain biographical information about each of these individuals is set forth below.

 

D. JOHN STAVROPOULOS

CHAIRMAN

 

Mr. Stavropoulos served as Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of The First National Bank of Chicago and its parent, First Chicago Corporation, before retiring in 1990 after 33 years with the bank. He chaired the bank’s Credit Strategy Committee, Country Risk Management Council and Economic Council. His memberships in professional societies have included Robert Morris Associates (national director), the Association of Reserve City Bankers and the Financial Analysts Federation. Mr. Stavropoulos was appointed by President George H.W. Bush to serve for life on the Presidential Credit Standards Advisory Committee. Mr. Stavropoulos was a director of CIPSCO from 1979 to 1992, an instructor of Economics and Finance at Northwestern University from 1962 to 1968, serves as a life member on the Alumni Advisory Board of the Kellogg School of Management and is a Chartered Financial Analyst. He was elected to the Company’s Board as its Chairman on June 1, 1994. Mr. Stavropoulos is a member of the Audit Committee.

 

NIKOLAS P. TSAKOS

PRESIDENT

 

Mr. Tsakos has been President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of the Company since inception. Mr. Tsakos is the sole shareholder of Tsakos Energy Management. He has been involved in ship management since 1981 and has seafaring experience of 36 months. He is President of the Hellenic Marine Environment Protection Agency (HELMEPA). Mr. Tsakos is a member of the council of the Independent Tanker Owners Association (INTERTANKO), a board member of the Union of Greek Shipowners (UGS), a council member of the board of the Greek Shipping Co-operation Committee (GSCC) and a council member of the American Bureau of Shipping (ABS), Bureau Veritas (BV) and of the Greek Committee of Det Norske Veritas (DNV). He graduated from Columbia University in New York in 1985 with a degree in Economics and Political Science and obtained a Masters Degree in Shipping, Trade and Finance from the City of London University Business School in 1987. Mr. Tsakos served as an officer in the Hellenic Navy in 1988.

 

MICHAEL G. JOLLIFFE

DEPUTY CHAIRMAN

 

Mr. Jolliffe has been Deputy Chairman of the Board since July 2001 and a director of the Company since September 1993. Mr. Jolliffe is also Vice-Chairman of both Klonatex S.A. and Naoussa Spinning Mills S.A., two

 

51


Table of Contents

companies quoted on the Athens Stock Exchange that together form the third largest integrated textiles company in Europe. From 1997 until March 2004, he was a director of Royal Olympic Cruise Lines Inc. (Nasdaq: ROCLF). Royal Olympic Cruise Lines, Inc. recently filed for bankruptcy protection. Mr. Jolliffe is also Chairman of Wigham-Richardson Shipbrokers Ltd, one of the oldest established shipbroking companies in the City of London, and of Shipping Spares Repairs and Supplies Ltd, an agency company based in Piraeus, Greece. Additionally, Mr. Jolliffe is the President of Eurotrans Hermes Hellas S.A., the Greek agent for various manufacturers of trams, buses and trains. Mr. Jolliffe is a member of the Audit Committee and Chairman of the Capital Markets Committee.

 

GEORGE V. SAROGLOU

CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER

 

Mr. Saroglou has been Chief Operating Officer since May 1996 and a director of the Company since July 2001. Mr. Saroglou is a shareholder and director of Pansystems S.A., a leading Greek information technology systems integrator where he also worked from 1987 until 1994. From 1995 to 1996 he was employed in the Trading Department of the Tsakos Group. He graduated from McGill University in Canada in 1987 with a Bachelors Degree in Science (Mathematics).

 

PAUL DURHAM

FINANCE DIRECTOR

 

Mr. Durham joined the Tsakos Group in 1999 and has served as our Finance Director and Chief Accounting Officer since June 2000. Mr. Durham is a United Kingdom Chartered Accountant. From 1989 through 1998, Mr. Durham was employed with the Latsis Group, a shipping, refinery and banking enterprise, becoming Financial Director of Shipping in 1995. From 1983 to 1989, Mr. Durham was employed by RJR Nabisco Corporation, serving as audit manager for Europe, Asia and Africa until 1986 and then as financial controller of one of their United Kingdom food divisions. Mr. Durham worked with Ernst & Young (London and Paris) from 1972 to 1979 and Deloitte & Touche (Chicago and Athens) from 1979 to 1983.

 

TORBEN JANHOLT

DIRECTOR

 

Mr. Janholt has been a member of our Board since October 2002. He has been President and Chief Executive Officer of J. Lauritzen A/S, a major Danish shipowning and trading company, since 1998. Between 1995 and 1998 he was Director OTS of the United Nations World Food Programme based in Rome. In 1992 he took a position as director and executive consultant with the Armada A/S shipping group. Prior to 1992, Mr. Janholt held various senior positions within the Lauritzen Group, including Managing Director of Lauritzen Naval Madrid from 1990 to 1992 and Senior Vice President of J. Lauritzen USA Inc. New York from 1982 to 1989. Mr. Janholt is Vice Chairman of the Danish Shipowners Association.

 

PETER NICHOLSON

DIRECTOR

 

Mr. Nicholson is trained as a naval architect and spent the majority of his professional career with Camper & Nicholson Limited, the world-famous yacht builders. He became Managing Director of the firm and later, Chairman. When Camper & Nicholson merged with Crest Securities to form Crest Nicholson Plc in 1972, Mr. Nicholson became an executive director, a role he held until 1988 when he became a non-executive in order to pursue a wider range of business interests. Since that time, he has been a non-executive director of Lloyds TSB Group Plc (from 1990-2000) and chairman of Carisbrooke Shipping Plc (from 1990-1999). He was a director of various companies in the Marsh Group of insurance brokers and remained a consultant to the company until recently. He has served on the boards of a variety of small companies, has been active in the administration of the United Kingdom marine industry and is a trustee of the British Marine Federation. He is a Younger Brother of Trinity House, Chairman of the Royal National Lifeboat Institution and a trustee of the International Lifeboat Federation. He joined the Company’s Board as a founder director in 1993 and is Chairman of the Audit Committee.

 

52


Table of Contents

FRANCIS T. NUSSPICKEL

DIRECTOR

 

Mr. Nusspickel is a retired partner of Arthur Andersen LLP with 35 years of public accounting experience. He served as a member of Arthur Andersen’s Transportation Industry Group and worldwide Industry Head for the Ocean Shipping segment. His responsibilities included projects for mergers and acquisitions, fraud investigations, arbitrations and debt and equity offerings. He was President of the New York State Society of Certified Public Accountants from 1996 to 1997, a member of the AICPA Council from 1992 to 1998, and is presently Chairman of the Professional Ethics Committee of the New York State Society of Certified Public Accountants.

 

WILLIAM O’ NEIL

DIRECTOR

 

William A. O’Neil is Secretary-General Emeritus of the IMO, the United Nations agency charged with monitoring maritime safety and preventing pollution from ships. Mr. O’Neil first was elected Secretary-General of the IMO in 1990. He served a second term with the IMO beginning in 1994, a third term beginning in 1998 and a further two-year term beginning in 2002. Mr. O’Neil has served in various positions with the Canadian Federal Department of Transport. He was Commissioner of the Canadian Coast Guard from 1975 until 1980 and later became President and Chief Executive Officer of the St. Lawrence Seaway Authority, a position he held until joining IMO. Mr. O’Neil has been associated with the IMO since 1972 when he represented Canada at the IMO Council. He became Chairman of the IMO Council in 1980 and was re-elected four times. Mr. O’Neil holds a degree in civil engineering from the University of Toronto from where he graduated in 1949.

 

ANGELOS PLAKOPITAS

DIRECTOR

 

Since 1991, Mr. Plakopitas has been Managing Director of Global Finance S.A., a financial services company based in Athens, with offices throughout the Balkans, and a manager of several venture capital funds. Between 1979 and 1990, Mr. Plakopitas was General Manager of Shelman Swiss-Hellenique Wood Products Manufacturers SA, a large industrial and trading company in Greece. From 1970 to 1979 he was Vice President with Citibank N.A. based in Athens and Piraeus, during which time he spent six years as Head of the Shipping Department. Mr. Plakopitas started his career with the Hellenic Industrial Development Bank in 1965.

 

ANTONIO TARAGONI

DIRECTOR

 

Mr. Taragoni has been involved in the shipping industry since 1955, initially with Ballestrero, Tuena and Canepa. In 1961, he founded and is President of Nolarma Noleggi & Armamento Srl, presently one of the largest Italian ship agents. This company has much experience in ship management. Mr. Taragoni is also the Founder and President of Nolarma Tankers Srl, a large Italian tanker shipbroking firm. He was a Council Member of Intertanko from 1973 to 1995 and a Council Member of Porto Petroli SpA of Genoa from 1975 to 1996. Mr. Taragoni has been a director of the Company since inception.

 

Board of Directors

 

In accordance with our Bye-laws, the Board has specified that the number of directors will be set at no less than five nor more than fifteen. At December 31, 2003, we had eight members on our Board. At the 2004 Annual Meeting of our shareholders two new directors were elected to the Board: Messrs. Nusspickel and O’Neil. We now have ten directors on our Board.

 

Under the Company’s Bye-laws, one third (or the number nearest one third) of the Board (with the exception of any managing director) retires by rotation each year. The Bye-laws require that the one third of the directors who retire by rotation be those who have been in office the longest. The Bye-laws specify that where the directors to retire have been in office for an equal length of time, those who retire are to be determined by lot (unless they agree otherwise amongst themselves).

 

53


Table of Contents

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, the full Board held three meetings. Each director attended all of the meetings of the Board and meetings of committees of which the director was a member with the exception of Mr. Nicholson, who was absent from one meeting of the Board due to illness.

 

The foundation for the Company’s corporate governance is the Board’s policy that a substantial majority of the members of the Board should be independent. With the exception of the two Executive Directors (Mr. Nikolas P. Tsakos and Mr. George V. Saroglou) the Board believes that none of the other directors (Messrs. Stavropoulos, Jolliffe, Janholt, Nicholson, Plakopitas, Taragoni, Nusspickel and O’Neil) currently have a material relationship with the Company directly or indirectly or any relationship that would interfere with the exercise of their independent judgment as directors of the Company.

 

The Board made its determination of independence in accordance with its Corporate Governance Guidelines, which specifies standards and a process for evaluating director independence. The Guidelines provide that:

 

  A director cannot be independent if he or she fails to meet the objective requirements as to “independence” under the new New York Stock Exchange listing standards.

 

  If a director meets the objective New York Stock Exchange standards, he or she will be deemed independent, absent unusual circumstances, if in the current year and the past three years the director has had no related-party transaction or relationship with the Company or an “interlocking” relationship with another entity triggering disclosure under the SEC disclosure rules.

 

  If a director who meets the objective New York Stock Exchange independence requirements either has had a disclosable transaction or relationship or the Corporate Governance, Nominating and Compensation Committee requests that the Board consider any other circumstances in determining the director’s independence, the Board will make a determination of the director’s independence.

 

To promote open discussion among the independent directors, those directors will meet in 2004 in regularly scheduled executive sessions without participation of the Company’s management. Mr. Stavropoulos will serve as the Presiding Director for purposes of these meetings.

 

Corporate Governance

 

In November 2003, the New York Stock Exchange adopted significant new corporate governance rules for listed companies. The SEC, in implementing the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, adopted a number of new rules affecting corporate governance and disclosure in 2002 and 2003. The Board and the Company’s management have engaged in an ongoing review of our corporate governance, with a goal of full compliance with the new rules before the new rules become effective for the Company.

 

The Company has adopted a number of key documents that are the foundation of its corporate governance, including:

 

  a Code of Ethics;

 

  a Corporate Governance, Nominating and Compensation Committee Charter; and

 

  an Audit Committee Charter.

 

These documents and other important information on our governance are posted in the “Investor Relations” section of the Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited website, and may be viewed at http://www.tenn.gr. We will also provide any of these documents in hard copy upon the written request of a shareholder. Shareholders may direct their requests to the attention of Investor Relations, c/o George Saroglou or Paul Durham, Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited, 367 Syngrou Avenue, 175 64 P. Faliro, Athens Greece.

 

54


Table of Contents

The Board has a long-standing commitment to sound and effective corporate governance practices. The Board’s Corporate Governance Guidelines address a number of important governance issues such as:

 

  Selection and monitoring of the performance of the Company’s senior management;

 

  Succession planning for the Company’s senior management;

 

  Qualifications for membership on the Board;

 

  Functioning of the Board, including the requirement for meetings of the independent directors; and

 

  Standards and procedures for determining the independence of directors.

 

The Board believes that the Corporate Governance Guidelines and other governance documents meet current requirements and reflect a very high standard of corporate governance.

 

Committees of the Board

 

The Board has established an Audit Committee, a Corporate Governance, Nominating and Compensation Committee, a Chartering Committee, a Capital Markets Committee and a Risk Committee.

 

Audit Committee

 

The members of the Audit Committee are Messrs. Nicholson, Stavropoulos and Jolliffe, each of whom is an independent Director. Mr. Nicholson is Chairman of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee is governed by a written charter, which is approved and annually adopted by the Board. As stated above, the Board has determined that the continuing members of the Audit Committee will meet the applicable independence requirements, and that all continuing members of the Audit Committee fulfill the requirement of being financially literate. The Audit Committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

  engaging the Company’s external and internal auditors;

 

  approving in advance all audit and non-audit services and fees provided by the auditors;

 

  approving all engagement letters provided by the auditors;

 

  reviewing the qualification and independence of the Company’s external auditors;

 

  reviewing the Company’s relationship with external auditors, including the consideration of audit fees which should be paid as well as any other fees which are payable to auditors in respect of non-audit activities, discussions with the external auditors concerning such issues as compliance with accounting standards and any proposals which the external auditors have made vis-à-vis the Company’s auditing standards;

 

  reviewing the Company’s financial reporting and internal control functions;

 

  reviewing the Company’s whistleblower’s process and protection; and

 

  overseeing general compliance with related regulatory requirements.

 

Corporate Governance, Nominating and Compensation Committee

 

In February 2004, the Board resolved to combine its Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and its Compensation Committee. The members of the Corporate Governance, Nominating and Compensation

 

55


Table of Contents

Committee are Messrs. Nicholson, Jolliffe, Stavropoulos and Taragoni, each of whom is an independent Director. Mr. Nicholson is Chairman of the Corporate Governance, Nominating and Compensation Committee. The Corporate Governance, Nominating and Compensation Committee is appointed by the Board and is responsible for:

 

  assisting the Board and the Company’s management to establish and maintain a high standard of ethical principles;

 

  insuring appropriate independence of directors under New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules;

 

  identifying and nominating candidates for election to the Board and appointing the Chief Executive Officer and the Company’s senior management team;

 

  designing the compensation structure for the members of the Board and its various committees; and

 

  designing and overseeing the long-term incentive compensation program of the Company.

 

Capital Markets Committee

 

The members of the Capital Markets Committee are Messrs. Tsakos, Stavropoulos and Jolliffe. Mr. Jolliffe is Chairman of the Capital Markets Committee. The Capital Markets Committee assists the Board and the Company’s management regarding matters relating to the raising of capital in the equity and debt markets, relationships with investment banks, communications with existing and prospective investors and compliance with related regulatory requirements.

 

Risk Committee

 

The members of the Risk Committee are Messrs. Stavropoulos, Nicholson, Tsakos, and our finance director, Mr. Durham. Mr. Stavropoulos is Chairman of the Risk Committee. The primary role of the Risk Committee is to assist the Board and the Company’s management regarding matters relating to insurance protection coverage of physical assets, third party liabilities, contract employees, charter revenues and officer and director liability. The Risk Committee also assists in the development and maintenance of commercial banking and other direct lender relationships, including loans and, when appropriate, interest rate hedging instruments.

 

Chartering Committee

 

The members of the Chartering Committee are Messrs. Tsakos, Stavropoulos and Taragoni. Mr. Taragoni is Chairman of the Chartering Committee. The Chartering Committee assists the Board and the Company’s management regarding the strategies of fleet employment, fleet composition and the general structuring of charter agreements.

 

Compensation

 

We pay no compensation to our senior management or to our directors who are senior managers. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the aggregate compensation of all of the members of the Board was approximately $240,000, which included a $40,000 fee to each non-executive director and a $60,000 fee to the Chairman of the Board. The shareholders of the Company have approved an increase in the compensation to Board members for the year ending December 31, 2004 and thereafter as follows:

 

  Service on the Board - $45,000

 

  Service on the Audit Committee - $15,000

 

  Service on the Capital Markets Committee - $10,000

 

  Service as Chairman of the Audit Committee - $15,000

 

56


Table of Contents
  Service as Chairman of the Capital Markets Committee - $10,000

 

  Service as Chairman of the Board - $25,000

 

Our senior managers, other than Mr. Tsakos, are compensated by Tsakos Energy Management, which receives a management fee per month for each of our ships. See “Management and Other Fees” in Item 7 of this Annual Report for more information on the management fees we paid for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

The only compensation received by the Company’s senior management directly from the Company is in the form of options. The last options to purchase our common shares were granted on July 17, 2001 with an exercise price of $12. These were all fully vested by August 22, 2001 with an expiration date of July 17, 2006. We do not provide benefits for directors upon the termination of their service with us.

 

Employees

 

We have no salaried employees.

 

Share ownership

 

The common shares beneficially owned by our directors and senior managers and/or companies affiliated with these individuals are disclosed in “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions” below.

 

Stock option plan

 

We have two stock option plans, the 1998 Stock Option Plan (the “1998 Plan”), which was adopted in June 1998, and the Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited 2004 Incentive Plan (the “2004 Plan”), which was adopted by our Board and approved by our shareholders at the 2004 Annual Meeting of shareholders. The 1998 Plan and 2004 Plan permit us to grant equity awards to our directors and officers or the directors, officers and employees of Tsakos Energy Management, our manager, and Tsakos Shipping, our technical manager.

 

1998 Plan . The purpose of the 1998 Plan is to provide incentives to those people who are capable of influencing the development, or contributing to the success, of our business. Up to 450,000 common shares may be issued under the 1998 Plan. As at December 31, 2002, a total of 163 persons, consisting of directors and officers of the Company, and directors, officers and employees of Tsakos Energy Management and Tsakos Shipping held options to purchase 450,000 common shares under the 1998 Plan. In August 2001, all outstanding stock options under the 1998 Plan were vested and all company performance conditions to the exercise of such options were removed by the board of directors. During 2003, holders of options to acquire an aggregate of 269,000 common shares at $10 per share exercised the options held by them. The weighted average exercise price for the outstanding options at December 31, 2003 was $11.80.

 

As of the date hereof, there are 71,517 unexercised options to purchase common shares at $12 per share under the 1998 Plan. Such options must be exercised on or before June 2006. These options will continue to be governed by the 1998 Plan.

 

Each option under the 1998 Plan expires on the earlier of (1) the fifth anniversary of the date of the grant or (2) the date on which the holder thereof ceases to be one of our directors or officers, or a director, officer or employee of Tsakos Energy Management or Tsakos Shipping, as the case may be. Our board of directors administers the 1998 Plan. Our board of directors is required to adjust the number of shares over which an option is granted and the option price thereof upon the occurrence of specified events. The 1998 Plan terminates in June 2006 unless terminated at an earlier time by the board of directors or by ordinary resolution of our shareholders. Termination of the 1998 Plan will not affect the existing rights of any option holder.

 

2004 Plan. The purpose of the 2004 Plan is to provide a means to attract, retain motivate and reward our present and prospective directors, officers, consultants and the employees of the Company, its subsidiaries and the management companies providing administrative, commercial, technical and maritime services to, or for the benefit

 

57


Table of Contents

of, the Company, its subsidiaries and their vessels by increasing their ownership in our Company. Awards under the 2004 Plan may include options to purchase our common shares, restricted shares, other share-based awards (including share appreciation rights granted separately or in tandem with other awards) or a combination thereof. As of the date of this annual report, no awards have been granted under the 2004 Plan.

 

The 2004 Plan will be administered by our Corporate Governance, Nominating and Compensation Committee or a special committee designated by our Board comprised solely of independent directors. Such committee will have the authority, among other things, to: (i) select the present or prospective directors, officers, consultants and other personnel entitled to receive awards under the 2004 Plan; (ii) determine the form of awards, or combinations of awards; (iii) determine the number of shares covered by an award; and (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any awards granted under the 2004 Plan, including any restrictions or limitations on transfer, any vesting schedules or the acceleration of vesting schedules and any forfeiture provision or waiver of the same. The exercise price at which our common chares may be purchased pursuant to the grant of an option under the 2004 Plan is the fair market value (as defined in the 2004 Plan) of our common chares on the date of grant of the option.

 

The number of common shares that may be issued under the 2004 Plan may not exceed 500,000. The common shares that may be issued under the 2004 Plan are in addition to the common shares that may be issued under the 1998 Plan. Because awards under the 2004 Plan are discretionary, future awards under the 2004 Plan are not determinable.

 

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

 

It is our policy that transactions with related parties are entered into on terms no less favorable to us than would exist if these transactions were entered into with unrelated third parties on an arm’s length basis. Tsakos Energy Management has undertaken to ensure that all transactions with related parties are reported to the board of directors. Under the management agreement, any such transaction or series of transactions involving payments in excess of $100,000 and which is not in the ordinary course of business requires the prior consent of the board of directors. Transactions not involving payments in excess of $100,000 may be reported quarterly to the board of directors.

 

To help minimize any conflict between our interests and the interests of other members of the Tsakos Group and the owners of other vessels managed by the Tsakos Group, if an opportunity to purchase a tanker which is 10 years of age or younger is referred to or developed by Tsakos Shipping, Tsakos Shipping will notify us of this opportunity and allow us a 10 business day period within which to decide whether or not to accept the opportunity before offering it to any of its affiliates or other clients.

 

Management affiliations

 

Nikolas P. Tsakos, our president, chief executive officer and one of our directors, is an officer, director and the sole shareholder of Tsakos Energy Management. He is also the son of the principal and founder of the Tsakos Group.

 

George V. Saroglou, our chief operating officer and one of our directors, is a cousin of Nikolas P. Tsakos.

 

Management and other fees

 

Through Tsakos Energy Management, we prepay or reimburse Tsakos Shipping at cost for all vessel operating expenses payable by Tsakos Shipping in its capacity as technical manager of our fleet. These reimbursements amounted to $45.9 million in 2003. These payments are made in advance, subject to reconciliation at the end of each quarter. At December 31, 2003, we had outstanding advances to Tsakos Shipping of $3.8 million in respect of such expenses.

 

From the management fee we pay Tsakos Energy Management, Tsakos Energy Management in turn pays a management fee to Tsakos Shipping for its services as technical manager of our fleet and for its supervision of the construction of our newbuildings. Under the terms of our management agreement with Tsakos Energy Management, we paid to Tsakos Energy Management management fees of $4.5 million and supervisory fees of $1.1 million relating to the construction of our vessels in 2003.

 

58


Table of Contents

Management agreement

 

Our management agreement with Tsakos Energy Management expires in December 2006. Tsakos Energy Management may terminate the management agreement at any time upon not less than one year’s notice. In addition, each party may terminate the management agreement in the following circumstances:

 

  certain events of bankruptcy or liquidation involving either party;

 

  a material breach by either party; or

 

  a failure by either party, for a continuous period of six months, materially to perform under circumstances resulting from war, governmental actions, riot, civil commotion, weather, accident, labor disputes or other causes not in the control of the non-performing party.

 

Moreover, following a change in our control, which would occur if at least one director were elected to our board without having been recommended by our existing board, Tsakos Energy Management may terminate the agreement on 10 business days’ notice. If Tsakos Energy Management terminates the agreement for this reason, then we would immediately be obligated to pay Tsakos Energy Management the present discounted value of all of the payments that would have otherwise been due under the management agreement up until the later of two years from the date of termination or December 2006. A termination as of December 31, 2003 would have resulted in a payment of approximately $12.5 million. Following a change of control of Tsakos Energy Management, we may terminate the management agreement.

 

Under the management agreement, we pay monthly fees for Tsakos Energy Management’s management of our vessels. The management fees we pay Tsakos Energy Management under our management agreement are based on the number of ships in our fleet. The per-ship charges begin to accrue for a vessel at the point that a newbuilding contract is acquired, which is 18 to 24 months before the vessel begins to earn revenue for us. In June 1998, the management agreement was amended to require a flat management fee, without inflation adjustments, of $16,500 per vessel per month, or $15,000 if the vessel is under bareboat charter, for all vessels under management and under construction. As of January 1, 2002, all vessels had a management fee of $15,000 per month, regardless of charter type.

 

From the management fees paid by us to Tsakos Energy Management, Tsakos Energy Management pays Tsakos Shipping for technical management of our vessels. Under the terms of Tsakos Energy Management’s management agreement with Tsakos Shipping, Tsakos Energy Management pays Tsakos Shipping a fee of $10,000 per vessel per month for technical management. The fee was determined by comparison to the rates charged by other major independent vessel managers.

 

Chartering commissions

 

We pay a chartering commission to Tsakos Shipping equal to 1.25% of the daily charter hire or lump sum amount payable under every charter involving our vessels. We paid Tsakos Shipping aggregate chartering commissions of $3.6 million 2003.

 

Captive insurance policies

 

We pay Argosy Insurance Company premiums to provide hull and machinery, increased value and loss of hire insurance for our vessels. We paid Argosy aggregate premiums of $2.5 million in 2003.

 

59


Table of Contents

Travel services

 

We use AirMania Travel S.A., an affiliate of the Tsakos Group, for travel services primarily to transport our crews to and from our vessels. We paid AirMania an aggregate amount of $1.0 million in 2003. AirMania was founded in 2000.

 

Major Shareholders

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our outstanding common shares as of June 15, 2004 held by:

 

  each person or entity that we know beneficially owns 5% or more of our common shares;

 

  each of our officers and directors; and

 

  all our directors and officers as a group.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. In general, a person who has voting power or investment power with respect to securities is treated as a beneficial owner of those securities. Beneficial ownership does not necessarily imply that the named person has the economic or other benefits of ownership. For purposes of this table, shares subject to options, warrants or rights currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 15, 2004 are considered as beneficially owned by the person holding those options, warrants or rights. The applicable percentage of ownership of each shareholder is based on 20,136,006 common shares outstanding. Except as noted below, the address of all shareholders, officers and directors identified in the table and accompanying footnotes below is in care of the Company’s principal executive offices.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner


   Shares Beneficially
Owned


   Percentage of
Outstanding
Common Shares


 

FMR Corp. (1)

   2,575,440    12.8 %

Kelley Enterprises Inc.(2)

   1,652,212    8.2 %

Marsland Holdings Limited(2)

   1,024,234    5.1 %

Sea Consolidation S.A. of Panama(3)

   1,000,000    5.0 %

Officers and Directors

           

D. John Stavropoulos

   60,272    *  

Nikolas P. Tsakos(4)

   16,000    *  

Michael G. Jolliffe

   10,000    *  

George V. Saroglou

   8,000    *  

Paul Durham

   8,000    *  

Torben Janholt

   —      —    

Peter Nicholson

   10,000    *  

Francis T. Nusspickel

   —      —    

William A. O’Neil

   —      —    

Angelos Plakopitas

   —      —    

Antonio Taragoni

   10,000    *  

All officers and directors as a group (11 persons)(4)

   122,272    *  

 * Less than 1%.
(1) This information is derived from this shareholder’s Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on June 10, 2004. The business address of this shareholder is 82 Devonshire Street, Boston, MA 02109. FMR Corp. states that it has sole voting power over 302,340 common shares and sole dispositive power over 2,575,440 common shares. The number of common shares stated as beneficially owned is as of May 31, 2004.
(2) Kelley Enterprises Inc., Marsland Holdings Limited and Redmont Trading Corp., which holds 820,356 common shares, are wholly-owned subsidiaries of First Tsakos Investments Inc., which is in turn wholly-owned by

 

60


Table of Contents

Tsakos Holdings Foundation. The Tsakos Holdings Foundation is a Liechtenstein foundation whose beneficiaries include persons and entities affiliated with the Tsakos family, charitable institutions and other unaffiliated persons and entities. The council that controls the Tsakos Holdings Foundation consists of five members, two of whom are members of the Tsakos family. Under the rules of the SEC, beneficial ownership includes the power to directly or indirectly vote or dispose of securities or to share such power. It does not necessarily imply economic ownership of the securities. Members of the Tsakos family are among the five council members of the Tsakos Holdings Foundation and accordingly may be deemed to share voting and/or dispositive power with respect to the shares owned by the Tsakos Holdings Foundation and deemed the beneficial owners of such shares.

(3) Sea Consolidation S.A. of Panama is controlled by members of the Tsakos family.
(4) Does not include shares owned by Kelley Enterprises Inc., Marsland Holdings Limited, Sea Consolidation S.A. of Panama, Redmont Trading Corp. or the Tsakos Holdings Foundation.

 

We effected a registered public offering of our common shares and our common shares began trading on the New York Stock Exchange in March 2002. Accordingly, certain of our principal shareholders acquired their common shares either at or subsequent to this time. In addition, concurrent with the closing of our public offering in March 2002, we sold 1,000,000 of our common shares to Sea Consolidation S.A. of Panama. We sold an additional 2,875,000 of our common shares from our shelf registration statement in May and June 2004. Our major shareholders have the same voting rights as our other shareholders. As of June 15, 2004, we had 79 shareholders of record. Twenty-one of the shareholders of record were located in the United States and held in the aggregate 19,017,023 common shares representing approximately 94.4% of our outstanding common shares. However, the twenty-one United States shareholders of record include CEDEFAST, which, as nominee for the Depository Trust Company, is the record holder of 19,011,731 common shares. Accordingly, the Company believes that the shares held by CEDEFAST include common shares beneficially owned by both United States beneficial owners and non-United States beneficial owners. As a result, these numbers may not accurately represent the number of beneficial owners in the United States. The Company is not aware of any arrangements the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change of control of the Company.

 

Item 8. Financial Information

 

See “Item 18. Financial Statements” below.

 

Significant Changes. No significant change has occurred since the date of the annual financial statements included in this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

Legal Proceedings. We are involved in litigation from time to time in the ordinary course of business. In our opinion, the litigation in which we are currently involved, individually or in the aggregate, is not material to us.

 

Dividend Policy. While we cannot assure you that we will do so, and subject to the limitations discussed below, we currently intend to pay regular cash dividends on our common shares of between one-quarter and one-half of our annual net income for the year in respect of which the dividends are paid. We plan to pay dividends on a semi-annual basis.

 

There can be no assurance that we will pay dividends or as to the amount of any dividend. The payment and the amount will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will depend, among other things, on available cash balances, anticipated cash needs, our results of operations, our financial condition, and any loan agreement restrictions binding us or our subsidiaries, as well as other relevant factors. For example, if we earned a capital gain on the sale of a vessel or newbuilding contract, we could determine to reinvest that gain instead of using it to pay dividends. Depending on our operating performance for that year, this could result in no dividend at all despite the existence of net income, or a dividend that represents a lower percentage of our net income. Of course, any payment of cash dividends could slow our ability to renew and expand our fleet, and could cause delays in the completion of our current newbuilding program.

 

Because we are holding a company with no material assets other than the stock of our subsidiaries, our ability to pay dividends will depend on the earnings and cash flow of our subsidiaries and their ability to pay dividends to us.

 

61


Table of Contents

Under the terms of our existing credit facilities, we are permitted to declare or pay a cash dividend in any year as long as the amount of the dividend does not exceed 50% of our net income for that year. Net income will be determined based on the audited financial statements we deliver to the banks under our credit facilities which are required to be in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. This amount can be carried forward and applied to a dividend payment in a subsequent year provided the aggregate amount of all dividends we declare and/or pay after January 1, 1998 does not exceed 50% of our accumulated net income from January 1, 1996 up to the most recent date on which audited financial statements have been delivered under the credit facility. We anticipate incurring significant additional indebtedness in connection with our newbuilding program, which will affect our net income and cash available to pay dividends. In addition, cash dividends can be paid only to the extent permitted by Bermuda law and our financial covenants. See “Description of Capital Stock—Bermuda Law—Dividends”. See Item 3. Key Information—Risks Related to our Common Shares—We may not be able to pay cash dividends as intended”.

 

Item 9. The Offer and Listing

 

Our common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the Oslo Børs and the Bermuda Stock Exchange. Our common shares are not actively traded on the Bermuda Stock Exchange.

 

Trading on the New York Stock Exchange

 

Since our initial public offering in the United States in March of 2002, our common shares have been listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TNP”. The following table shows the high and low closing prices for our common shares during the indicated periods.

 

62


Table of Contents
     High

   Low

2002 (Annual)

   $ 16.40    $ 9.45

2002

             

First Quarter (March 5 to March 31)

   $ 15.24    $ 14.70

Second Quarter

   $ 16.40    $ 13.98

Third Quarter

   $ 14.00    $ 9.45

Fourth Quarter

   $ 15.46    $ 11.10
     High

   Low

2003 (Annual)

   $ 19.25    $ 11.34

2003

             

First Quarter

   $ 15.15    $ 12.00

Second Quarter

   $ 14.50    $ 11.34

Third Quarter

   $ 15.08    $ 12.95

Fourth Quarter

   $ 19.25    $ 14.20

December

   $ 19.25    $ 15.98
     High

   Low

2004

             

First Quarter

             

January

   $ 26.19    $ 18.58

February

   $ 31.55    $ 24.39

March

   $ 32.48    $ 27.35

Second Quarter

             

April

   $ 31.76    $ 24.26

May

   $ 30.97    $ 24.80

June (through June 15)

   $ 31.61    $ 29.86

Source: Bloomberg

 

Trading on the Oslo Børs

 

Our common shares have traded on the Oslo Børs since 1993. Our trading symbol on the Børs is TEN. The following table shows the high and low closing prices for our common shares during the indicated periods. Despite the listing of our common shares on the Oslo Børs, the quoted prices and share volumes primarily reflect intermittent transactions that, in many cases, were privately negotiated. Accordingly, the quoted prices are not necessarily indicative of the share prices that would have been obtained had there been a more active market for our common shares. The trading prices for our common shares on the Oslo Børs are quoted in Norwegian kroner.

 

     High

   Low

     NOK    NOK

1999

   150.00    60.00

2000

   120.00    60.00

2001

   130.00    70.00

2002

   120.00    71.86

2003

   *    *

 

63


Table of Contents
     High

   Low

2002

         

First Quarter

   115.00    113.00

Second Quarter

   120.00    120.00

Third Quarter

   71.86    71.86

Fourth Quarter

   *    *

2003

   *    *

First Quarter

   *    *

Second Quarter

   *    *

Third Quarter

   *    *

Fourth Quarter

   *    *

December

   *    *

2004

         

First Quarter

         

January

   *    *

February

   *    *

March

   *    *

Second Quarter

         

April

   *    *

May

   *    *

June (through June 15)

   *    *

Note:    An asterisk (*) indicates that no trades were reported during this quarter.
Source: Bloomberg

 

On June 15, 2004, 20,136,006 common shares were outstanding and were held by approximately 79 holders of record.

 

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high, low, average and period-end noon buying rate for the purchase of Norwegian kroner, expressed in kroner per dollar, in New York City as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

 

Year

  High

  Low

  Average

  Period- End

1999   8.0970   7.3970   7.8071   8.0100
2000   9.5890   7.9340   8.8131   8.8010
2001   9.4538   8.5391   8.9991   8.9724
2002   9.1110   8.8710   8.9593   8.9175
2003   8.7920   7.1950   8.0787   7.1950

Note:    Average represents the average of month-end rates.

 

Item 10. Additional Information

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

Our authorized capital stock consists of 40,000,000 common shares, par value $1.00 per share. As of December 31, 2003 there were 17,151,623 outstanding common shares and outstanding options to purchase 450,000 common shares. As of June 15, 2004, there were 20,136,006 outstanding common shares and outstanding options to purchase 71,617 common shares.

 

64


Table of Contents

Common Shares

 

The holders of common shares are entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available for that purpose at times and in amounts as our board of directors may from time to time determine. Each shareholder is entitled to one vote for each common share held on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. Cumulative voting for the election of directors is not provided for in our Memorandum of Association or Bye-laws, which means that the holders of a majority of the common shares voted can elect all of the directors then standing for election. Our Bye-laws provide for a staggered board of directors, with one-third of our non-executive directors being selected each year. The common shares are not entitled to preemptive rights and are not subject to conversion or redemption. Upon the occurrence of a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of common shares would be entitled to share ratably in the distribution of all of our assets remaining available for distribution after satisfaction of all our liabilities.

 

Options

 

As of December 31, 2003, we had 181,000 stock options outstanding under our stock incentive plan, all of which are vested. To date, 109,383 of these options have been exercised. In August 2001, all outstanding stock options were vested and all company performance conditions to the exercise of such options were removed by the board of directors.

 

Bermuda Law

 

We are an exempted company organized under the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda. Bermuda law and our Memorandum of Association and Bye-laws govern the rights of our shareholders. Our objects and purposes are set forth in paragraph 6 and the Schedule to our Memorandum of Association. Our objects and purposes include to act and to perform all the functions of a holding company in all its branches and to coordinate the policy and administration of any subsidiary company or companies wherever incorporated or carrying on business or of any group of companies of which the Company or any subsidiary company is a member or which are in any manner controlled directly or indirectly by the Company. We refer you to our Memorandum of Association, which is filed as an exhibit to this annual report, for a full description of our objects and purposes. The Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda differs in some material respects from laws generally applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. The following is a summary of the material provisions of Bermuda law and our organizational documents.

 

Dividends. Under Bermuda law, a company may pay dividends that are declared from time to time by its board of directors unless there are reasonable grounds for believing that the company is or would, after the payment, be unable to pay its liabilities as they become due or that the realizable value of its assets would then be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and issued share capital and share premium accounts.

 

Voting rights. Under Bermuda law, except as otherwise provided in the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda or our Bye-laws, questions brought before a general meeting of shareholders are decided by a majority vote of shareholders present at the meeting. Our Bye-laws provide that, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda, any question proposed for the consideration of the shareholders will be decided in a general meeting by a simple majority of the votes cast, on a show of hands, with each shareholder present (and each person holding proxies for any shareholder) entitled to one vote for each common share held by the shareholder, except for special situations where a shareholder has lost the right to vote because he has failed to comply with the terms of a notice requiring him to provide information to the company pursuant to the Bye-laws, or his voting rights have been partly suspended under the Bye-laws as a consequence of becoming an interested person. In addition, a super-majority vote of not less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes cast at the meeting is required to effect the following actions: variation of class rights, removal of directors, approval of business combinations with certain “interested” persons and for any alteration to the provisions of the Bye-laws relating to the staggered board, removal of directors and business combinations.

 

65


Table of Contents

Rights in liquidation. Under Bermuda law, in the event of liquidation or winding up of a company, after satisfaction in full of all claims of creditors and subject to the preferential rights accorded to any series of preferred shares, the proceeds of the liquidation or winding up are distributed ratably among the holders of the company’s common shares.

 

Meetings of shareholders. Under Bermuda law, a company is required to convene at least one general shareholders’ meeting each calendar year. Bermuda law provides that a special general meeting may be called by the board of directors and must be called upon the request of shareholders holding not less than 10% of the paid-up capital of the company carrying the right to vote. Bermuda law also requires that shareholders be given at least five (5) days’ advance notice of a general meeting but the accidental omission to give notice to any person does not invalidate the proceedings at a meeting. Under our Bye-laws, we must give each shareholder at least ten (10) days’ notice of the annual general meeting and of any special general meeting.

 

Under Bermuda law, the number of shareholders constituting a quorum at any general meeting of shareholders is determined by the Bye-laws of a company. Our Bye-laws provide that the presence in person or by proxy of two shareholders constitutes a quorum; but if we have only one shareholder, one shareholder present in person or by proxy shall constitute the necessary quorum.

 

Access to books and records and dissemination of information. Members of the general public have the right to inspect the public documents of a company available at the office of the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda. These documents include a company’s Certificate of Incorporation, its Memorandum of Association (including its objects and powers) and any alteration to its Memorandum of Association. The shareholders have the additional right to inspect the Bye-laws of the company, minutes of general meetings and the company’s audited financial statements, which must be presented at the annual general meeting. The register of shareholders of a company is also open to inspection by shareholders without charge and by members of the general public on the payment of a fee. A company is required to maintain its share register in Bermuda but may, subject to the provisions of Bermuda law, establish a branch register outside Bermuda. We maintain a share register in Hamilton, Bermuda. A company is required to keep at its registered office a register of its directors and officers that is open for inspection for not less than two (2) hours each day by members of the public without charge. Bermuda law does not, however, provide a general right for shareholders to inspect or obtain copies of any other corporate records.

 

Election or removal of directors. Under Bermuda law and our Bye-laws, directors are elected or appointed at the annual general meeting and serve until re-elected or re-appointed or until their successors are elected or appointed, unless they are earlier removed or resign. Our Bye-laws provide for a staggered board of directors, with one-third of the non-executive directors selected each year.

 

Under Bermuda law and our Bye-laws, a director may be removed at a special general meeting of shareholders specifically called for that purpose, provided the director is served with at least 14 days’ notice. The director has a right to be heard at that meeting. Any vacancy created by the removal of a director at a special general meeting may be filled at that meeting by the election of another director in his or her place or, in the absence of any such election, by the board of directors.

 

Amendment of Memorandum of Association. Bermuda law provides that the Memorandum of Association of a company may be amended by a resolution passed at a general meeting of shareholders of which due notice has been given. An amendment to the Memorandum of Association, other than an amendment which alters or reduces a company’s share capital as provided in the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda, also requires the approval of the Bermuda Minister of Finance, who may grant or withhold approval at his discretion. Generally, our Bye-laws may be amended by the directors with the approval of a majority vote of the shareholders in a general meeting. However, a super-majority vote is required for certain resolutions relating to the variation of class rights, the removal of directors, the approval of business combinations with certain ‘interested persons’ and for any alteration to the provisions of the Bye-laws relating to the staggered board, removal of directors and business combinations.

 

Under Bermuda law, the holders of an aggregate of no less than 20% in par value of a company’s issued share capital or any class of issued share capital have the right to apply to the Bermuda Court for an annulment of any amendment of the Memorandum of Association adopted by shareholders at any general meeting, other than an amendment which alters or reduces a company’s share capital as provided in the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda.

 

66


Table of Contents

Where such an application is made, the amendment becomes effective only to the extent that it is confirmed by the Bermuda Court. An application for the annulment of an amendment of the Memorandum of Association must be made within 21 days after the date on which the resolution altering the company’s memorandum is passed and may be made on behalf of the persons entitled to make the application by one or more of their number as they may appoint in writing for the purpose. Persons voting in favor of the amendment may make no such application.

 

Appraisal rights and shareholder suits. Under Bermuda law, in the event of an amalgamation involving a Bermuda company, a shareholder who is not satisfied that fair value has been paid for his shares may apply to the Bermuda Court to appraise the fair value of his shares. The amalgamation of a company with another company requires the amalgamation agreement to be approved by the board of directors and, except where the amalgamation is between a holding company and one or more of its wholly owned subsidiaries or between two or more wholly owned subsidiaries, by meetings of the holders of shares of each company and of each class of such shares.

 

Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under Bermuda law. The Bermuda Court, however, would ordinarily be expected to permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of a company to remedy a wrong done to the company where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the company or is illegal or would result in the violation of the company’s Memorandum of Association or Bye-laws. Further consideration would be given by the Bermuda Court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or, for instance, where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of the company’s shareholders than that which actually approved it.

 

When the affairs of a company are being conducted in a manner oppressive or prejudicial to the interests of some part of the shareholders, one or more shareholders may apply to the Bermuda Court for an order regulating the company’s conduct of affairs in the future or compelling the purchase of the shares by any shareholder, by other shareholders or by the company.

 

Anti-takeover effects of provisions of our charter documents. Several provisions of our Bye-laws may have anti-takeover effects. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, lessen our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize shareholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these antitakeover provisions, which are summarized below, could also discourage, delay or prevent (1) the merger or acquisition of our company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise, that a shareholder may consider in our best interest and (2) the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

 

Blank check preferred shares. Under the terms of our Bye-laws, our board of directors has authority, without any further vote or action by our shareholders, to issue preferred shares with terms and preferences determined by our board. Our board of directors may issue preferred shares on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or the removal of our management.

 

Staggered board of directors. Our Bye-laws provide for a staggered board of directors with one-third of our non-executive directors being selected each year. This staggered board provision could discourage a third party from making a tender offer for our shares or attempting to obtain control of our company. It could also delay shareholders who do not agree with the policies of the board of directors from removing a majority of the board of directors for two years.

 

Transactions involving certain business combinations. Our Bye-Laws prohibit the consummation of any business combination involving us and any interested person, unless the transaction is approved by a vote of a majority of 80% of those present and voting at a general meeting of our shareholders, unless:

 

  the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value of other consideration to be received per share in the business combination by holders of shares other than the interested person involved in the business combination, to (ii) the market price per share, immediately prior to the announcement of the proposed business combination is at least as great as the ratio of (iii) the highest per share price, which the interested person has theretofore paid in acquiring any share prior to the business combination, to (iv) the market price per share immediately prior to the initial acquisition by the interested person of any shares;

 

67


Table of Contents
  the aggregate amount of the cash and the fair market value of other consideration to be received per share in the business combination by holders of shares other than the interested person involved in the business combination (i) is not less than the highest per share price paid by the interested person in acquiring any shares, and (ii) is not less than the consolidated earnings per share of our company for our four full consecutive fiscal quarters immediately preceding the record date for solicitation of votes on the business combination multiplied by the then price/earnings multiple (if any) of the interested person as customarily computed and reported in the financial community;

 

  the consideration (if any) to be received in the business combination by holders of shares other than the interested person involved shall, except to the extent that a shareholder agrees otherwise as to all or part of the shares which the shareholder owns, be in the same form and of the same kind as the consideration paid by the interested person in acquiring shares already owned by it;

 

  after the interested person became an interested person and prior to the consummation of the business combination: (i) such interested person shall have taken steps to ensure that the board includes at all times representation by continuing directors proportionate in number to the ratio that the number of shares carrying voting rights in our company from time to time owned by shareholders who are not interested persons bears to all shares carrying voting rights in our company outstanding at the time in question (with a continuing director to occupy any resulting fractional position among the directors); (ii) the interested person shall not have acquired from us or any subsidiary of ours directly or indirectly, any shares (except (x) upon conversion of convertible securities acquired by it prior to becoming an interested person, or (y) as a result of a pro rata share dividend, share split or division or subdivision of shares, or (z) in a transaction consummated on or after June 7, 2001 and which satisfied all requirements of our Bye-laws); (iii) the interested person shall not have acquired any additional shares, or rights over shares, carrying voting rights or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares, or rights over shares, carrying voting rights except as a part of the transaction which resulted in the interested person becoming an interested person; and (iv) the interested person shall not have (x) received the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a shareholder), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial assistance or tax credits provided by us or any subsidiary of ours, or (y) made any major change in our business or equity capital structure or entered into any contract, arrangement or understanding with us except any change, contract, arrangement or understanding as may have been approved by the favorable vote of not less than a majority of the continuing directors; and

 

  a proxy statement complying with the requirements of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, shall have been mailed to all holders of shares carrying voting rights for the purpose of soliciting shareholders of the business combination. The proxy statement shall contain at the front thereof, in a prominent place, any recommendations as to the advisability (or inadvisability) of the business combination which the continuing directors, or any of them, may have furnished in writing and, if deemed advisable by a majority of the continuing directors, an opinion of a reputable investment banking firm as to the adequacy (or inadequacy) of the terms of the business combination from the point of view of the holders of shares carrying voting rights other than any interested person (the investment banking firm to be selected by a majority of the continuing directors, to be furnished with all information it reasonably requests, and to be paid a reasonable fee for its services upon receipt by us of the opinion).

 

For purposes of this provision, a “business combination” includes mergers, consolidations, exchanges, asset sales, leases and other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the interested shareholder and an “interested person” is any person or entity that beneficially owns 15% or more of our outstanding voting shares and any person or entity affiliated with or controlling or controlled by that person or entity. “Continuing directors” means directors who have been elected before June 7, 2001 or designated as continuing directors by the majority of the then continuing directors.

 

68


Table of Contents

Consequences of becoming an interested person. Our Bye-Laws provide that, at any time a person acquires or becomes the beneficial owner of 15% or more of our voting shares, which we refer to as the “threshold”, then the person will not be entitled to exercise voting rights for the number of common shares in excess of the threshold he holds or beneficially owns. This disability applies to any general meeting of our company as to which the record date or scheduled meeting date falls within a period of five years from the date such person acquired beneficial ownership of a number of common shares in excess of the threshold.

 

The above restrictions do not apply to us, our subsidiaries or to:

 

  any person who on June 7, 2001 was the holder or beneficial owner of a number of shares carrying voting rights that exceeded the threshold and who continues at all times after June 7, 2001 to hold shares in excess of the threshold; and

 

  any person whose acquisition of a number of shares exceeding the threshold has been approved by (1) a majority of 80% of those present and voting at a general meeting or (2) by a resolution adopted by the continuing directors, followed by a resolution adopted by a shareholder vote in excess of 50% of the voting shares not owned by such interested person.

 

Transfer agent and registrar. The Bank of New York serves as transfer agent and registrar for the common shares.

 

New York Stock Exchange listing. Our common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol TNP.

 

Other listings. Our common shares are listed on the Oslo Børs under the symbol TEN and on the Bermuda Stock Exchange under the symbol TEN. Our common shares are no longer actively traded on either of these exchanges.

 

Material Contracts

 

The following is a summary of each material contract that we entered into outside the ordinary course of business during the two year period immediately preceding the date of this annual report. Such summaries are not intended to be complete and reference is made to the contracts themselves, which are included as exhibits to this annual report:

 

(a) Loan Agreement, dated June 21, 2002, between Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited as borrower and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc as lender relating to a loan facility of U.S. $32.2 million to partially finance the acquisition of the Suezmax Silia T by the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary Romeo Shipping Company Limited. The rate of interest on the loan is LIBOR plus a margin. The loan is repayable in semi-annual installments of $0.9 million over ten years starting in 2003, with a balloon installment of $14.3 million payable in 2012. The loan is secured by a first preferred mortgage over the Silia T .

 

(b) Loan Agreement, dated May 20, 2003, between Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited as borrower and Danish Ship Finance as lender relating to a $26.0 million loan facility to partially finance the acquisition of the Panamax Aztec by the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary Sea Mayfair S.A. The rate of interest on the loan is a margin plus LIBOR. The loan has a ten-year term and is repayable in semi-annual installments of $812,500, with a balloon installment of $9.75 million payable in 2013. The loan is secured by a first mortgage over the Aztec .

 

(c) Loan Agreement, dated July 30, 2003, between Tsakos Energy Navigation as borrower and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc as lender relating to a $26.0 million loan facility to partially finance the acquisition of the Panamax Andes by the Company’s wholloy-owned subsidiary ErgoGlory S.A. The rate of interest on the loan is 1.1% plus LIBOR or TELERATE, as applicable, plus a percentage rate representing the cost to the lender of compliance with regulatory requirements. The loan is repayable in semi-annual installments of $725,000 over ten years, with a balloon installment of $11.5 million payable in 2015. The loan is secured by a first preferred mortgage over the Andes.

 

69


Table of Contents

(d) Loan Agreement, dated January 23, 2004, between Tsakos Energy Naviagation Limited as borrower and Citibank International plc as lender and agent relating to a $40.0 million loan facility to partially finance the acquisition of the VLCC M/T Maersk Estelle (to be renamed La Madrina ). The rate of interest as the loan is 1% plus LIBOR plus a percentage rate representing the cost to the lender of compliance with regulatory requirements. The loan is repayable in semi-annual installments ranging from $1.25 million to $2.25 million over eight years, with a balloon installment of $13.5 million payable in 2012. The loan is secured by a first priority mortgage over the La Madrina .

 

Exchange controls

 

Under Bermuda and Greek law, there are currently no restrictions on the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls, or restrictions that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to nonresident holders of our common shares.

 

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

 

Taxation of Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited

 

We believe that a significant portion of our income will not be subject to tax by Bermuda, which currently has no corporate income tax, or by other countries in which we conduct activities or in which our customers are located, excluding the United States. However, this belief is based upon the anticipated nature and conduct of our business which may change, and upon our understanding of our position under the tax laws of the various countries in which we have assets or conduct activities, which position is subject to review and possible challenge by taxing authorities and to possible changes in law, which may have retroactive effect. The extent to which certain taxing jurisdictions may require us to pay tax or to make payments in lieu of tax cannot be determined in advance. In addition, payments due to us from our customers may be subject to withholding tax or other tax claims in amounts that exceed the taxation that we anticipate based upon our current and anticipated business practices and the current tax regime.

 

Bermuda tax considerations

 

Under current Bermuda law, we are not subject to tax on income or capital gains. Furthermore, we have obtained from the Minister of Finance of Bermuda, under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966, an undertaking that, in the event that Bermuda enacts any legislation imposing tax computed on profits or income or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, then the imposition of such tax will not be applicable to us or to any of our operations, or to the shares, capital or common stock of Tsakos Energy Navigation, until March 28, 2016. This undertaking does not, however, prevent the imposition of property taxes on any company owning real property or leasehold interests in Bermuda or on any person ordinarily resident in Bermuda. We pay an annual government fee on our authorized share capital and share premium, which for 2004 will be $9,345. In the opinion of Mello Jones & Martin, under current Bermuda law, no income, withholding or other taxes or stamp or other duties are imposed upon the issue, transfer or sale of the common shares or on any payments made on the common shares.

 

United States federal income tax considerations

 

The following is a summary of the material United States federal income tax considerations that apply to (1) our operations and the operations of our vessel-operating subsidiaries and (2) the acquisition, ownership and disposition of common shares by a shareholder that is a United States holder. This summary is based upon our beliefs and expectations concerning our past, current and anticipated activities, income and assets and those of our subsidiaries, the direct, indirect and constructive ownership of our shares, the status of the members of the Tsakos family that directly, indirectly or constructively own our shares as non-United States persons, our organization and that of our subsidiaries and the trading and quotation of our shares. Should any such beliefs or expectations prove to be incorrect, the conclusions described herein could be adversely affected. For purposes of this discussion, a United States holder is a beneficial owner of common shares who or which is:

 

  an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

70


Table of Contents
  a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any of its political subdivisions; or

 

  an estate or trust the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source.

 

This summary deals only with common shares that are held as capital assets by a United States holder, and does not address tax considerations applicable to United States holders that may be subject to special tax rules, such as:

 

  dealers or traders in securities or currencies;

 

  financial institutions;

 

  insurance companies;

 

  tax-exempt entities;

 

  United States holders that hold common shares as a part of a straddle or conversion transaction or other arrangement involving more than one position;

 

  United States holders that own, or are deemed for United States tax purposes to own, ten percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our voting stock;

 

  a person subject to United States federal alternative minimum tax;

 

  a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes;

 

  United States holders that have a principal place of business or “tax home” outside the United States; or

 

  United States holders whose “functional currency” is not the United States dollar.

 

The discussion below is based upon the provisions of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and regulations, administrative pronouncements and judicial decisions as of the date of this prospectus; any such authority may be repealed, revoked or modified, perhaps with retroactive effect, so as to result in federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below.

 

Because United States tax consequences may differ from one holder to the next, the discussion set out below does not purport to describe all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to you and your particular situation. Accordingly, you are advised to consult your own tax advisor as to the United States federal, state, local and other tax consequences of investing in the common shares.

 

Taxation of our operations

 

In General

 

We believe that none of our transportation income or that of our vessel-operating subsidiaries will be treated as effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States. Accordingly, we expect that we and our vessel-operating subsidiaries will not be subject to United States federal income tax on transportation income from foreign sources. However, except to the extent that the so-called reciprocal exemption of Section 883 of the Internal Revenue Code or an income tax convention applies, we and our vessel-operating

 

71


Table of Contents

subsidiaries generally will be subject to United States federal income tax on transportation income from United States sources. For this purpose, “transportation income” includes income derived from or in connection with the use of vessels or the hiring or leasing of vessels for use on a time or voyage charter basis or on a bareboat charter basis.

 

Income attributable to transportation that both begins and ends in the United States is wholly United States-source income. Fifty percent of income attributable to other transportation that begins or ends in the United States, referred to in the remainder of this discussion as “international transportation,” is treated as United States-source income. As discussed below, United States-source income from the operation of ships in international transportation may be exempt from United States tax under the reciprocal exemption. Income attributable to transportation between points outside the United States is wholly foreign-source income.

 

Application of Section 883 of the Internal Revenue Code

 

In General. In general, under the reciprocal exemption of Section 883 of the Internal Revenue Code, if a foreign corporation (1) is organized in a country that grants an equivalent exemption to corporations organized in the United States and (2) satisfies the requirements of Section 883(c) discussed below, then such foreign corporation will not be subject to United States federal income tax on United States-source income attributable to the operation of ships in international transportation. The determination as to whether a foreign country has granted an equivalent exemption is made separately for operating income, for income from time and voyage charters, for income from bareboat charters and for certain other types of income. We and our vessel-operating subsidiaries are organized under the laws of Bermuda, Cyprus, Liberia, Singapore, Panama or Malta, each of which, at present, grants an equivalent exemption to United States corporations for operating income and for income from time and voyage charters and bareboat charters.

 

We anticipate, and it is assumed for purposes of this discussion, that substantially all of the United States-source income to be derived by us or by our vessel-operating subsidiaries will be income from the operation of ships in international transportation that is potentially exempt from United States tax under the reciprocal exemption. Any item of United States-source income that is derived by us or by our vessel-operating subsidiaries and that is not treated as income from the operation of ships in international transportation will not qualify for the reciprocal exemption and therefore generally will be subject to United States tax, but we do not anticipate that such income will be a material portion of the gross income of our group.

 

The Treasury regulations under Section 883 (the “Section 883 regulations”) contain a relatively complex and narrow definition of the income from the operation of ships in international transportation that may qualify for the reciprocal exemption. However, even under the provisions of the Section 883 regulations, we anticipate that substantially all of the United States-source income to be derived by us or by our vessel-operating subsidiaries will qualify as income from the operation of ships in international transportation.

 

Section 883(c). Under Section 883(c) of the Internal Revenue Code, we and our vessel-operating subsidiaries will qualify for the reciprocal exemption for a taxable year if (1) individuals who are residents of qualified foreign countries directly or indirectly own over 50% of the value of our stock for at least half of the number of days in such taxable year, or (2) our stock is considered to be primarily and regularly traded on one or more established securities markets in the United States. Given that our shares are listed on the Oslo Børs and the New York Stock Exchange and that many of our shares are held by nominees or entities, we have not yet established that we will be able to demonstrate that residents of qualified foreign countries have owned the requisite interest in our shares for each of our taxable years through 2003. We can give no assurance that residents of qualified foreign countries will directly or indirectly own over 50% of the value of our shares during 2004 or any subsequent year and, because we will not be complying with certain documentation requirements required under the Section 883 regulations for establishing eligibility for the reciprocal exemption as a result of direct or indirect ownership of shares by individuals who are residents of qualified foreign countries, we anticipate that we will qualify for the reciprocal exemption for 2004 and subsequent years only if our stock is considered to be primarily and regularly traded on one or more established securities markets in the United States.

 

Under the Section 883 regulations, our stock will be considered to be primarily and regularly traded on one or more established securities markets in the United States for any taxable year, if:

 

  the common shares are listed during the taxable year on one or more such markets;

 

72


Table of Contents
  the aggregate number of the common shares traded during the taxable year on all established securities markets in the United States exceeds the aggregate number of shares traded during that year on all established securities markets located in any single foreign country; and

 

  either (i) the common shares are regularly quoted by dealers that make a market in the stock or (ii) trades in our common stock are effected, other than in de minimis quantities, on an established securities market in the United States on at least 60 days during the taxable year (or one-sixth of the number of days in a short taxable year) and the aggregate number of our common shares traded on such markets during the taxable year equals at least 10% of the average number of our common shares outstanding during such year (or a specified lesser percentage, in the case of a short taxable year).

 

For purposes of the foregoing, a dealer will be treated as making a market in our stock only if the dealer regularly and actively offers to, and in fact does, purchase the stock from, and sell the stock to, customers unrelated to the dealer in the ordinary course of a trade or business.

 

However, under the Section 883 regulations, our common shares will not be considered to be primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market for a taxable year if, for more than half the number of days during the taxable year, one or more persons that own, actually or constructively, five percent or more of our common shares (“five-percent shareholders”) own, in the aggregate, 50 percent or more of our common shares (the “closely-held exception”), unless we can establish, in accordance with documentation procedures set forth in the Section 883 regulations, that individuals resident in qualified foreign countries (“qualified shareholders”) own, directly or under applicable constructive ownership rules, enough of the common shares taken into account in determining whether the closely-held exception applies to preclude non-qualified shareholders in the closely-held block of stock from owning 50% or more of the total value of our common stock for more than half the days of the taxable year. There can be no assurance that our shareholders will provide us with the documentation required to avoid the application of the closely-held exception under these rules. Commencing with our taxable year beginning on January 1, 2004, for purposes of determining the application of the closely-held exception, certain related shareholders are treated as a single shareholder and investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, are not treated as five percent shareholders.

 

Our common shares are listed on the Oslo Børs and the New York Stock Exchange. We believe that, for our taxable years beginning January 1, 2002 and January 1, 2003, the aggregate number of our common shares traded on the New York Stock Exchange exceeded the aggregate number of our common shares traded on established securities markets in Norway or any other single foreign country. We expect that this will also be the case for our taxable year commencing January 1, 2004 and for subsequent taxable years. Further, we believe that, for our taxable years beginning January 1, 2002 and January 1, 2003, our common shares were regularly quoted by one or more dealers that make a market in the common shares. We expect that the requirements identified above with respect to the regularity and volume of trading in our shares on the New York Stock Exchange (or the marking of a market in our shares by a dealer that regularly quotes our shares) will be satisfied for our taxable year beginning January 1, 2004 and subsequent taxable years. Accordingly, we expect that apart from the effect, if any, of the closely-held exception, for taxable years after 2001 our common shares should be considered to be primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States for purposes of the reciprocal exemption.

 

Commencing with our taxable year beginning January 1, 2004, in determining that our common shares are not closely-held for purposes of the closely-held exception, we generally may rely upon certain filings with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission to identify our five percent shareholders. Based upon current filings, and our beliefs regarding which of our shareholders are investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, we believe that our common shares are not currently closely-held for purposes of the closely-held exception. There can be no assurance, however, that the ownership of our common shares will not change in such a way that we would need to comply with the documentation procedures set forth in the Section 883 regulations in order to establish that the closely-held exception did not apply to us. In such circumstances, however, it is possible that we may be unable to demonstrate that the closely held exception does not apply to us, as our shareholders may not comply with documentation requirements or we may not have sufficient qualified shareholders to satisfy the requirements for avoiding application of the closely-held exception. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will qualify for the reciprocal exemption.

 

73


Table of Contents

Taxation of Our Operations if the Reciprocal Exemption Is Unavailable

 

To the extent that the reciprocal exemption is not available to us or to our vessel-operating subsidiaries, then we and our vessel-operating subsidiaries generally will be subject to United States federal income tax on United States-source international transportation income under one of two alternative systems. Under the first system, we generally will be subject to a four percent tax on the gross amount of the United States-source international transportation income derived by us or by a vessel-operating subsidiary that is not considered to be effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business. Under the second system, the United States-source international transportation income that we or a vessel-operating subsidiary derives that is considered to be effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business, determined after allowance of allocable deductions, will be subject to general United States federal income tax at normal corporate rates, currently at 35 percent. In addition, under the second system, we or the vessel-operating subsidiary will be subject to a 30 percent branch-level tax on earnings that are effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business, as determined after allowance for certain adjustments, and on certain interest paid or deemed paid by a United States trade or business.

 

At present, we do not expect that any of the United States-source international transportation income to be derived by us or by our vessel-operating subsidiaries will be effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business. Accordingly, we expect that any United States-source international transportation income that does not qualify for the reciprocal exemption would be subject to the four percent tax on such gross income. If the manner in which we conduct our operations were to change, our international transportation income could come to be treated as effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business, in which case, if the reciprocal exemption were not available, it would be subject to tax under the second system described above, rather than subject to a four percent gross income tax.

 

Based on the current and projected operations of our vessels, we believe that less than 30% of the aggregate gross income of our vessel-operating subsidiaries will be treated as United States-source income subject to the four-percent tax if our vessel-operating subsidiaries do not qualify for the benefits of the reciprocal exemption. Changes in the itineraries of our vessels or other changes in the amount, source or character of our income could affect the amount of income that would be subject to United States tax in future years.

 

United States Holders

 

Distributions

 

Subject to the discussions below under “—Foreign Personal Holding Company Considerations” and “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” distributions that we make with respect to the common shares, other than distributions in liquidation and distributions in redemption of stock that are treated as exchanges, will be taxed to United States holders as dividend income to the extent that the distributions do not exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for United States federal income tax purposes, taking into account undistributed foreign personal holding company income, if any). Distributions, if any, in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a nontaxable return of capital to a United States holder and will be applied against and reduce the United States holder’s tax basis in its common shares. To the extent that distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits exceed the tax basis of the United States holder in its common shares, the excess generally will be treated as capital gain.

 

Qualifying dividends received by individuals in taxable years beginning prior to January 1, 2009 are eligible for taxation at capital gains rates (currently 15% for individuals not eligible for a lower rate). We are a non-United States corporation. Dividends paid by a non-United States corporation are eligible to be treated as qualifying dividends only if (i) the non-United States corporation is incorporated in a possession of the United States, (ii) the non-United States corporation is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States or (iii) the stock with respect to which the dividends are paid is “readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States.” We will not satisfy either of the conditions described in clauses (i) and (ii) of the

 

74


Table of Contents

preceding sentence. While we expect that distributions on our common shares that are treated as dividends will qualify as dividends on stock that is “readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States” so long as our common shares are traded on the New York Stock Exchange, United States taxing authorities have yet to issue guidance specifying the meaning of the term “readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States” for this purpose and thus we cannot be certain of the requirements for being so treated. In addition, dividends paid by a non-United States corporation will not be treated as qualifying dividends if the non-United States corporation is a “foreign personal holding company” (an “FPHC”), a “foreign investment company” (an “FIC”) or a “passive foreign investment company” (a “PFIC”) for the taxable year of the dividend or the prior taxable year. Our potential treatment as an FPHC or a PFIC is discussed below under the headings “—Foreign Personal Holding Company Considerations” and “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations.” We do not believe that we were an FIC for our last taxable year and we do not expect to be an FIC for our current or subsequent taxable years. A dividend will also not be treated as a qualifying dividend to the extent that (i) the shareholder does not satisfy a holding period requirement that generally requires that the shareholder hold the shares on which the dividend is paid for more than 61 days during the 121-day period that begins on the date which is sixty days before the date on which the shares become ex-dividend with respect to such dividend, (ii) the shareholder is under an obligation to make related payments with respect to substantially similar or related property or (iii) such dividend is taken into account as investment income under Section 163(d)(4)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

Dividend income derived with respect to the common shares generally will constitute portfolio income for purposes of the limitation on the use of passive activity losses, and, therefore, generally may not be offset by passive activity losses, and, unless treated as qualifying dividends as described above (for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2009) as investment income for purposes of the limitation on the deduction of investment interest expense. Dividends that we pay will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to United States corporations under Section 243 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

For foreign tax credit purposes, if at least 50 percent of our stock by voting power or by value is owned, directly, indirectly or by attribution, by United States persons, then, subject to the limitation described below, a portion of the dividends that we pay in each taxable year will be treated as United States-source income, depending in general upon the ratio for that taxable year of our United States-source earnings and profits to our total earnings and profits. The remaining portion of our dividends (or all of our dividends, if we do not meet the 50 percent test described above) will be treated as foreign-source income and generally will be treated as passive income, subject to the separate foreign tax credit limitation for passive income. However, if, in any taxable year, we have earnings and profits and less than ten percent of those earnings and profits are from United States sources, then, in general, dividends that we pay from our earnings and profits for that taxable year will be treated entirely as foreign-source income. Where a United States holder that is an individual receives a dividend on our shares that is a qualifying dividend (as described in the second preceding paragraph) in a taxable year beginning before January 1, 2009, special rules will apply that will limit the portion of such dividend that will be included in such individual’s foreign source taxable income and overall taxable income for purposes of calculating such individual’s foreign tax credit limitation.

 

Sale or Exchange

 

Subject to the discussion below under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” upon a sale or exchange of common shares to a person other than Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited (or certain related entities), a United States holder will recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale or exchange and the United States holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares. Any gain or loss recognized will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the United States holder has held the common shares for more than one year.

 

Gain or loss realized by a United States holder on the sale or exchange of common shares generally will be treated as United States-source gain or loss for United States foreign tax credit purposes.

 

Foreign Personal Holding Company Considerations

 

We are not aware of any facts which establish that we or any of our subsidiaries currently meet the requirements for classification as an FPHC for United States federal income tax purposes or that we or any of our

 

75


Table of Contents

subsidiaries met the requirements for classification as an FPHC for our most recent taxable year. However, some of the facts relevant to such a determination are outside of our knowledge and control. Therefore, we are unable to establish whether we or any of our subsidiaries constitute or have constituted an FPHC. If we or one of our subsidiaries were treated as an FPHC, then each United States holder owning, directly or indirectly, common shares on the last day in the taxable year on which the ownership requirement (as described in the following paragraph) with respect to us or the subsidiary is met would be required to include currently in taxable income as a dividend a pro rata share of our or the subsidiary’s undistributed FPHC income, which is, generally, our or the subsidiary’s taxable income with certain adjustments and after reduction for certain dividend payments.

 

Under certain circumstances, a foreign corporation is an FPHC for a taxable year if at any time during the taxable year more than 50% of its stock (by vote or value) is owned (directly, indirectly or by attribution) by or for not more than five individuals who are citizens or residents of the United States (the “ownership requirement”). Although we know the identity of some of our current shareholders, we cannot ascertain the identity of all of our shareholders. In addition, we cannot be certain whether any of our shares that are actually or constructively owned by members of the Tsakos family will be treated as owned, actually or constructively, by a United States citizen or resident for purposes of the ownership requirement. Moreover, there is no assurance that any such family member will not become a United States citizen or resident or that shares actually or constructively owned by any such family member will not otherwise come to be attributed to a United States citizen or resident for purposes of the FPHC rules, and that one or more unrelated United States shareholders will not hold additional shares of our common stock such that the ownership requirement would be satisfied. If the ownership requirement were to be satisfied, we or any of our subsidiaries would be an FPHC if at least 60% (50% in certain cases) of our or the subsidiary’s gross income were “passive” income (the “passive income requirement’). This likely would be the case for us because some or all of the dividends from our subsidiaries and any net gain we might realize from the sale of stock or securities (including stock of our subsidiaries) would be passive income. We believe that none of our shipping subsidiaries currently meets the passive income requirement and we do not expect that they will meet it in the future. There can be no assurance, however, that our subsidiaries will not satisfy the passive income requirement in the future.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations

 

PFIC Classification. Special and adverse United States tax rules apply to a United States holder that holds an interest in a PFIC. In general, a PFIC is any foreign corporation, if (1) 75 percent or more of the gross income of the corporation for the taxable year is passive income (the “PFIC income test”) or (2) the average percentage of assets held by the corporation during the taxable year that produce passive income or that are held for the production of passive income is at least 50 percent (the “PFIC asset test”). In applying the PFIC income test and the PFIC asset test, a corporation that owns, directly or indirectly, at least 25 percent by value of the stock of a second corporation must take into account its proportionate share of the second corporation’s income and assets.

 

If a corporation is classified as a PFIC for any year during which a United States person is a shareholder, then the corporation generally will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to that shareholder in all succeeding years, regardless of whether the corporation continues to meet the PFIC income test or the PFIC asset test, subject to elections to recognize gain that may be available to the shareholder.

 

To date, we and our subsidiaries have derived most of our income from time and voyage charters, and we expect to continue to do so. This income should be treated as services income, which is not treated as passive income for PFIC purposes. On this basis, we do not believe that, we were treated as a PFIC for our taxable year beginning January 1, 2003 or that we will be treated as a PFIC for our taxable year beginning January 1, 2004 or for any future taxable year. This conclusion is based in part upon our beliefs regarding our past assets and income and our current projections and expectations as to our future business activity, including, in particular, our expectation that the proportion of our income derived from bareboat charters will not materially increase. Moreover, the IRS may disagree with the conclusion that that time and voyage charters do not give rise to passive income for purposes of the PFIC income test. Accordingly, we can provide no assurance that we will not be treated as a PFIC for our taxable year beginning January 1, 2003 or for any subsequent taxable year.

 

Consequences of PFIC Status. If we are treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a United States holder holds our common shares, then, subject to the discussion of the qualified electing fund (“QEF”) and mark-to-market

 

76


Table of Contents

rules below, the United States holder will be subject to a special and adverse tax regime in respect of (1) gains realized on the sale or other disposition of our common shares and (2) distributions on our common shares to the extent that those distributions are treated as excess distributions. An excess distribution generally includes dividends or other distributions received from a PFIC in any taxable year of a United States holder to the extent that the amount of those distributions exceeds 125 percent of the average distributions made by the PFIC during a specified base period. A United States holder that is subject to the PFIC rules (1) will be required to allocate excess distributions received in respect of our common shares and gain realized on the sale of common shares to each day during the United States holder’s holding period for the common shares, (2) will be required to include in income as ordinary income the portion of the excess distribution or gain that is allocated to the current taxable year and to certain pre-PFIC years, and (3) will be taxable at the highest rate of taxation applicable to ordinary income for the prior years, other than pre-PFIC years, to which the excess distribution or gain is allocable, without regard to the United States holder’s other items of income and loss for such prior taxable years (“deferred tax”). The deferred tax for each prior year will be increased by an interest charge for the period from the due date for tax returns for the prior year to the due date for tax returns for the year of the excess distribution or gain, computed at the rates that apply to underpayments of tax. Pledges of PFIC shares will be treated as dispositions for purposes of the foregoing rules. In addition, a United States holder who acquires common shares from a decedent (other than a decedent that was, for United States federal income tax purposes, a nonresident alien at all times during such decedent’s holding period in the common shares) prior to 2010 generally will not receive a stepped-up basis in the common shares. Instead, the United States holder will have a tax basis in the common shares equal to the lower of the fair market value of the common shares and the decedent’s basis.

 

QEF Election. In some circumstances, a United States holder may avoid the unfavorable consequences of the PFIC rules by making a QEF election with respect to us. A QEF election effectively would require an electing United States holder to include in income currently its pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and net capital gain. However, a United States holder cannot make a QEF election with respect to us unless we comply with certain reporting requirements and we currently do not intend to provide the required information.

 

Mark-to-Market Election. A United States holder that holds “marketable” stock in a PFIC may, in lieu of making a QEF election, avoid some of the unfavorable consequences of the PFIC rules by electing to mark the PFIC stock to market as of the close of each taxable year. Under recently promulgated regulations, the common shares will be treated as marketable stock for a calendar year if the common shares are traded on the New York Stock Exchange, in other than de minimis quantities, on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter of the year. A United States holder that makes the mark-to-market election generally will be required to include in income each year as ordinary income an amount equal to the increase in value of the common shares for that year, regardless of whether the United States holder actually sells the common shares. The United States holder generally will be allowed a deduction for the decrease in value of the common shares for the taxable year, to the extent of the amount of gain previously included in income under the mark-to-market rules, reduced by prior deductions under the mark-to-market rules. Any gain from the actual sale of the PFIC stock will be treated as ordinary income, and any loss will be treated as ordinary loss to the extent of net mark-to-market gains previously included in income and not reversed by prior deductions.

 

You are urged to consult your own tax advisor regarding our possible classification as a PFIC, as well as the potential tax consequences arising from the ownership and disposition, directly or indirectly, of interests in a PFIC.

 

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

 

Payments of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless (i) you are a corporation or other exempt recipient or (ii) in the case of backup withholding, you provide a correct taxpayer identification number and certify that you are not subject to backup withholding.

 

The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to you will be allowed as a credit against your United States federal income tax liability and may entitle you to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

 

77


Table of Contents

Documents on Display

 

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In accordance with these requirements, we file reports and other information as a foreign private issuer with the SEC. You may inspect and copy our public filings without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the regional offices of the SEC located at 233 Broadway, New York, New York 10279, and the Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about its public reference rooms. You may obtain copies of all or any part of such materials from the SEC upon payment of prescribed fees. You may also inspect reports and other information regarding registrants, such as the Company, that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission without charge at a Web site maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission at www.sec.gov. In addition, material filed by Tsakos Energy Navigation can be inspected at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange at 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005.

 

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Our risk management policy. Our policy is to continuously monitor our exposure to business risks, including the impact of changes in interest rates, currency rates, and bunker prices on earnings and cash flows. We intend to assess these risks and, when appropriate, enter into derivative contracts with creditworthy counter parties to minimize our exposure to these risks. As part of our efforts to manage our risk, we have in the past entered into derivative contracts for both hedging and, periodically, trading purposes.

 

In August 2001, we created a Risk Committee, which is comprised of our finance director and a standing committee of the board of directors. The primary role of the Risk Committee is to:

 

  continuously review and assess all activities that may generate exposure to risk and ensure we are taking appropriate measures;

 

  ensure that our policies and procedures for evaluating and managing risks are effective and do not significantly increase overall risk; and

 

  assess the effectiveness of derivative contracts and recommend, if necessary, the early termination of any contract.

 

Our risk management policy provides for the following procedures:

 

  All recommendations to enter into a derivative contract must originate either from qualified officers or directors of the company or from equivalent specialized officers of our technical manager;

 

  All recommendations to enter into a derivative contract must be reviewed by a combined team of officers and advice is taken, as applicable, from third-party sources (e.g., our bankers, other banks, bunker brokers, insurers, etc.);

 

  Any recommendation must be formalized into a specific proposal which defines the risks to be managed, the action to be implemented, and the benefits and potential risks of the proposed derivative contract, which proposal shall be presented to the risk committee; and

 

  All derivative contracts must be approved by the Risk Committee and the board of directors.

 

Interest rate risk

 

In July 2001, we entered into:

 

  two interest rate swap agreements having two year terms (expired in July 2003) with notional amounts of $15 million and $30 million, respectively; and

 

78


Table of Contents
  two interest rate swap agreements having three year terms (expiring July 2004 and August 2004) with notional amounts of $80 million and $20 million respectively.

 

The first two agreements, amounting to a notional amount of $45 million, related to a secured credit facility which had an outstanding balance at the time of their expiry in July 2003, of $44.9 million. The other two agreements, with notional amounts totalling $100 million, relate to a secured credit facility which had an outstanding balance of $154.0 million at December 31, 2003. Under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, these swap arrangements did not meet hedging criteria and, therefore, the change in fair value of these swap agreements was reflected in the Company’s statement of income. The fair value may be defined as the amount by which the present value of all future variable rate payments differs from the present value of all the future fixed rate payments. As at December 31, 2002, this difference amounted to negative $7.2 million, of which $3.8 was charged in 2002 and $3.4 million in 2001. However, in 2003, due to the expiry of two of the swaps in July 2003, and partly because of the expectation of increasing rates, there was a net reversal of these charges by $3.5 million, leaving a negative balance of $3.7 million at December 31, 2003, all of which will be reversed by August 2004, by which time the remaining two swaps will have expired. Although there is a possibility that we may incur further charges if interest rates continue to fall, all accumulated non-cash charges will reverse as a credit to the income statement by the time of the expiry of the arrangements. The terms of the remaining two swap arrangements are as follows:

 

Type of

Instrument


  

Payment Due


   Maturity Date

   Rate
Payable


   

Rate Receivable


   Notional
Amount


                          (in millions)

1. Pay fixed, receive floating

   Semi-annually each January and July, starting January 2002    July 30, 2004    4.82 %  

From July 2003 to January 2004

1.14%

   $ 80

2. Pay fixed, receive floating

   Semi-annually each January and July, starting January 2002    August 2, 2004    4.83 %  

From July 2003

to January 2004

1.14%

   $ 20

 

During 2002, the board of directors passed a resolution providing that all future interest rate swaps to be entered into by the Company must conform to hedging criteria. All changes in fair value for such swaps would be reflected in the statement of shareholders’ equity and not the income statement.

 

New swaps

 

The Company currently has the following interest rate swaps which meet hedging criteria in place:

 

1. A five-year interest rate collar swap agreement, effective for the period commencing January 21, 2003 and expiring January 21, 2008. The notional amount of the swap is $50 million and it is accounted for as a hedge of the Company’s variable interest rate payments primarily on $47.2 million of a syndicated loan which had an outstanding balance of $63.6 million on March 31, 2004. The remaining $2.8 million covers minor parts of other debt. The Company receives LIBOR and pays LIBOR up to a cap of 4.5%. In addition, if LIBOR is 2.0% or below, or 3.75% or below, on the swap fixing dates during 2004, 2005, 2006, or 2007, respectively, the Company pays interest at a rate of 4.0%. The fair value of this swap agreement at December 31, 2003 was a negative $1.5 million and was reflected as a liability and as a component of shareholders’ equity in “other comprehensive loss” in our balance sheet.

 

2. A five-year interest rate swap with a chance range agreement, effective for the period commencing May 9, 2003 and expiring May 9, 2008. The notional amount of the swap is $20 million and it is accounted for as a hedge of the Company’s variable interest rate payments on $20 million of a syndicated loan which had an outstanding balance of $27.9 million on March 31, 2004. The Company receives LIBOR and pays LIBOR up to a cap of 4.5%. From May 9, 2004 to 2005, if LIBOR is below 4.5%, but above 1.75%, the Company will pay LIBOR. If LIBOR is at 1.75% or below, up to May 9, 2005, then the Company will pay 3.9%. From May 9, 2005 to 2008, if LIBOR is below 4.5% and above 2.5%, the Company will pay LIBOR, unless LIBOR is at or below 2.5%, in which event the Company will pay 4.5%. The fair value of this swap agreement at December 31, 2003 was a negative $0.3 million and was reflected as a liability and component of shareholders’ equity in “other comprehensive loss” in our balance sheet.

 

79


Table of Contents

3. A five-year interest rate collar swap, effective for the period commencing July 30, 2003 and expiring July 30, 2008. The notional amount of the swap is $21.5 million and it is accounted for as a hedge of the Company’s variable interest rate payments on $21.5 million of a syndicated loan which had an outstanding balance of $29.5 million on March 31, 2004. The Company receives LIBOR and pays LIBOR up to a cap of 4.5%. Between July 30, 2004 and 2005, if LIBOR is at or below 1.75%, the Company will pay 4%. From July 30, 2005 to 2008, if LIBOR is below 4.5% and above 2.75%, the Company will pay LIBOR, unless LIBOR is at or below 2.75% when the Company will pay 4.5%. The fair value of this swap agreement at December 31, 2003 was a negative $0.2 million and was reflected as a liability and component of shareholders’ equity in “other comprehensive loss” in our balance sheet.

 

4. A five-year interest rate collar swap agreement, effective for the period commencing July 21, 2003 and expiring July 21, 2008. The notional amount of the swap is $33.84 million for the first 4 years and $24.0 million for another one year. It is accounted for as a hedge of the Company’s variable interest rate payments on $33.84 million of a loan which had an outstanding balance of $43.2 million on March 31, 2004. A cap at 3.925% plus spread is in place throughout the five-year period. A floor at the same rate is only activated during the four years commencing July 11, 2004 if LIBOR is below 1.55% during the year commencing July 11, 2004, 2.3% in the year commencing July 11, 2005, and 2.6% in the two years commencing July 11, 2006. The fair value of this swap agreement at December 31, 2003 was a positive $0.3 million and was reflected as an asset and component of shareholders’ equity in “other comprehensive income” in our balance sheet.

 

5. A five-year interest rate collar swap agreement, effective for the period commencing January 21, 2004 and expiring January 21, 2009. The notional amount of the swap is $ 36.0 million. It is accounted for as a hedge of the Company’s variable interest rate payments on $17.5 million of a loan which had an outstanding balance of $51.0 million on March 31, 2004 and on $17.6 million of a loan which had an outstanding balance of $24.8 million on March 31, 2004, plus $0.9 million as part of a further loan. A cap at 4% plus spread is in place throughout the five year period. A floor at 3.5% plus spread is only activated during the four years commencing July 8, 2004 if LIBOR is below 1.6% during the year commencing July 8, 2004, 2.75% in the three years commencing July 8, 2005. The fair value of this swap agreement at December 31, 2003 was a positive $0.2 million and was reflected as an asset and component of shareholders’ equity in “other comprehensive income” in our balance sheet.

 

6. A five-year interest rate swap agreement, effective for the period commencing April 2, 2004. The notional amount of the swap is $ 40.0 million. It is accounted for as a hedge of the Company’s variable interest rate payments on $40.0 million of a loan which had an outstanding balance of $40.0 million on March 31, 2004. A cap at 2% is in place throughout the five year period. If 12 month LIBOR is at or above 3.55% at the period ending January 29, 2005, the cap is eliminated. Similarly, if the 12 month LIBOR reaches 4.55% in the second year, 5.0% in the third year, 5.5% in the fourth year or 6.0% in the fifth year, the cap is eliminated.

 

As of March 31, 2004, we had $484.5 million of long-term variable rate debt outstanding under our secured credit facilities. The earnings and cash flow impact for the next year resulting from a one-percentage point increase in interest rates would be a reduction of $4.85 million. This is based on the current debt outstanding and current amortization schedule, without taking into account the swap arrangements discussed above.

 

We currently have $301.3 million in interest rate swaps. Assuming that the swaps representing a notional amount of $100 million is immediately replaced, as planned, the annualized impact resulting from a one-percentage point increase or decrease in interest rates would be respectively an increase or decrease of $3.0 million in earnings and cash flow.

 

Foreign exchange rate fluctuation

 

The international tanker industry’s functional currency is the U.S. dollar. Virtually all of our revenues are in U.S. dollars and the majority of our operating costs are incurred in U.S. dollars. We incur certain operating expenses in foreign currencies, the most significant of which are in euros. During fiscal 2003, approximately 25% of the total of our vessel and voyage costs, overhead and drydock expenditures were denominated in Euro.

 

80


Table of Contents

However, we have the ability to shift our purchase of goods and services from one country to another and, thus, from one currency to another in order to mitigate the effects of exchange rate fluctuations. We have a policy of continuously monitoring and managing our foreign exchange exposure. To date, we have not engaged in any foreign currency hedging transactions, as we do not believe we have had significant risk exposure to foreign currency fluctuations.

 

Inflation

 

Although inflation has had a moderate impact on operating expenses, drydocking expenses and corporate overhead, our management does not consider inflation to be a significant risk to direct costs in the current and foreseeable economic environment. However, if inflation becomes a significant factor in the world economy, inflationary pressures could result in increased operating and financing costs.

 

Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

 

Not Applicable.

 

PART II

 

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

 

Not Applicable.

 

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

 

Not Applicable.

 

Item 15. Controls and Procedures

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this annual report. Based on that evaluation, the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this annual report were designed and were functioning effectively to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. The Company believes that a system of controls, no matter how well designed and operated, cannot provide absolute assurance that the objectives of the controls are met, and no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within a company have been detected.

 

Change in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

No change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting occurred during the Company’s most recent fiscal year that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

 

The Board of Directors of the Company has determined that D. John Stavropoulos, whose biographical details are included in Item 6, qualifies as an audit committee financial expert as defined under current SEC regulations and is independent in accordance with the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

 

81


Table of Contents

Item 16B. Code of Ethics

 

The Company has adopted a code of ethics that applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and persons performing similar functions. A copy of our code of ethics is posted in the “Investor Relations” section of the Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited website, and may be viewed at http://www.tenn.gr. We will also provide a hard copy of our code of ethics free of charge upon written request of a shareholder. Shareholders may direct their requests to the attention of Investor Relations, c/o George Saroglou or Paul Durham, Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited, 367 Syngrou Avenue, 175 64 P. Faliro, Athens Greece.

 

Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

Ernst & Young (Hellas) Certified Auditors Accountants S.A., or Ernst & Young, has audited our annual financial statements acting as our independent auditor for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002.

 

The chart below sets forth the total amount billed to us by Ernst & Young for services performed in 2003 and 2002 and breaks down these amounts by the category of service (in Euros).

 

     2002

   2003

Audit fees

   116,660    214,104

Audit-Related fees

   19,600    24,000

Tax fees

   —      —  

All other fees

   —      —  

Total fees

   136,260    238,104

 

Audit Fees

 

The audit fees include the aggregate fees billed in each of 2003 and 2002 for professional services rendered for the audit of our annual financial statements and for related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or services that are normally provided by the auditor in connection with regulatory filings or engagements for those financial years (including comfort letters, review of the 20-F, consents and other services related to SEC matters).

 

Audit-Related Fees

 

The audit-related fees include the aggregate fees billed in each of 2003 and 2002 for certain accounting consultations which are not reported under audit services.

 

Tax Fees

 

Ernst & Young did not provide any tax services for 2003 and 2002.

 

All Other Fees

 

Ernst & Young did not provide any other services that would be classified in this category during 2003 and 2002.

 

Pre-approval Policies and Procedures

 

The Audit Committee Charter sets forth the Company’s policy regarding retention of the independent auditors, requiring the Audit Committee to review and approve in advance the retention of the independent auditors for the performance of all audit and lawfully permitted non-audit services and the fees related thereto. The Chairman of the Audit Committee, or in the absence of the Chairman, any member of the Audit Committee designated by the Chairman, has authority to approve in advance any lawfully permitted non-audit services and fees. The Audit Committee is authorized to establish other policies and procedures for the pre-approval of such services and fees. Where non-audit services and fees are approved under delegated authority, the action must be reported to the full Audit Committee at its next regularly scheduled meeting.

 

82


Table of Contents

Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

 

Not Applicable.

 

Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

 

Not Applicable.

 

83


Table of Contents

PART III

 

Item 17. Financial Statements

 

Not Applicable.

 

Item 18. Financial Statements

 

Reference is made to pages F-1 through F-29 incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 19. Exhibits.

 

Number


 

Description


1.1   Memorandum of Association of Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited*
1.2   Bye-laws of Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited*
4.1   1998 Stock Option Plan of Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited*
4.2   Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited 2004 Incentive Plan
4.3   Credit Agreement, dated as of June 17, 1998 between Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited (formerly MIF Limited) as Borrower, Deutsche Schiffsbank AG, The Bank of New York, JPMorgan Chase Bank (formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank), Credit Lyonnais, Alpha Bank A.E., The Bank of Nova Scotia, Banque Nationale de Paris, Bremer Bank Niederlassung der Dresdner Bank AG, KB Financial Services, Landesbank Schleswig-Holstein Girozentrale, ASLK-CCER Bank nv sa, MeesPerson N.V., National Bank of Greece S.A., Viking Ship Finance Ltd. and Vereins-und Westbank AG as The Banks and Financial Institutions; Chase Manhattan PLC as Lead Arranger; Credit Lyonnais, Deutsche Schiffsbank AG and The Bank of New York as Co-Arrangers; and Chase Manhattan International Limited as Agent and as Security Trustee*
4.4   Credit Agreement dated as of March 19, 1999 between Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited (formerly MIF Limited) as Borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank (formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank), Deutsche Schiffsbank AG and Landesbank Schleswig-Holstein as The Banks and Financial Institutions; The Chase Manhattan Bank as Swap Bank; Chase Manhattan PLC, Deutsche Schiffsbank AG and Landesbank Schleswig-Holstein Girozentrale, as Arrangers; Chase Manhattan International Limited, as Agent; and Chase Manhattan International Limited as Security Trustee*
4.5   Form of Management Agreement, dated May 30, 1996, between Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited (formerly MIF Limited) and Tsakos Energy Management Limited (formerly Absolute Navigation Limited), as amended on June 5, 1998 as further amended*
4.6   Form of Agreement, dated November 15, 1996, between Tsakos Energy Management Limited (formerly Absolute Navigation Limited) and Tsakos Shipping and Trading S.A., as amended on February 2, 1998, as further amended on June 5, 1998 and as further amended*
4.7   ISDA Master Agreement (the “JPMorgan Chase ISDA Master Agreement”) dated as of June 18, 1998 between JPMorgan Chase Bank (formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank) and Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited (formerly MIF Limited)*
4.8   July, 2001 Interest Rate Swap Confirmation pursuant to the JPMorgan Chase ISDA Master Agreement*
4.9   July, 2001 Interest Rate Swap Confirmation pursuant to the JPMorgan Chase ISDA Master Agreement*
4.10   December, 2002 Interest Rate Collar Swap Agreement†

 

84


Table of Contents
4.11   1992 ISDA Master Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2002 and as amended and supplemented from time to
time, between the Company and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc (the “RBS ISDA Master Agreement”)†
4.12   ISDA Master Agreement, dated as of July 27, 2001 and as amended and supplemented from time to time, between the Company and Landesbank Schleswig-Holstein Girozentrale (the “Landesbank ISDA Master Agreement”)†
4.13   Loan Agreement, dated May 2, 2002, between Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited as borrower and Commercial Bank of Greece S.A. as lender for a loan facility of up to U.S. $30.5 million relating to the part-financing of the Aframax Opal Queen
4.14   Loan Agreement, dated June 21, 2002, between Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited as borrower and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc as lender relating to a loan facility of U.S. $32.2 million to part-finance the acquisition of the Suezmax Silia T by the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary Romeo Shipping Company Limited†
4.15   Loan Agreement, dated August 14, 2002, between Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited as borrower, Deutsche Schiffsbank AG and Hamburgische Landesbank Girozentrale as lenders, Deutsche Schiffsbank AG as swap bank, Deutsche Schiffsbank AG and Hamburgische Landesbank Girozentrale as arrangers and Deutsche Schiffsbank AG as agent and security trustee relating to a secured revolving credit facility of U.S. $129.0 million†
4.16   Supplemental Letter, dated October 7, 2002, amending the Loan Agreement, dated August 14, 2002, between Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited as borrower, Deutsche Schiffsbank AG and Hamburgische Landesbank Girozentrale as lenders, Deutsche Schiffsbank AG as swap bank, Deutsche Schiffsbank AG and Hamburgische Landesbank Girozentrale as arrangers and Deutsche Schiffsbank AG as agent and security trustee relating to a secured revolving credit facility of U.S. $129.0 million†
4.17   Loan Agreement, dated January 13, 2003, between Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited as borrower, Landesbank Schleswig-Holstein Girozentrale and Aegean Baltic Bank S.A. as lenders, Landesbank Schleswig-Holstein Girozentrale and Aegean Baltic Bank S.A. as arrangers, Aegean Baltic Bank S.A. as agent and Landesbank Schleswig - Holstein Girozentrale as paying agent and security trustee relating to a U.S. $55.0 million loan facility to part-finance the acquisition of the new Panamaxes Maya and Inca
4.18   Loan Agreement, dated May 16, 2003, between Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited as borrower and Credit Suisse as lender relating to a $25.6 million loan facility to partially finance the acquisition of the Aframax Parthenon by the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary Oceana Shipping Company Ltd.†
4.19   Loan Agreement, dated May 20, 2003, between Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited as borrower and Danish Ship Finance as lender relating to a $26.0 million loan facility to part-finance the acquisition of the Panamax Aztec by the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary Sea Mayfair S.A.†
4.20   Loan Agreement, dated July 30, 2003, between Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited as borrower and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc as lender relating to a $26.0 million loan facility to partially finance the acquisition of the Panamax Andes by the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary Ergo Glory S.A.
4.21   Loan Agreement, dated January 23, 2004, between Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited as borrower and Citibank International PLC as lender and agent relating to a $40.0 million loan facility to partially finance the acquisition of the VLCC LaMadrina
8   List of subsidiaries of Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited
11   Code of Ethics
12.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended

 

85


Table of Contents
12.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
13.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as added by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
13.2   Certification of Finance Director and Chief Accounting Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as added by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
15.1   Independent Auditors’ Consent
15.2   Statement Regarding Auditors’ Consent

* Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-82326) filed with the SEC and hereby incorporated by reference to such Registration Statement.
Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on June 30, 2003 and hereby incorporated by reference to such Annual Report.

 

86


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

/s/ NIKOLAS P. TSAKOS


Name:

 

Nikolas P. Tsakos

Title:

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

Date:

 

June 29, 2004

 

87


Table of Contents

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

Report of Ernst & Young, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Report of Arthur Andersen, Independent Public Accountants

   F-3

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2002 and 2003

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders´ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003

   F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003

   F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-8


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED, and subsidiaries (“the Company”), as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the two years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. The consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 2001 and for the year then ended were audited by other auditors who have ceased operations as a foreign associated firm of the Securities and Exchange Commission Practice Section of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Those auditors expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements in their report dated February 25, 2002.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2003 and 2002 and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the two years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

ERNST & YOUNG

 

Athens, Greece

February 27, 2004

 

F-2


Table of Contents

The audit report of Arthur Andersen, our former independent public accountants, which is set forth below, is included in this Report for purposes of including the opinion of Arthur Andersen on our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2001. Our financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003, have been audited by and are reported on by Ernst & Young on page F-2 of this Report.

 

The audit report set forth below is a copy of the original audit report dated February 25, 2002 rendered by Arthur Andersen which has not been reissued by Arthur Andersen since that date. We are including this copy of the February 25, 2002, Arthur Andersen audit report pursuant to Rule 2-02 (e) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Your ability to assert claims against Arthur Andersen based on its report may be limited.

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

 

To:

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED, a Bermuda company, and Subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”), as of December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001, and the related consolidated statements of income (loss), stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2001. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the United States generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2001, in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles.

 

ARTHUR ANDERSEN

 

Athens, Greece

February 25, 2002

 

F-3


Table of Contents

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31, 2002 and 2003

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars – except per share data)

 

     2002

    2003

 

ASSETS

                

CURRENT ASSETS:

                

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 39,674     $ 86,813  
    


 


Cash, restricted

     7,000       —    

Receivables –

                

Trade accounts receivable, net

     12,244       13,401  

Insurance claims

     3,277       2,749  

Due from related companies (Note 3)

     3,824       3,836  

Advances and other

     5,175       5,586  
    


 


       24,520       25,572  
    


 


Inventories (Note 4)

     3,275       3,381  

Prepaid insurance and other

     1,283       1,205  
    


 


Total current assets

     75,752       116,971  
    


 


INVESTMENT (Note 2(l))

     10,577       —    

FIXED ASSETS:

                

Advances for vessels under construction and acquisitions (Note 5)

     41,963       33,420  
    


 


Vessels (Notes 6 and 8)

     670,452       800,870  

Accumulated depreciation (Note 6)

     (117,309 )     (146,208 )
    


 


Vessels’ Net Book Value

     553,143       654,662  
    


 


Total fixed assets

     595,106       688,082  
    


 


DEFERRED CHARGES, net (Note 7)

     13,110       20,454  
    


 


Total assets

   $ 694,545     $ 825,507  
    


 


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

                

Current portion of long-term debt (Note 8)

   $ 30,211     $ 41,602  
    


 


Accounts payable –

                

Trade

     14,804       15,609  

Due to related companies (Note 3)

     2,384       3,326  

Other

     —         1,825  
    


 


       17,188       20,760  
    


 


Accrued liabilities

     6,731       6,112  

Accrued bank interest

     1,385       2,276  

Financial Instruments – Fair value (Notes 11and 16)

     7,838       5,097  

Unearned revenue

     2,003       3,611  

Deferred Income, current portion (Note 10)

     838       4,005  
    


 


Total current liabilities

     66,194       83,463  
    


 


LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current portion (Note 8)

     355,741       411,018  
    


 


DEFERRED INCOME, net of current portion (Note 10)

     5,166       16,457  
    


 


STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

                

Common stock, $ 1.00 par value; 40,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2002 and 2003; 17,022,723 and 17,151,623 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively

     17,023       17,152  

Additional paid-in capital (Notes 9 and 12)

     202,862       203,631  

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

     (629 )     (1,431 )

Retained earnings

     48,188       95,217  
    


 


Total stockholders’ equity

     267,444       314,569  
    


 


Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 694,545     $ 825,507  
    


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars – except per share data)

 

     2001

    2002

    2003

 

REVENUES:

                        

Revenue from vessels (Note 1)

   $ 125,029     $ 130,004     $ 241,365  

Commissions (Note 3(b))

     (6,379 )     (6,364 )     (11,296 )
    


 


 


Revenue from vessels, net

     118,650       123,640       230,069  
    


 


 


EXPENSES:

                        

Voyage expenses

     21,436       32,838       61,297  

Vessel operating expenses (Notes 3(b), 3(c) and 14)

     28,695       32,347       49,949  

Depreciation (Note 6)

     21,250       24,429       32,877  

Impairment loss (Notes 6 and 7)

     —         10,781       —    

Amortization of deferred charges (Note 7)

     5,119       4,315       7,835  

Provision for doubtful receivables

     —         —         700  

Management fees (Note 3(a))

     3,132       3,239       4,470  

Compensation costs (Note 9)

     258       —         —    

General and administrative expenses (Note 3(e))

     792       1,261       2,415  
    


 


 


Operating income

     37,968       14,430       70,525  
    


 


 


OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES):

                        

Interest and finance costs, net (Notes 8 and 11)

     (14,542 )     (11,385 )     (12,372 )

Interest Income

     1,214       736       387  

Foreign currency losses

     (24 )     (84 )     (389 )

Share of profits of joint venture (Note 2(l))

     —         197       602  

Amortization of deferred gain on sale of vessels (Note 10)

     —         —         541  

Other, net

     —         —         (242 )
    


 


 


Total other income (expenses), net

     (13,352 )     (10,536 )     (11,473 )
    


 


 


Net income

   $ 24,616     $ 3,894     $ 59,052  
    


 


 


Earnings per share, basic (Note 13)

   $ 2.56     $ 0.25     $ 3.45  
    


 


 


Earnings per share, diluted (Notes 9 and 13)

   $ 2.54     $ 0.25     $ 3.44  
    


 


 


Weighted average number of shares, basic

     9,634,323       15,717,065       17,134,347  
    


 


 


Weighted average number of shares, diluted

     9,705,381       15,854,904       17,187,859  
    


 


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars – except per share data)

 

     Comprehensive
Income(Loss)


    Common
Stock


    Additional
Paid-in
Capital


    Retained
Earnings


    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income/(Loss)


   

Total
Stock-
Holders’

Equity


 

BALANCE, January 1, 2001

           $ 9,659     $ 108,693     $ 28,220     $ —       $ 146,572  

Net income

     24,616                       24,616               24,616  

– Issuance of Stock Options

                     258                       258  

– Repurchase and cancellation of common stock (30,000 shares)

             (30 )     (348 )                     (378 )

Comprehensive income

   $ 24,616                                          
    


 


 


 


 


 


BALANCE, December 31, 2001

           $ 9,629     $ 108,603     $ 52,836     $ —       $ 171,068  
            


 


 


 


 


Net income

     3,894                       3,894               3,894  

– Issuance of common stock

             7,350       102,900                       110,250  

– Expenses related to the issuance of common stock

                     (9,868 )                     (9,868 )

– Issuance of common stock on acquisition of shares in LauriTen Ltd. (Note 2(l))

             217       3,033                       3,250  

– Repurchase and cancellation of common stock (172,800 shares)

             (173 )     (1,806 )                     (1,979 )

– Cash dividends declared and paid ($0.50 per share)

                             (8,542 )             (8,542 )

– Fair value of financial instruments

     (629 )                             (629 )     (629 )
    


                                       

Comprehensive income

   $ 3,265                                          
    


 


 


 


 


 


BALANCE, December 31, 2002

           $ 17,023     $ 202,862     $ 48,188     $ (629 )   $ 267,444  
            


 


 


 


 


Net income

     59,052                       59,052               59,052  

– Exercise of stock options (Note 9)

             269       2,421                       2,690  

– Repurchase and cancellation of common stock (140,100 shares)

             (140 )     (1,652 )                     (1,792 )

– Cash dividends declared and paid ($0.70 per share)

                             (12,023 )             (12,023 )

– Fair value of financial instruments

     (802 )                             (802 )     (802 )
    


                                       

Comprehensive income

   $ 58,250                                          
    


 


 


 


 


 


BALANCE, December 31, 2003

           $ 17,152     $ 203,631     $ 95,217     $ (1,431 )   $ 314,569  
            


 


 


 


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars)

 

     2001

    2002

    2003

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

                        

Net income

   $ 24,616     $ 3,894     $ 59,052  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                        

Depreciation

     21,250       24,429       32,877  

Impairment loss

     —         10,781       —    

Amortization of deferred costs

     5,119       4,315       7,835  

Amortization of loan fees

     286       286       686  

Amortization of deferred income

     (838 )     (838 )     (1,379 )

Change in fair value of interest rate swaps

     3,387       3,822       (3,543 )

Share of profits in joint venture

     —         (197 )     (602 )

Stock options granted

     258       —         —    

Payments for dry-docking

     (2,763 )     (8,265 )     (15,114 )

(Increase) Decrease in:

                        

Receivables

     (3,173 )     (12,589 )     (1,052 )

Inventories

     (97 )     (1,847 )     (106 )

Prepayments and other

     (587 )     153       78  

Increase (Decrease) in:

                        

Accounts payable

     (2,636 )     7,185       3,572  

Accrued liabilities

     (976 )     1,412       272  

Unearned revenue

     (392 )     204       1,608  
    


 


 


Net Cash from Operating Activities

     43,454       32,745       84,184  
    


 


 


Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

                        

Advance for vessels under construction

     (18,653 )     (39,771 )     (32,096 )

Vessel acquisitions and/or improvements

     (169 )     (210,898 )     (186,775 )

Payments for investments in joint venture

     —         (7,130 )     (36 )

Return of investment in joint venture

     —         —         11,216  

Proceeds from sale of vessels

     —         —         108,854  

Restricted cash for performance guarantee

     (287 )     815       7,000  
    


 


 


Net Cash used in Investing Activities

     (19,109 )     (256,984 )     (91,837 )
    


 


 


Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

                        

Proceeds from long-term debt

     —         185,371       159,910  

Financing costs

     —         (716 )     (751 )

Payments of long-term debt

     (20,463 )     (43,877 )     (93,242 )

Proceeds from public offering, net of related issuance costs

     —         100,382       —    

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     —         —         2,690  

Cash dividend

     —         (8,542 )     (12,023 )

Repurchase and cancellation of common stock

     (378 )     (1,979 )     (1,792 )
    


 


 


Net Cash from (used in) Financing Activities

     (20,841 )     230,639       54,792  
    


 


 


Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     3,504       6,400       47,139  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     29,770       33,274       39,674  
    


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 33,274     $ 39,674     $ 86,813  
    


 


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands of United States Dollars)

 

1. Basis of Presentation and General Information

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED (the “Holding Company”) and its wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”). The Company owns and operates a fleet of crude and product oil carriers providing worldwide marine transportation services under long, medium or short-term charters. The Holding Company was formed in July 1993, under the laws of Bermuda and under the name of Maritime Investment Fund Limited. In December 1993, following a public offering of common shares conducted outside the United States, the Company raised $ 35,000, which was used for the acquisition of the Company’s initial fleet.

 

In 1996, the Holding Company was renamed MIF LIMITED and in December 1996, a second offering of common shares was completed, through which an additional amount of $ 71,000 was raised for the expansion of the Company’s fleet. The Holding Company was renamed Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited in 2001 and in March 2002, the Company raised a further $ 110,000 following an initial public offering on the New York Stock Exchange under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Holding Company’s shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the Oslo Børs and the Bermuda Stock Exchange.

 

The Holding Company is the sole owner of all outstanding shares of the companies listed below:

 

  (a) Ship-owning companies with vessels in operation:

 

Company


  

Country of
Incorporation


  

Date of Incorporation


  

Vessel Name


   Dwt

   Year
Built


VLCC                         

Oak Shipping Co Ltd.

   Liberia    October 10, 1997    Millennium    301,171    1998
Suezmax                         

Romeo Shipping Company Limited

   Liberia    November 4, 1999    Silia T    164,286    2002

Figaro Shipping Company Limited

   Liberia    November 4, 1999    Triathlon    164,445    2002
Aframax                         

Soumelia Marine Co Ltd.

   Cyprus    February 12, 1996    Panos G.    86,983    1981

Dimena Shipping Co Ltd.

   Cyprus    August 3, 1993    Tamyra    86,843    1983

Grevia Marine Co Ltd.

   Cyprus    October 10, 1996    Vergina II    96,709    1991

Noble Shipping Enterprises Inc.

   Liberia    April 15, 1997    Toula Z.    107,222    1997

Seaport Shipping Corp.

   Liberia    August 22, 1997    Athens 2004    107,181    1998

Kingsbridge Shipping Co Ltd.

   Liberia    October 10, 1997    Maria Tsakos    107,181    1998

Azimuth Shipping Company Ltd.

   Liberia    August 23, 2000    Opal Queen    107,181    2001

Bosphorus Shipping Co Ltd.

   Liberia    August 23, 2000    Marathon    107,181    2003

Oceana Shipping Company Ltd.

   Liberia    March 1, 2002    Parthenon    107,018    2003
Panamax                         

Malgara Marine Co Ltd.

   Cyprus    October 10, 1996    Liberty    61,375    1981

Horizana Shipping Co Ltd.

   Malta    March 11, 1994    Bregen    68,157    1989

Fortitude Shipping Co Ltd.

   Malta    January 21, 1994    Hesnes    68,157    1990

Klera Navigation Co Ltd.

   Cyprus    October 10, 1996    Victory III    68,160    1990

Magnum Faith S.A.

   Panama    January 7, 1998    Inca    68,439    2003

Status Fame S.A.

   Panama    May 24, 2001    Maya    68,439    2003

Sea Mayfair S.A.

   Panama    June 13, 2001    Aztec    68,439    2003

Ergo Glory S.A.

   Panama    July 16, 2001    Andes    68,439    2003
Handymax product carrier                         

Divino Maritime Co Ltd.

   Cyprus    December 3, 1997    Dion    40,302    1984

Estoril Maritime Co Ltd.

   Cyprus    December 3, 1997    Pella    40,231    1985

Jersey Shipping Co Ltd.

   Liberia    April 23, 1999    Libra    41,161    1988

Annapolis Shipping Co Ltd.

   Liberia    April 23, 1999    Crux    41,161    1987
                   
    
                    2,245,861     
                   
    

 

F-8


Table of Contents

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands of United States Dollars)

 

1. Basis of Presentation and General Information (continued)

 

  (b) Companies with chartered-in vessels:

 

Essex Shipping Co. Ltd. was formed under the laws of Liberia on April 23, 1999 and became the charterer of the 1999 built Olympia , a double-hull Aframax (dwt 107,181) after her sale by West Point Shipping Co. Ltd. (a subsidiary of the Holding Company), as further described in Note 10.

 

Juliet Shipping Company Limited and Rigoletto Shipping Company Limited were formed under the laws of Liberia on November 4, 1999 and were the former owners of the double-hull 2002 built Suezmax vessels Decathlon (dwt 164,274) and Pentathlon (dwt 164,235) respectively. The vessels were sold during 2003 and chartered-back by the former owners for a minimum period of five years as further described in Note 10. The vessels have been re-named by the new owners Cape Baker and Cape Balboa respectively.

 

  (c) Ship-owning companies with vessels under construction:

 

Company


  

Country of

Incorporation


  

Date of

Incorporation


  

Vessel

Name


   Dwt

               Handysize     

Mediterranean Fame S.A.

   Panama    July 5, 2002    Delos (Hull 228)    37,000

World Excellence S.A.

   Panama    January 4, 2003    Dodoni (Hull 337)    37,000

Oceanic Glory S.A.

   Panama    January 3, 2003    Dionisos (Hull 339)    37,000
               Suezmax     

Apollo Glory S.A.

   Panama    February 26, 2003    Promitheas (Hull 1617)    164,000

Apollo Excellence S.A.

   Panama    February 26, 2003    Proteas (Hull 1618)    164,000

Activity Excellence S.A.

   Panama    May 22, 2003    Orfeas (Hull 1619)    164,000

Worldwide Overseas S.A.

   Panama    July 2, 2003    Aegeas (Hull 1620)    164,000
                   
                    767,000
                   

 

The expected delivery dates of the above new buildings are within 2004, 2005 and 2006.

 

  (d) Ship-owning companies with discontinued operations:

 

Company


   Country of
Incorporation


   Date of
Incorporation


Koroni Shipping Co Ltd.

   Liberia    August 25, 1993

Kavalla Shipping Co Ltd.

   Liberia    August 25, 1993

Capias Pte Ltd.

   Singapore    December 6, 1994

Meandros Shipping Co Ltd.

   Cyprus    July 8, 1993

West Point Shipping Co. Ltd.

   Liberia    January 4, 1996

Bordeaux Shipping Company Ltd.

   Liberia    March 1, 2002

 

F-9


Table of Contents

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands of United States Dollars)

 

1. Basis of Presentation and General Information (continued)

 

  (e) Maritime Investment Finance Ltd. (“Maritime Investment”): Maritime Investment was formed under the laws of Liberia on August 25, 1993. The company was formed to secure funds to be used to acquire vessels.

 

At December 31, 2003, of the vessels in operation (including the three chartered-in vessels), thirteen were flying the Greek flag, seven the Cypriot flag, two the Maltese flag, two the Panamanian flag, two the Marshall Islands flag and one the Venezuelan flag.

 

Gross revenues for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, included revenues derived from charter agreements with significant charterers, as follows (in percentages of total gross revenues):

 

Charterer


   2001

    2002

    2003

 

A

   15 %   10 %   Under 10 %

B

   28 %   24 %   17 %

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies

 

  (a) Principles of Consolidation: The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“US GAAP”) and include the accounts of the Holding Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries referred to in Note 1 above. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation. The consolidation was based on common ownership and identical activities. Certain minor reclassifications have been made to the 2002 prior year consolidated financial statements to conform to the presentation in the 2003 consolidated financial statements. Amounts due to related companies, previously reported under “Accounts payable – Trade or Accounts payable – Other”, are now separately reflected in the accompanying balance sheet.

 

  (b) Use of Estimates: The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

  (c) Foreign Currency Translation: The functional currency of the Company is the U.S. Dollar because the Company’s vessels operate in international shipping markets, which utilize the U.S. Dollar as the functional currency. The accounting books of the Holding Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries are maintained in U.S. Dollars. Transactions involving other currencies during the year are converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the time of the transactions. At the balance sheet dates, monetary assets and liabilities, which are denominated in other currencies, are translated to reflect the current exchange rates. Resulting gains or losses are separately reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands of United States Dollars)

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

  (d) Cash and Cash Equivalents: The Company considers highly liquid investments such as time deposits and certificates of deposit with original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

 

  (e) Receivables – Trade Accounts Receivable: The amount shown as Receivables – Trade accounts receivable, net at each balance sheet date, includes estimated recoveries from charterers for hire, freight and demurrage billings, net of allowance for doubtful accounts ($ 183 and $ 700 as of December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively).

 

  (f) Accounts Payable – Trade: The amount shown as Accounts Payable – Trade at each balance sheet date includes payables to suppliers of dry-docking services, port services, bunkers, insurance and other goods and services payable directly by the Company.

 

  (g) Insurance Claims: Insurance claims consist of claims submitted and/or claims in the process of compilation or submission (claims pending). They are recorded on the accrual basis and represent the estimated claimable expenses, net of deductibles, incurred through December 31 of each year, which are expected to be recovered from insurance companies. The classification of insurance claims into current and non-current assets is based on management expectations as to their collection dates.

 

  (h) Inventories: Inventories consist of bunkers, lubricants, victualling and stores and are stated at the lower of cost or market value. The cost is determined by the first-in, first-out method, except for stores, the cost of which is determined based on last invoice cost.

 

  (i) Vessels’ Cost: Vessels are stated at cost, which consists of the contract price and any material expenses incurred upon acquisition (initial repairs, improvements and delivery expenses, interest and on-site supervision costs incurred during the construction periods). Subsequent expenditures for conversions and major improvements are also capitalized when they appreciably extend the life, increase the earning capacity or improve the efficiency or safety of the vessels, otherwise are charged to expenses as incurred.

 

  (j) Impairment of Long-lived Assets: The Company adopted SFAS 144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets” in 2002, which addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long lived assets. The standard requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles held and used or disposed of by an entity be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. An impairment loss for an asset held for use should be recognized when the estimate of undiscounted cash flows, excluding interest charges, expected to be generated by the use of the asset is less than its carrying amount. Measurement of the impairment loss is based on the fair value of the asset as provided by third parties. In this respect, management regularly reviews the carrying amount of the vessels in connection with the estimated recoverable amount for each of the Company’s vessels. The review of the carrying amount in connection with the estimated recoverable amount for each of the Company’s vessels, as of December 31, 2003 indicated that no impairment loss is required.

 

  (k) Vessels’ Depreciation: The cost of each of the Company’s vessels is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the vessels’ remaining economic useful life, after considering the estimated residual value (U.S. Dollars 180 per Lwt). Management estimates the useful life of each of the Company’s vessels to

 

F-11


Table of Contents

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands of United States Dollars)

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

be 25 years, consistent with industry practice and taking into account new international maritime regulations concerning the early phase out of non-double hull vessels.

 

  (l) Investment in Joint Venture: In 2002, the Company acquired a 50% participating interest in a joint venture company (LauriTen Ltd.), which owned four separate companies each of which owned a small LPG carrier. The joint venture was accounted for using the equity method whereby the investment was carried at the Company’s original cost plus its share of undistributed earnings. The investment shown in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2002 comprised a cash payment of $ 6,820, issuance of common stock of $ 3,250 (216,666 shares at $ 15.00 each – amount in U.S. Dollars), plus acquisition costs and the Company’s share of 2002 profits of the joint venture. A decision was taken in August 2003 not to extend the joint venture agreement and consequently, in accordance with the original agreement, the joint venture expired on August 31, 2003. The partner who acquired the Company’s share of the joint venture returned the Company’s initial cash investment in the joint venture together with the Company’s proportionate share of the joint venture’s cumulative net income. Furthermore, the partner retained 100% of the Company’s shares originally contributed to the joint venture in exchange for cash consideration of $ 3,250 plus interest and a commitment from the Company to reimburse the former partner any realized loss in the event of a sale of those shares before December 31, 2004 at a price below $ 15.00 (amount in U.S. Dollars). The share price at December 31, 2003 was $ 18.45 (amount in U.S. Dollars) and the former partner sold 50% of the shares in March 2004 at a price in excess of the year- end price. Should the Company’s share price fall below $ 15.00 (amount in U.S. Dollars) prior to December 31, 2004, the Company will recognize a charge and corresponding liability on the remaining shares held by the former partner based on the difference between the actual share price and the $ 15.00 (amount in U.S. Dollars) guaranteed price. However, it is not reasonably possible to estimate the likelihood of this occurrence. The Company has not provided a share price guarantee to the former partner beyond December 31, 2004.

 

  (m) Accounting for Special Survey and Dry-docking Costs: The Company follows the deferral method of accounting for special survey and dry-docking costs whereby actual costs incurred are deferred and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the period through the date the next special survey becomes due.

 

  (n) Loan Fees: Fees incurred for obtaining new loans or refinancing existing loans are capitalized and included in deferred charges and amortized over the term of the respective loan, using the effective interest rate method. Any unamortized balance of costs relating to loans repaid or refinanced is expensed in the period the repayment or refinancing is made.

 

  (o) Accounting for P&I Back Calls: The vessels’ Protection and Indemnity (P&I) Club insurance is subject to additional premiums referred to as back calls or supplemental calls. Provision has been made for such estimated future calls, which is included in Accrued Liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

  (p) Pension and Retirement Benefit Obligations - Crew: The crews on board the Company’s vessels serve under short-term contracts (usually up to nine months) and accordingly, the Company is not liable for any pension or post retirement benefits.

 

  (q) Accounting for Revenue and Expenses : Revenues are generated from freight billings and time charters. Time charter revenues are recorded over the term of the charter as service is provided. Under a voyage charter the revenues and associated voyage costs are recognized on a pro-rata basis over the duration of the voyage. The operating results of voyages in progress at a reporting date are estimated

 

F-12


Table of Contents

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands of United States Dollars)

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

and recognized pro-rata on a per day basis. Probable losses on voyages are provided for in full at the time such losses can be estimated. Vessel operating expenses are accounted for on an accrual basis. Unearned revenue represents cash received prior to the year end and is related to revenue applicable to periods after December 31 of each year. The operating revenues and voyage expenses of vessels operating under a tanker pool are pooled and net operating revenues, calculated on a time charter equivalent basis, are allocated to the pool participants according to an agreed formula.

 

  (r) Repairs and Maintenance: All repair and maintenance expenses including major overhauling and underwater inspection expenses are charged against income in the year incurred. Such costs, which are included in vessel operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income, amounted to $ 6,056, $ 3,862, and $ 6,046 in the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively.

 

  (s) Earnings per Share: Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised.

 

  (t) Segment Reporting: The Company reports financial information and evaluates its operations by charter revenues and not by the length of ship employment for its customers, i.e., spot or time charters. The Company does not have discrete financial information to evaluate the operating results for each such type of charter. Although revenue can be identified for these types of charters, management cannot and does not identify expenses, profitability or other financial information for these charters. As a result, management, including the chief operating decision makers, reviews operating results solely by revenue per day and operating results of the fleet and thus the Company has determined that it operates under one reportable segment.

 

  (u) Interest Rate Swap Agreements: The Company regularly enters into interest rate swap contracts to manage its exposure to fluctuations of interest rates associated with its specific borrowings. Interest rate differentials paid or received under these swap agreements are recognized as part of interest expense related to the hedged debt. Amounts receivable or payable arising on the termination of interest rate swap agreements qualifying as hedging instruments are deferred and amortized over the shorter of the life of the hedged debt or the hedging instrument. During 2000 and 2001, the Company entered into interest rate swap agreements that did not qualify for hedge accounting. As such, the fair value of these agreements and changes therein are recognized in the consolidated balance sheets and statements of income respectively. During 2002 and 2003, the Company entered into interest rate swap agreements that did qualify for hedge accounting. Accordingly, the fair value of these swap agreements and changes therein are recognized in the consolidated balance sheets and other comprehensive income/(loss).

 

The off-balance sheet risk in outstanding swap agreements involves both the risk of a counterparty not performing under the terms of the contract and the risk associated with changes in fair value. The Company monitors its positions, the credit ratings of counterparties and the level of contracts it enters into with any one party. The counterparties to these contracts are major financial institutions. The Company has a policy of entering into contracts with parties that meet stringent qualifications and, given the high level of credit quality of its derivative counter parties, the Company does not believe it is necessary to obtain collateral arrangements.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands of United States Dollars)

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Interest rate swap transactions opened and closed during 2001 were not for hedging purposes and, therefore, related gains on termination have been included in the consolidated income statements under Interest and finance costs, net. No interest swap transactions were entered into and terminated within 2002 or 2003. (See also Notes 10, 11 and 16 for other disclosures related to derivative instruments).

 

  (v) Accounting for Leases: Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. Lease payments under an operating lease are recognized as an expense over the lease term.

 

  (w) Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation: In 1998, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a Stock Option Plan providing for granting of stock options to directors and officers of the Company as well as to employees of the affiliated companies discussed in Note 3. The plan contains performance requirements and the options granted are accounted for in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123 and EITF 96-18 using the fair value method wherein costs equivalent to the value of such options are recognized over the performance (vesting) period. The Company uses the fair value method to account for stock based compensation (See note 9).

 

  (x) Other Recent Accounting Pronouncements: In 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (“FIN 46”). FIN 46 provides guidance on the identification of entities for which control is achieved through means other than through voting rights (“variable interest entities”) and how to determine when and which business enterprise (the “primary beneficiary”) should consolidate the variable interest entity. This new model for consolidation applies to an entity in which either (i) the equity investors (if any) do not have a controlling financial interest; or (ii) the equity investment at risk is insufficient to finance the entity’s activities without receiving additional subordinated financial support from other parties. In addition, FIN 46 requires that the primary beneficiary, as well as all other enterprises with a significant variable interest in a variable interest entity, makes additional disclosures. The effective dates and impact of FIN 46 and its revision FIN 46-R, are as follows:

 

  1. Special purpose entities (“SPE’s”) created prior to February 1, 2003 – application of FIN 46 or early adoption of FIN 46-R at the end of the first interim or annual reporting period after December 15, 2003.

 

  2. Non-SPE’s created prior to February 1, 2003 – adoption of FIN 46-R at the end of the first interim or annual reporting period after December 15, 2003.

 

  3. All entities, regardless of whether an SPE, that were created subsequent to January 31, 2003. The provisions of FIN 46 were applicable for variable interests in entities obtained after January 31, 2003. Adoption of FIN 46-R is required at the end of the first interim or annual reporting period ending after March 15, 2004.

 

The adoptions of the provisions applicable to SPE’s and all other variable interests obtained after January 31, 2003 did not have an impact on the Company’s financial statements. The company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting FIN 46-R applicable to non-SPE’s created prior to February 1, 2003, but does not expect any impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands of United States Dollars)

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” . Statement 149 amends and clarifies accounting for derivative instruments, including certain instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities under Statement 133. In particular, the Statement provides clarification regarding the meaning of an “underlying” and the characteristics of a derivative that contains financing components. It also clarifies under what circumstances a contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristic of a derivative as discussed in Statement 133 and when a derivative contains a financing component that warrants special reporting in the statement of cash flows. The Company has adopted the provisions of SFAS 149 effective October 1, 2003, which did not have an effect on the Company’s financial statements.

 

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS 150, “ Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with the Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity” . Statement 150 affects how an issuer should account for certain types of freestanding financial instruments which have the characteristics of both equity and liabilities and what disclosures are required for the classification, measurement and settlement of such financial instruments. The Statement is effective for all financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The Company has adopted the provisions of SFAS 150 effective October 1, 2003, which did not have an effect on the Company’s financial statements.

 

3. Transactions with Related Parties

 

  (a) Tsakos Energy Management S.A. Formerly known as Absolute Navigation Limited (“Absolute”): The Company has a Management Agreement (“Management Agreement”) with Tsakos Energy Management, a Liberian corporation, to provide overall executive and commercial management of its affairs for a monthly fee of $ 15 per vessel ($ 15 in 2002 and $ 16.5 in 2001). The Company and Tsakos Energy Management have certain common officers and directors. The president, chief executive officer and a director of the Company is also the sole stockholder of Tsakos Energy Management. Tsakos Energy Management may terminate its management agreement with the Company at any time upon one year’s notice. In addition, if even one director was elected to the Company’s Board of Directors, without having been recommended by the existing board, Tsakos Energy Management would have the right to terminate the management agreement on ten days’ notice. If Tsakos Energy Management terminates the agreement for this reason, the Company would be obligated to pay Tsakos Energy Management the present discounted value of all payments that would have otherwise become due under the management agreement until December 2006, a payment of approximately $ 12,500 as of December 31, 2003, ($ 12,500 as of December 31, 2002).

 

 

Under the terms of the Management Agreement, management fees for operating vessels for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 amounted to $3,132, $ 3,239 and $ 4,470, respectively and are separately reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. Also under the terms of the Management Agreement, Tsakos Energy Management provides supervisory services for the construction of its vessels for a monthly fee of $ 15 ($ 15 in 2002 and $ 16.5 in 2001). These fees amounted to $ 1,146, $ 1,337 and $ 1,129 during the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. These fees are either accounted for as part of construction costs for delivered vessels or are included in Advances for Vessels under Construction (Note 5). The amount due to Tsakos Energy Management by the Company as of December 31, 2003 amounted to $ 242 ($ (4) in 2002) and is included in “Accounts payable – Due to related companies (Receivables – Due from related companies in 2002)” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands of United States Dollars)

 

3. Transactions with Related Parties (continued)

 

  (b) Tsakos Shipping and Trading S.A. (“Tsakos”): Tsakos Energy Management has appointed Tsakos to provide technical management to the Company’s vessels. Certain members and directors of Tsakos and of Tsakos Energy Management are family-related individuals. Certain directors of Tsakos are also shareholders of the Company. According to the technical management contract between Tsakos and Tsakos Energy Management, the Company has an obligation to pay all estimated monthly operating requirements of its fleet in advance. These advances amounted to $ 3,820 and $ 3,836 at December 31, 2002 and 2003 and are reported as amounts due from related company in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

Tsakos Energy Management, at its own expense, pays technical management fees to Tsakos, and the Company bears and pays directly to Tsakos most operating expenses, including repairs and maintenance, provisioning and crewing of the Company’s vessels. Such expenses also include reimbursement of travel and subsistence costs of Tsakos personnel sent overseas to supervise repairs and perform inspections on Company vessels. Amounts for operating expenses are paid in advance and amounted to $ 24,300, $ 29,850 and $ 45,920 in the aggregate during the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. These expenses are included in vessel operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

 

Furthermore, Tsakos provides chartering services for the Company’s vessels by communicating with third party brokers to solicit, research and propose charters for the Company. For this service, the Company pays to Tsakos a chartering commission of approximately 1.25% on all freights, hires and demurrages. Such commissions for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 totalled, $ 1,563, $ 1,608 and $ 3,627, respectively, and are included in Commissions in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. Commissions due to Tsakos by the Company amounted to $ 137 and $ 472 at December 31, 2002 and 2003 and are included in Accounts payable – Due to related companies in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

On January 21, 2002, the Company finalized separate option agreements, exercised on January 31, 2002, to acquire five newbuildings and one vessel delivered by the shipyard in 2001, through the acquisition of shares of ship-owning companies that have management agreements with Tsakos and are considered affiliated with the Tsakos Group. The total acquisition price for the six vessels was $ 234,750, representing the market value of the vessels at the time of the agreement. Of this total, an amount of $ 39,543 was payable directly to Tsakos, representing the reimbursement of the aggregate construction progress payments already paid by Tsakos, plus the difference between the original contract prices and the agreed market values.

 

  (c) Argosy Insurance Company Limited (“Argosy”): The Company places its hull and machinery insurance, increased value insurance and war risk insurance through Argosy, a captive insurance company affiliated with Tsakos. In the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, the Company was charged by Argosy with insurance premiums of $ 1,691, $ 1,995 and $ 2,519, respectively, which are included in Vessels’ operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. Insurance premiums payable to Argosy at December 31, 2002 and 2003 amounted to $ 1,656 and $ 2,482, respectively and are included in Accounts payable – Due to related companies in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

  (d) AirMania Travel S.A. (“AirMania”): Since June 2000, the Company uses an affiliated company, AirMania, for travel services. Travelling expenses for the years 2001, 2002 and 2003 amounted to $ 341, $ 723 and $ 975, respectively and are included in Vessel operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. Amounts payable to Air Mania at December 31, 2002 and 2003 were $ 591 and $ 130, respectively and are included in “Accounts payable – Due to related companies” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands of United States Dollars)

 

3. Transactions with Related Parties (continued)

 

  (e) Board of Directors’ and Officers’ Fees: During the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, the Company paid Board of Directors’ and Officers’ fees of $ 180, $ 180 and $ 240 respectively. Such fees are included in General and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

 

  (f) Tsakos Holdings Foundation and Tsakos Group: Companies controlled by the Tsakos Holdings Foundation beneficially own approximately 26.2% (unaudited) of the common shares as of February 24, 2004 and, therefore, have the power to influence the election of the members of the Board of Directors and the vote on substantially all other matters, including significant corporate actions.

 

4. Inventories

 

     2002

   2003

Bunkers

   2,398    2,054

Lubricants

   535    655

Other

   342    672
    
  
     3,275    3,381
    
  

 

5. Advances for Vessels under Construction and Acquisitions

 

The amount shown in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003, includes payments to sellers of vessels or, in the case of contracted vessels, the shipyards, supervision services and capitalized interest cost, in accordance with the accounting policy discussed in Note 2(i), as analyzed below:

 

     2002

   2003

Advance payments on signing of contracts

   25,271    28,267

Additional pre-delivery payments

   13,735    3,873

Construction supervision fees

   1,436    754

Capitalized interest

   1,521    385

Other

   —      141
    
  
     41,963    33,420
    
  

 

F-17


Table of Contents

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands of United States Dollars)

 

Six new vessels, all constructed at Imabari yards in Japan, were delivered to those subsidiaries of the Holding Company disclosed in note 1 (a) during 2003:

 

Vessel

Name


   Total
Cost


    

Date of

Delivery


Aframax

           

Marathon

   40,874      January 22, 2003

Parthenon

   38,190      July 23, 2003

Panamax

           

Maya

   36,713      January 24, 2003

Inca

   36,654      March 20, 2003

Aztec

   36,962      May 29, 2003

Andes

   36,825      September 12, 2003
    
      

Total Cost

   226,218       
    
      

 

Total predelivery costs included in the above amounts were $ 2,192, $ 38,446 and $ 8,110, incurred in 2001, 2002 and 2003 respectively.

 

As at December 31, 2003 subsidiaries of the Holding Company, as disclosed in Note 1 (c), had under construction three handysize product carriers at the Hyundai MIPO shipyard of South Korea and four suezmaxes at the Samho (Hyundai) shipyard of South Korea.

 

The total contracted amount for the seven vessels under construction is $ 269,905. Remaining scheduled payments are $ 65,727 in 2004, $ 109,838 in 2005 and $ 67,352 in 2006. It is expected that long term bank loans will be obtained for the financing of the major part of these payments.

 

6. Vessels

 

     Vessel
Cost


    Accumulated
Depreciation


   

Net Book

Value


 

December 31, 2000

   453,435     (86,891 )   366,544  

Additions

   169     —       169  

Depreciation for the year

   —       (21,250 )   (21,250 )
    

 

 

December 31, 2001

   453,604     (108,141 )   345,463  

Additions

   210,898     —       210,898  

Transfer from vessels under construction

   30,816     —       30,816  

Depreciation for the year

   —       (24,429 )   (24,429 )

Elimination of accumulated depreciation due to impairment

   (15,261 )   15,261     —    

Impairment adjustment

   (9,605 )   —       (9,605 )
    

 

 

December 31, 2002

   670,452     (117,309 )   553,143  

Additions

   186,775           186,775  

Transfer from vessels under construction

   40,639     —       40,639  

Disposals

   (96,996 )   3,978     (93,018 )

Depreciation for the year

   —       (32,877 )   (32,877 )
    

 

 

December 31, 2003

   800,870     (146,208 )   654,662  
    

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands of United States Dollars)

 

6. Vessels (continued)

 

In December 2003, the Company entered into a contract to acquire the vessel M/T Maersk Estelle , a 299,700 dwt double-hull VLCC built in January 1994, for an amount of $ 51,500. An amount of $ 5,150 was paid as an advance and is included in advances shown above (Note 5). The balance of $ 46,350 was paid on delivery on January 28, 2004. The vessel was renamed La Madrina on delivery.

 

In 2002, the Company determined that the carrying values of the older single-hull vessels, Panos G and Liberty were impaired. Consequently, the total carrying values of these vessels (net book value $ 15,995) were written down to $ 6,390, which together with the balance of deferred charges relating to dry-docking and special surveys cost of $ 3,361, was the fair market value of the vessels as determined by independent marine valuers. An additional amount of impairment loss of $ 1,176 was charged to deferred dry-docking and survey cost so that the vessels’ cost would not be less than scrap value (Note 7).

 

Cost of vessels at December 31, 2002 and 2003 includes $ 19,963 and $ 23,512 respectively, of amounts capitalized in accordance with the accounting policy discussed in Note 2(i) above.

 

Additions to cost include capitalized interest of $ 3,785 and $ 1,975 for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 respectively.

 

All the vessels operate under short-term or long-term time-charters, voyage charters, contracts of affreightment or within a pool arrangement, with the exception of the Millennium which, since her acquisition in 1998, has operated under a bareboat charter for a fifteen-year period ending September 2013. The charterparty provides that the charterer shall, at its own expense, operate (i.e. manning, victual, repair and insure) the vessel. At any time during the bareboat period, the Company may sell the vessel, upon charterer’s consent, at specified amounts and will pay the charterer the 50% of any excess of these amounts.

 

7. Deferred Charges

 

     Dry-docking and
Special Survey


    Loan Fees

    Total

 

December 31, 2000

   11,246     1,302     12,548  

Additions

   2,763     —       2,763  

Amortization

   (5,119 )   (286 )   (5,405 )
    

 

 

December 31, 2001

   8,890     1,016     9,906  

Additions

   8,265     716     8,981  

Amortization

   (4,315 )   (286 )   (4,601 )

Impairment adjustment (Note 6)

   (1,176 )   —       (1,176 )
    

 

 

December 31, 2002

   11,664     1,446     13,110  

Additions

   15,114     751     15,865  

Amortization

   (7,835 )   (686 )   (8,521 )
    

 

 

December 31, 2003

   18,943     1,511     20,454  
    

 

 

 

Amortization for dry-docking and survey costs is separately reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of income, while amortization of loan fees is included in interest and finance costs, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands of United States Dollars)

 

8. Long-term Debt

 

Borrower


   2002

    2003

 

(a) Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited

   174,394     154,016  

(b) Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited

   48,093     44,881  

(c) Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited

   29,625     27,875  

(d) Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited

   32,200     30,410  

(e) Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited

   101,640     65,700  

(f) Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited

   —       53,000  

(g) Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited

   —       25,188  

(h) Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited

   —       25,550  

(i) Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited

   —       26,000  
    

 

Total

   385,952     452,620  

Less-current portion

   (30,211 )   (41,602 )
    

 

Long-term portion

   355,741     411,018  
    

 

 

  (a) Loan: Balance of U.S. Dollar reducing revolving credit facility obtained in June 1998 to refinance previously outstanding loans, to partially finance the construction cost of the Maria Tsakos , and for working capital purposes. The balance at December 31, 2003 is repayable in six variable semi-annual installments through December 2006 and a balloon payment of $ 83,331 payable together with the last installment. The interest rates, based on LIBOR plus a spread, at December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 were 3.46%, 2.39% and 2.31%, respectively.

 

  (b) Loan: Balance of U.S. Dollar reducing revolving credit facility obtained in March 1999 to refinance a previously outstanding loan and to partially finance the construction cost of the Olympia . The balance at December 31, 2003 is repayable in six variable semi-annual installments through July 2006 and a balloon payment of $ 33,840 payable in December 2006. The interest rates, based on LIBOR plus a spread, at December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 were 4.73 %, 2.92% and 2.47%, respectively.

 

  (c) Loan: Balance of U.S. Dollar bank loan obtained in May 2002 to partially finance the acquisition cost of the Opal Queen . The balance at December 31, 2003 is repayable in twenty-one equal semi-annual installments through May 2014 and a balloon payment of $ 9,500 payable together with the last installment. The interest rates, based on LIBOR plus a spread, at December 31, 2002 and 2003 were 3.83% and 2.44% respectively. The agreement provides an option to the borrower to convert the loan into Euro, Yen or Swiss Francs at the applicable spot rates of exchange.

 

  (d) Loan: Balance of U.S. Dollar bank loan obtained in June 2002 to partially finance the acquisition cost of the Silia T . The balance at December 31, 2003 is repayable in eighteen equal semi-annual installments through June 2012 and a balloon payment of $ 14,300 payable together with the last installment. The interest rates, based on LIBOR plus a spread, at December 31, 2002 and 2003 were 3.16% and 2.32% respectively.

 

  (e) Loan: Balance of U.S. Dollar reducing revolving credit facility obtained in four tranches between August 2002 and January 2003 to partially finance the acquisition costs of the Decathlon, Pentathlon, Triathlon and Marathon . On October 15, 2003, following the sale of the Decathlon, an amount of $ 22,590 was prepaid to the lending bank and on November 17, 2003, following the sale of the Pentathlon, an amount of $ 36,800 was prepaid to the bank. The balance remaining at December 31, 2003 is repayable in nineteen equal semi-annual installments through January 2013 and a balloon payment of $ 26,681 payable together with the last installment. The interest rates, based on LIBOR plus a spread, at December 31, 2002 and 2003 were 2.82% and 2.56% respectively.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands of United States Dollars)

 

8. Long Term Debt (continued)

 

  (f) Loan: Balance of U.S. Dollar bank loan obtained partly ($ 27,500) in January 2003 to partially finance the acquisition cost of the Maya and partly ($ 27,500) in March 2003 to partially finance the acquisition cost of the Inca . The balance at December 31, 2003 is repayable in nineteen equal semi-annual installments through July 2013 and a balloon payment of $ 15,000 payable together with the last installment. The interest rate, based on LIBOR plus a spread, at December 31, 2003 was on aggregate 2.72%.

 

  (g) Loan: Balance of U.S. Dollar bank loan (original amount $ 26,000) obtained in May 2003 to partially finance the acquisition cost of the Aztec . The balance at December 31, 2003 is repayable in nineteen equal semi-annual installments through May 2013 and a balloon payment of $ 9,750 payable together with the last installment. The interest rate, based upon LIBOR plus a spread, at December 31, 2003 was 2.10%.

 

  (h) Loan: Balance of U.S. Dollar bank loan (original amount $ 25,550) obtained in July 2003 to partially finance the acquisition cost of the Parthenon . The balance at December 31, 2003 is repayable in twenty equal semi-annual installments through July 2013 and a balloon payment of $ 10,050 payable together with the last installment. The interest rate, based upon LIBOR plus a spread, at December 31, 2003 was 2.34%.

 

  (i) Loan: Balance of U.S. Dollar bank loan (original amount $ 26,000) obtained in September 2003 to partially finance the acquisition cost of the Andes . The balance at December 31, 2003 is repayable in twenty equal semi-annual installments through September 2013 and a balloon payment of $ 11,500 payable together with the last installment. The interest rate, based upon LIBOR plus a spread, at December 31, 2003 was 2.45%.

 

The range of the average interest rates of the above executed loans was as follows:

 

Year ended December 31, 2001

   5.47% - 5.66%

Year ended December 31, 2002

   2.82% - 3.83%

Year ended, December 31, 2003

   2.12% - 2.95%

 

Bank loan interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002, and 2003 amounted to $ 12,659, $ 7,955 and $ 15,778, respectively, and is included in Interest and finance costs, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

 

The loans are secured as follows:

 

  First priority mortgages over the Tamyra , Dion , Pella , Libra , Crux , Bregen , Hesnes , Panos G. , Liberty , Vergina II , Victory III , Toula Z. , Athens 2004 , Maria Tsakos , Millennium, Opal Queen, Silia T, Triathlon, Maya, Marathon, Inca, Aztec, Parthenon and Andes.

 

  Assignments of earnings and insurance of the mortgaged vessels, and

 

  Corporate guarantees of the ship-owning companies.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands of United States Dollars)

 

8. Long Term Debt (continued)

 

The loan agreements include, among other covenants, covenants requiring the borrower to obtain the lenders’ prior consent in order to incur or issue any financial indebtedness, additional borrowings, pay dividends in an amount more than 50% of cumulative net income (as defined in the related agreements), pay stockholders’ loans, sell vessels and assets and change the beneficial ownership or management of the vessels. Also, the covenants require the borrower to maintain a minimum liquidity, a minimum hull value in connection with the vessels’ outstanding loans, insurance coverage of the vessels against all customary risks and maintenance of operating bank accounts with minimum balances.

 

The annual principal payments required to be made after December 31, 2003 are as follows:

 

Year


   Amount

2004

   41,601

2005

   43,468

2006

   162,644

2007

   16,272

2008 and thereafter

   188,635
    
     452,620
    

 

9. Stock Option Plan

 

The Company has adopted a Stock Option Plan authorizing the issuance of up to 450,000 options to purchase common shares (the “Plan”). Under the terms of the Plan, stock options granted vest 50% on the grant date and 25% on each of the first and second anniversary dates of the grant, in all instances, subject to achievement of certain performance criteria based on earnings per share. The options expire on the fifth anniversary of the date upon which the option was granted. Options may be granted to directors and officers of the Company or to other persons who are capable of influencing the development of the Company’s business. In August 2001, all outstanding stock options were vested and all Company performance conditions to the exercise of such options were removed by the Board of Directors. As a result, the Company recorded a charge to operations of $ 34, in the third quarter of 2001.

 

On July 17, 2001, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the issuance of 163,000 stock options with an exercise price of $ 12.00 per share (amount in U.S. Dollars) to the directors of the Company and persons employed by Tsakos and Tsakos Energy Management. The compensation expense recognized during 2001 relating to these options was $301, which was equal to the grant date fair value of these options, or $ 1.85 per share (amount in U.S. Dollars). Such options, which were fully vested and exercisable by August 22, 2001, were valued by application of the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model using the assumptions set forth below.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands of United States Dollars)

 

     2003

   2002

   2001

     Number of
Shares


    Weighted-
average
exercise
price


   Number
of Shares


   Weighted-
average
exercise
price


   Number
of Shares


    Weighted-
average
exercise
price


           U.S.$         U.S.$          U.S.$
Outstanding at beginning of year    450,000     10.72    450,000    10.72    298,000     10.00

Granted

   —       —      —      —      163,000     12.00

Exercised

   (269,000 )   10.00    —      —      —       —  

Forfeited

   —       —      —      —      (11,000 )   10.00
    

 
  
  
  

 

Outstanding at end of year

   181,000     11.80    450,000    10.72    450,000     10.72
    

 
  
  
  

 

Options exercisable at year end

   181,000     11.80    450,000    10.72    450,000     10.72

 

As of December 31, 2003, the weighted-average remaining contractual life of outstanding options is 2.5 years. Cost recognized for options issued to the Directors of the Company and to employees of Tsakos and Tsakos Energy Management, using the fair value method, was $ 258, $ 0 and $ 0, for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively.

 

The compensation expense recorded by the Company in connection with all stock options granted has been recognized on the basis of fair value under the methodology prescribed by SFAS No. 123, accordingly there is no further pro-forma data that needs to be disclosed on the Company’s income from continued operations and earnings per share for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2003.

 

The fair value of options granted, which is amortized to the expense over the option vesting period, is estimated on the date of grant and subsequent reporting dates using the Black-Scholes Option-Pricing Model with the following weighted average assumptions as of December 31, 2001:

 

Expected life of option (years)

   4  

Risk-Free interest rate

   6.74 %

Expected volatility of the Company’s stock

   108.34 %

Expected dividend yield on Company’s stock

   N/A  

 

10. Deferred Income

          2002

    2003

 

(a)

   Gain on Olympia sale-leaseback transaction    2,654     2,654  

(b)

   Gain on Decathlon/Pentathlon sale-leaseback transactions    —       15,296  

(c)

   Gain on interest rate swap agreements    3,350     2,512  
         

 

     Total    6,004     20,462  
     Less – current portion    (838 )   (4,005 )
         

 

     Long-term portion    5,166     16,457  
         

 

 

  (a) Gain on Olympia Sale-leaseback transaction: In October 1999, the Company sold the Olympia and realized a capital gain of $ 2,654. The Company entered into a time charter agreement to leaseback the

 

F-23


Table of Contents

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands of United States Dollars)

 

10. Deferred Income (continued)

 

Olympia , for an initial period of approximately eight years, following which, the Company has the first option to annually extend the charter for a further year until December 31, 2011. Alternatively, the lessor has the option to extend the charter for two additional years, through July 19, 2009, which is considered as the earliest expiration date of the charter which is treated as an operating lease.

 

The Company, as lessee, if it does not extend the charter, may at specified dates after December 31, 2006, buy the vessel at specified amounts. The lessor has the option to require the Company to buy the vessel for an amount of $ 15,000, anytime prior to June 30, 2009, and this constitutes a guarantee of the vessel’s residual value. Accordingly, the resulting gain of $ 2,654 is deferred in full to the extent of the residual guarantee, and will not be recognized in income prior to the date of the exercise of the option by the lessor or the date at which the lease ends without the lessor exercising the option.

 

Lease payment related to the time charter of the Olympia amounted to $ 7,041, $ 7,491, and $ 7,577 during the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. At December 31, 2003, the Company’s future minimum lease payments related to the time charter of the Olympia, assuming the vessel owner does not exercise the put option, are as follows:

 

Year


   Amount

2004

   7,688

2005

   7,759

2006

   7,853

2007

   6,366
    
     29,666
    

 

As of December 31, 2003, the vessel operated under time charter, expiring in November 2005. The amount receivable under this charter during 2004 and 2005 until expiry of the charter is $ 13,416.

 

  (b) Gain on Decathlon/Pentathlon Sale-leaseback transactions: In October and November 2003, the Company sold the Decathlon and the Pentathlon and time-chartered the vessels (re-named Cape Baker and Cape Balboa , respectively) back from the buyer for a minimum period of five years, with options to extend the charters for a further three years. In addition, at the end of the first five years, or until the end of the end of the seventh year if the charter is extended, the Company has the option to buy the vessel at specified amounts. The charter back agreements are accounted for as operating leases and the gains on the sale of $ 8,340 and $ 7,497 respectively were deferred and are amortized in proportion to the gross rental charge to expense over the five year lease period. During 2003, lease payments relating to the time charters of the Cape Baker and Cape Balboa were $ 1,775 and $ 1,024, respectively. The Company’s future minimum lease payments on these vessels are as follows:

 

Year


   Cape Baker

   Cape Balboa

   Total

     Amount

   Amount

   Amount

2004

   8,326    8,326    16,652

2005

   8,303    8,303    16,606

2006

   8,304    8,304    16,608

2007

   8,304    8,304    16,608

2008

   6,552    7,303    13,855
    
  
  
     39,789    40,540    80,329
    
  
  

 

F-24


Table of Contents

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands of United States Dollars)

 

10. Deferred Income (continued)

 

  (c) Gain on Interest Rate Swap Agreements: On June 18, 1998 and September 21, 1998, the Company entered into two interest rate swap agreements for a period of eight years (through December 2006) for a notional amount of $ 150,000 and $ 58,800, respectively. Under these agreements, the Company paid a fixed interest rate of 5.99% and 5.54% respectively and received interest at LIBOR. In September 1999, the Company terminated both agreements. The termination yielded a gain of $ 6,072, which is deferred because the interest rate swap agreements were classified as hedges and as such early termination requires that the gain be amortized into income over the original life of the swap agreements. Amortization of the gain for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, amounted to $ 839, $ 838 and $ 838, respectively and is included in Interest and finance costs, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

 

11. Interest and Finance Costs, Net

 

     Expense (Income)

 
     2001

    2002

    2003

 

Interest on long-term debt, net of capitalized interest

   12,659     7,955     15,778  

Change in fair value of non-hedging financial instruments

   2,406     3,822     (3,543 )

Amortization of loan fees

   286     286     685  

Amortization of deferred gain from termination of swap agreement

   (839 )   (838 )   (838 )

Bank charges

   29     160     290  
    

 

 

Total

   14,542     11,385     12,372  
    

 

 

 

On March 21, 2001, the Company entered into two interest rate swap agreements, of a non-hedging nature, for a period of approximately five years for a notional amount of $ 104,015 and $ 50,000, respectively. In June 2001, both agreements were terminated, resulting in a gain of $ 981, which is included in Interest and finance costs, net in the accompanying consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2001.

 

On July 27, 2001, the Company concluded two interest rate swap agreements for a period of two years for a notional amount of $ 15,000 and $ 30,000 respectively, paying a fixed interest rate of 4.39% and 4.38% respectively and receiving interest at LIBOR. In July 2003, these agreements expired. The positive change in the fair value of these

 

F-25


Table of Contents

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands of United States Dollars)

 

11. Interest and Finance Costs, Net (continued)

 

swaps during 2003 of $ 1,251 (negative $ 204 during 2002) is included in Interest and finance costs, net in the accompanying consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2002, on the basis that these swap agreements did not meet the hedging criteria of SFAS No. 133.

 

On July 27, 2001, the Company concluded two interest rate swap agreements for a period of three years (through August 2004) for a notional amount of $ 80,000 and $ 20,000, respectively. Under these agreements, the Company pays a fixed interest rate of 4.82% and 4.83%, respectively and receives interest at LIBOR. The fair value of these swap agreements at December 31, 2003, in accordance with SFAS No 133 was $ 3,666 and was reflected in Financial Instruments – Fair Value in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The positive change in the fair value of these swaps during 2003 of $ 2,293 (negative $ 3,618 during 2002) is included in Interest and finance costs, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of income, on the basis that these swap agreements did not meet the hedging criteria of SFAS No. 133.

 

The Company has entered into a further five interest rate swap arrangements, all of which meet hedging criteria:

 

On December 19, 2002, the company entered into a five-year interest rate collar swap agreement, which is effective for the period commencing January 2003 through 2008. The notional amount of the swap is $ 50,000 and it is accounted for as a hedge of the Company’s variable interest rate payments on $ 50,000 of the loan described in Note 8 (e). In accordance with the terms of the swap agreement, the Company receives LIBOR and pays LIBOR up to a cap of 4.5%. In addition, if LIBOR is 2.0% or below, or 3.75% or below, on the swap fixing dates during 2004 and 2005, 2006, 2007, respectively, the Company pays interest at a rate of 4.0%.

 

On March 28 and April 2, 2003 the Company entered into two five-year interest rate collar swap agreements, which are effective for the periods commencing May 9, 2003 and July 30, 2003. The notional amounts of the swaps are $20,000 and $21,460, respectively, and they are accounted for as a hedge of the Company’s variable interest rate payments on syndicated loans described in Note 8 (c and d). In accordance with the terms of the first swap agreement, the Company receives LIBOR and pays LIBOR up to a cap of 4.5%. From May 9, 2004 to 2005, if LIBOR is below 4.5%, but above 1.75%, the Company will pay LIBOR. If LIBOR is at 1.75% or below, up to May 9 2005, then the Company will pay 3.9%. From May 9, 2005 to 2008, if LIBOR is below 4.5% and above 2.5%, the Company will pay LIBOR, unless LIBOR is at or below 2.5% when the Company will pay 4.5%. In accordance with the terms of the second swap agreement, the Company receives LIBOR and pays LIBOR up to a cap of 4.5%. Between July 30, 2004 to 2005, if LIBOR is at or below 1.75%, the Company will pay 4%. From July 30, 2005 to 2008, if LIBOR is below 4.5% and above 2.75%, the Company will pay LIBOR, unless LIBOR is at or below 2.75% when the Company will pay 4.5%.

 

On July 11, 2003, the Company entered into a five-year interest rate collar swap agreement, which is effective for the period commencing July 21, 2003. The notional amount of the swap is $ 33,840 for the first 4 years and $ 24,000 for another one year. It is accounted for as a hedge of the Company’s variable interest rate payments on the loan described in Note 8 (b). In accordance with the terms of the swap agreement a cap at 3.925% plus spread is in place throughout the five-year period. A floor at the same rate is only activated during the four years commencing July 11, 2004 if LIBOR is below 1.55% during the year commencing July 11, 2004, 2.3% in the year commencing July 11, 2005, and 2.6% in the two years commencing July 11, 2006.

 

On July 8, 2003, the Company entered into a five-year interest rate collar swap agreement, which is effective for the period commencing January 21, 2004. The notional amount of the swap is $ 35,990. It is accounted for as a hedge of the Company’s variable interest rate payments on the loan described in Note 8 (e). In accordance with the terms of the swap agreement a cap at 4% plus spread is in place throughout the five year period. A floor at 3.5% plus spread is only activated during the four years commencing July 8, 2004 if LIBOR is below 1.6% during the year commencing July 8, 2004, 2.75% in the three years commencing July 8, 2005.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands of United States Dollars)

 

11. Interest and Finance Costs, Net (continued)

 

The sum of the fair values of the five swap agreements that meet hedging criteria as at December 31, 2002 and 2003 was $ (629) and $ (1,431), respectively and was reflected as a liability in 2002 and 2003 and as a component of other comprehensive income in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. No portion of the hedging instruments has been determined ineffective and therefore excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness or recognized in the Company’s statements of income.

 

12. Additional Paid-In Capital

 

The amounts shown in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as additional paid-in capital, represent either payments made by the stockholders in excess of the par value of common stock purchased by them or proceeds from the exercise of stock options in excess of their par value.

 

For certain periods during the years, 2001, 2002 and 2003, the Board of Directors authorized the re-purchase of a limited number of shares by the Company with the primary aim of enhancing share liquidity. The transactions were open market based through the Oslo Børs or New York Stock Exchange with a maximum price set by the Board of Directors. Such repurchases for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002, and 2003 amounted to $ 378, $ 1,979, and $ 1,792, respectively.

 

13. Earnings Per Common Share

 

The computation of basic earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. The computation of diluted earnings per share assumes the foregoing and the exercise of all stock options (see Note 9) using the treasury stock method.

 

The components of the calculation of basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share are as follows (amounts in U.S. Dollars):

 

     2001

   2002

   2003

Income:

                    

Income available to common shareholders

   $ 24,616    $ 3,894    $ 59,052

Basic earnings per share:

                    

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     9,634,323      15,717,065      17,134,347

Diluted earnings per share:

                    

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     9,634,323      15,717,065      17,134,347

Options

     71,058      137,839      53,512

Weighted average common shares – diluted

     9,705,381      15,854,904      17,187,859

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 2.56    $ 0.25    $ 3.45

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 2.54    $ 0.25    $ 3.44

 

F-27


Table of Contents

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands of United States Dollars)

 

14. Income Taxes

 

Under the laws of the countries of the companies’ incorporation and/or vessels’ registration, the companies are not subject to tax on international shipping income, however, they are subject to registration and tonnage taxes, which have been included in “Vessel operating expenses” in the accompanying consolidated statements of income, $ 339, $ 408 and $ 315 in the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively.

 

Pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code of the United States (the “Code”), U.S. source income from the international operations of ships is generally exempt from U.S. tax if the company operating the ships meets certain requirements. Among other requirements, in order to qualify for this exemption, the company operating the ships must be incorporated in a country which grants an equivalent exemption from income taxes to U.S. citizens and U.S. corporations and must be more than 50% owned by individuals who are residents, as defined, in such country or another foreign country that grants an equivalent exemption to U.S. citizens and U.S. corporations or if the stock of the vessel owning company or its holding company is considered to be primarily and regularly traded on a U.S. established securities market for a taxable year and one or more non-qualified persons, each owning 5% or more of the shares, do not own in aggregate 50% or more of the shares. The management of the Company believes that by virtue of the above provisions, it was not subject to tax on its U.S. source income, although sections of the Code are not clear in all respects.

 

15. Contingencies

 

Various claims, suits, and complaints, including those involving government regulations and product liability, arise in the ordinary course of the shipping business. In addition, losses may arise from disputes with charterers, agents, insurance and other claims with suppliers relating to the operations of the Company’s vessels. Management believes that all such matters are either adequately covered by insurance or are not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results from operations or financial condition.

 

The Company accrues for the cost of environmental liabilities when management becomes aware that a liability is probable and is able to reasonably estimate the probable exposure. Currently, management is not aware of any such claims or contingent liabilities, which should be disclosed, or for which a provision should be established in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. A minimum of up to $ 1,000,000 of the liabilities associated with the individual vessels actions, mainly for sea pollution, are covered by the Protection and Indemnity (P&I) Club insurance.

 

16. Financial Instruments

 

The principal financial assets of the Company consist of cash on hand and at banks and accounts receivable due from charterers. The principal financial liabilities of the Company consist of long-term bank loans and accounts payable due to suppliers and derivatives.

 

  (a) Interest rate risk: The Company’s interest rates and long-term loan repayment terms are described in Note 8.

 

  (b) Concentration of credit risk: Financial Instruments, which potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash, trade accounts receivable and derivatives. The Company places its temporary cash investments, consisting mostly of deposits, with high credit qualified financial institutions. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of those financial institutions that are considered in the Company’s investment strategy. The Company does not require collateral on these financial instruments. The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of non-performance by counterparties to derivative instruments,

 

F-28


Table of Contents

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands of United States Dollars)

 

16. Financial Instruments (continued)

 

however, the Company limits this exposure by diversifying among counterparties with high credit ratings. Credit risk with respect to trade accounts receivable is generally diversified due to the large number of entities comprising the Company’s charterer base and their dispersion across many geographic areas.

 

  (c) Fair value : The carrying amounts reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of financial assets and liabilities approximate their respective fair values due to the short maturity of these instruments. The fair values of long-term bank loans approximate the recorded values, generally due to their variable interest rates. The fair value of the swap agreements discussed in Note 11 equates to the amount that would be paid by the Company to cancel the swaps. Accordingly, the fair market value of the non-hedging swap agreements mentioned above, at December 31, 2003 was $ 3,666 and was reflected in Financial Instruments – Fair Value in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The movement in fair value has been included in Interest and finance costs, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of income ($ (3,387) in 2001, $ (3,822) in 2002 and $ 3,543 in 2003). The fair market value of the hedging swap agreements at December 31, 2003 of $ (1,431) was reflected in Financial Instruments – Fair Value, and the movement in fair value ($ (802) in 2003 and $ (629) in 2002) has been included in Other comprehensive income/(loss), in the accompanying 2003 consolidated balance sheet.

 

17. Subsequent Events

 

In January 2004, the Company acquired the share capital of Apollo Honour S.A. and Fortune Faith S.A. (both Panamanian companies). The companies entered into an agreement with a shipyard in S. Korea for the construction of two 37,000 DWT 1A ice-class product carriers, with hull numbers 345 and 346 respectively at $29,990 each, with expected delivery in 2006. On March 15, 2004, the Company exercised options to construct two further 37,000 DWT 1A ice-class product carriers with hull numbers 347 and 348 respectively at $29,990 each, with expected delivery in 2007.

 

In January 2004, the Company acquired options to construct two 1B ice-class product carriers, to be exercised by April 30, 2004.

 

In January 2004, the Company obtained a term loan facility for $ 40,000 to partially finance the acquisition of the VLCC M/T Maersk Estelle , which was renamed La Madrina on delivery (see Note 6). The loan will be repaid in sixteen variable installments with a balloon payment of $ 13,500 to be paid together with the last installment. The interest rate is based on LIBOR plus a spread. The loan is secured with a first preferred mortgage over the vessel, an assignment of earnings and insurance of the vessel and a corporate guarantee of the ship-owning company.

 

In February 2004, the Company acquired the share capital of Mercury Emerald S.A. and Powerful Shipping S.A.

 

(both Panamanian companies). The companies entered into an agreement with a shipyard in S. Korea for the construction of two 162,400 DWT 1A ice-class suezmax crude carriers, with hull numbers 1708 and 1709 respectively at $57,444 each, with expected delivery in 2007.

 

On February 26, 2004, the Board of Directors resolved that a dividend of $ 0.50 cents per share will be paid on April 29, 2004 to shareholders of record on April 15, 2004.

 

F-29

Exhibit 4.2

 


TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

 

2004 INCENTIVE PLAN


 

1. Purpose of the Plan

 

The purpose of this 2004 Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to advance the interests of the Company and its shareholders by providing a means to attract, retain, and reward present and prospective directors, officers, consultants and the other employees of the Company, any of its subsidiaries and the Management Companies, and to enable such persons to acquire or increase a proprietary interest in the Company in order to promote a closer identity of interests between such persons and the Company’s shareholders.

 

2. Definitions

 

The definitions of awards under the Plan, including Options, Restricted Shares and other awards are set forth in Section 6. Such awards are collectively referred to herein as “Awards.” Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in this Section.

 

2.1 “Beneficiary” means the person(s) or trust(s) which have been designated by a Participant in his or her most recent written beneficiary designation filed with the Committee to receive the benefits specified under the Plan upon such Participant’s death. If, upon a Participant’s death, there is no designated Beneficiary or surviving designated Beneficiary, then the term Beneficiary means the person(s) or trust(s) entitled by will or the laws of descent and distribution to receive such benefits.

 

2.2 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.3 “Committee” means the Corporate Governance, Nominating and Compensation Committee of the Board or any other committee, comprised solely of independent directors, designated by the Board to administer the Plan, and the term “Committee” shall refer to the full Board in any case in which it is performing any function of the Committee under the Plan.

 

2.4 “Company” means Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited, a corporation organized under the laws of Bermuda.

 

2.5 “Director” means a duly elected member of the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

2.6 “Fair Market Value,” means, with respect to Shares or Awards, the fair market value of such Shares or Awards, determined by such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Fair Market Value of a Share as of any given date means the closing sales price of a Share in composite trading of New York Stock Exchange-listed securities for that date or, if no sale occurred on that date, on the latest preceding day on which a sale occurred, as reported by a reliable reporting service.

 

2.7 “Management Company” means any company that is providing administrative, commercial, technical and maritime services to, or for the benefit of, the Company, its subsidiaries and their vessels.

 

1


2.8 “Participant” means any present or prospective director, officer, consultant or other employee of the Company, any of the Company’s subsidiaries or any of the Management Companies who has been granted an Award under the Plan.

 

2.9 “Shares” means a common share, par value $1.00 per share, of the Company and such other securities as may be substituted or resubstituted for Shares pursuant to Section 5.2.

 

3. Administration

 

3.1 Authority of the Committee . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have full and final authority to take the following actions, in each case subject to and consistent with the provisions of the Plan:

 

  (a) to select persons to whom Awards may be granted;

 

  (b) to determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Participant;

 

  (c) to determine the number of Awards to be granted, the number of Shares to which an Award will relate, all other terms and conditions of any Award granted under the Plan (including, but not limited to, any exercise price, grant price, or purchase price, any restriction or condition, any schedule or performance conditions for the lapse of restrictions or conditions relating to transferability, forfeiture, exercisability, or settlement of an Award, and accelerations or modifications thereof, based in each case on such considerations as the Committee shall determine), and all other matters to be determined in connection with an Award;

 

  (d) to determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an Award may be settled, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid, in cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;

 

  (e) to determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property payable with respect to an Award will be deferred either automatically, at the election of the Committee, or at the election of the Participant;

 

  (f) to prescribe the form of each Award agreement, which need not be identical for each Participant;

 

  (g) to adopt, amend, suspend, and rescind such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;

 

  (h) to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan and to construe and interpret the Plan and any Award, rules and regulations, Award agreement, or other instrument hereunder; and

 

  (i) to make all other decisions and determinations as may be required under the terms of the Plan or as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

 

3.2

Manner of Exercise of Committee Authority . Any action of the Committee with respect to the Plan shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, including the Company, the Management Companies, Participants, any person claiming any rights under

 

2


 

the Plan from or through any Participant, and shareholders. The express grant of any specific power to the Committee, and the taking of any action by the Committee, shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee. Other provisions of the Plan notwithstanding, the Board may perform any function of the Committee under the Plan for any reason.

 

3.3 Limitation of Liability . Each member of the Committee shall be entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to him by any officer or other employee of the Company or any subsidiary, the Company’s independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant, legal counsel, or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan. No member of the Committee, nor any officer or employee of the Company acting on behalf of the Committee, shall be personally liable for any action, determination, or interpretation taken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and all members of the Committee and any officer or employee of the Company acting on behalf of the Committee or members thereof shall, to the extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected by the Company with respect to any such action, determination, or interpretation.

 

4. Eligibility

 

Persons who are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan include present and prospective directors, officers, consultants, and other employees of the Company, any subsidiaries of the Company and any of the Management Companies.

 

5. Plan Limit; Adjustments

 

5.1 Aggregate Number of Shares Available for Awards. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.2, the total number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan shall not exceed five hundred thousand (500,000) (the “Plan Limit”). If any Shares issued under the Plan are forfeited, any such Shares will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

 

5.2 Adjustments . In the event of any change in the outstanding Shares by reason of any Share dividend or split, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of Shares, repurchase, liquidation, dissolution or other corporate exchange, any large, special and non-recurring dividend or distribution to shareholders, or other similar corporate transaction, the Committee may make such substitution or adjustment, if any, as it deems to be equitable and in order to preserve, without enlarging, the rights of Participants, as to (i) the number and kind of Shares which may be delivered in connection with Awards granted thereafter, (ii) the number and kind of Shares subject to or deliverable in respect of outstanding Awards, and (iii) the exercise price, grant price or purchase price relating to any Award and/or make provision for payment of cash, other Awards or other property in respect of any outstanding Award. In addition, the Committee is authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including events described in the preceding sentence, as well as acquisitions and dispositions of businesses and assets) affecting the Company, any subsidiary or any business unit, or the financial statements of the Company or any subsidiary, or in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations, accounting principles, tax rates and regulations or business conditions or in view of the Committee’s assessment of the business strategy of the Company, any subsidiary or business unit thereof, performance of comparable organizations, economic and business conditions, personal performance of a Participant, and any other circumstances deemed relevant.

 

3


6. Specific Terms of Awards

 

6.1 General . Awards may be granted on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6. In addition, the Committee may impose on any Award, at the date of grant or thereafter (subject to Section 7.5), such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine, including terms requiring forfeiture of Awards in the event of termination of employment or service by the Participant or upon the occurrence of other events.

 

6.2 Options . The Committee is authorized to grant options to purchase Shares (“Options”) to Participants on the following terms and conditions:

 

  (a) Exercise Price . The exercise price per Share purchasable under an Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant of the Option.

 

  (b) Time and Method of Exercise . The Committee shall determine the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part, the methods by which such exercise price may be paid or deemed to be paid, the form of such payment, including cash, Shares, other Awards or awards granted under other Company plans, or other property (including notes or other contractual obligations of Participants to make payment on a deferred basis, or through broker-assisted “cashless exercise” arrangements, to the extent permitted by applicable law), and the methods by which Shares will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants.

 

6.3 Restricted Shares . The Committee is authorized to grant Awards, in the form of Shares issued at or shortly after grant of the Award that may or may not be subject to restrictions (“Restricted Shares”), to Participants on the following terms and conditions:

 

  (a) Grant and Restrictions . Restricted Shares may be subject to such restrictions on transferability and other restrictions, if any, as the Committee may impose, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances, in such installments, or otherwise as the Committee may determine. Except to the extent restricted under the terms of the Plan and any Award agreement relating to the Restricted Shares, a Participant granted Restricted Shares shall have all of the rights of a shareholder including the right to vote Restricted Shares or the right to receive dividends thereon.

 

  (b) Forfeiture . Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, upon termination of employment or service during the applicable restriction period, Restricted Shares that are at that time subject to restrictions shall be forfeited and reacquired by the Company; provided, however , that the Committee may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award agreement, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Shares will lapse in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes.

 

  (c)

Certificates for Shares . Shares granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine. If certificates representing Shares are registered in the name of the Participant, such certificates shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Shares, the Company shall retain physical

 

4


 

possession of the certificate, and the Participant shall have delivered a share power to the Company, endorsed in blank, relating to the Shares.

 

  (d) Dividends and Distributions . As a condition to the grant of an Award of Restricted Shares, the Committee may require that any cash dividends paid on a Share be automatically reinvested in additional Shares or applied to the purchase of additional Awards under the Plan. The dates and terms upon which such reinvestment or purchases occur shall be within the discretion of the Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, Shares distributed in connection with a Share split or Share dividend, and other property distributed as a dividend, shall be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Award with respect to which such Shares or other property has been distributed.

 

6.4 Other Share-Based Awards . The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Participants such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Shares and factors that may influence the value of Shares, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan, including, but not limited to, share appreciation rights (“SAR”s) granted separately or in tandem with other Awards, convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into Shares, purchase rights for Shares, Awards with value and payment contingent upon performance of the Company or any other factors designated by the Committee, and Awards valued by reference to the book value of Shares or the value of securities of or the performance of specified subsidiaries. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards. Shares issued pursuant to an Award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this Section 6.4 shall be purchased for such consideration, paid for at such times, by such methods, and in such forms, including cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property, as the Committee shall determine. Cash awards, as an element of or supplement to any other Award under the Plan, may be granted pursuant to this Section 6.4.

 

7. General Provisions

 

7.1 Compliance with Laws and Obligations . The Company shall not be obligated to issue or deliver Shares in connection with any Award or take any other action under the Plan in a transaction subject to the registration requirements any applicable laws, any requirement under any listing agreement between the Company and any national securities exchange or automated quotation system, or any other law, regulation, or contractual obligation of the Company, until the Company is satisfied that such laws, regulations, and other obligations of the Company have been complied with in full. Certificates representing Shares issued under the Plan will be subject to such stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as may be applicable under such laws, regulations, and other obligations of the Company, including any requirement that a legend or legends be placed thereon.

 

7.2

Limitations on Transferability . Awards and other rights under the Plan will not be transferable by a Participant except by will or the laws of descent and distribution (or to a designated Beneficiary in the event of the Participant’s death), and, if exercisable, shall be exercisable during the lifetime of a Participant only by such Participant or his guardian or legal representative; provided, however , that such Awards and other rights may be transferred during the lifetime of the Participant, for purposes of the Participant’s estate planning or other purposes consistent with the purposes of the Plan (as determined by the Committee), and

 

5


 

may be exercised by such transferees in accordance with the terms of such Award, but only if and to the extent permitted by the Committee. Awards and other rights under the Plan may not be pledged, mortgaged, hypothecated, or otherwise encumbered, and shall not be subject to the claims of creditors. A Beneficiary, transferee, or other person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Participant shall be subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award agreement applicable to such Participant, except as otherwise determined by the Committee, and to any additional terms and conditions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee.

 

7.3 No Right to Continued Employment; Leaves of Absence . Neither the Plan, the grant of any Award, nor any other action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any employee, consultant, director, or other person the right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company, any subsidiary of the Company or any Management Companies, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company, any subsidiary of the Company or any of the Management Companies to terminate any person’s employment, directorship, or service at any time.

 

7.4 Taxes . The Company and any subsidiary is authorized to withhold from any Award granted or to be settled, any delivery of Shares in connection with an Award, any other payment relating to an Award, or any payroll or other payment to a Participant amounts of withholding and other taxes due or potentially payable in connection with any transaction involving an Award, and to take such other action as the Committee may deem advisable to enable the Company and Participants to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Award. This authority shall include authority to withhold or receive Shares or other property and to make cash payments in respect thereof in satisfaction of a Participant’s tax obligations.

 

7.5 Changes to the Plan and Awards . The Board may amend, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or the Committee’s authority to grant Awards under the Plan without the consent of shareholders or Participants, except that any amendment shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s shareholders at or before the next annual meeting of shareholders for which the record date is after the date of such Board action if such shareholder approval is required by any federal or state law or regulation or the rules of the New York Stock Exchange (or other stock exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Shares may be listed or quoted) and the Board may otherwise, in its discretion, determine to submit other such amendments to shareholders for approval; provided, however , that, without the consent of an affected Participant, no such action may materially impair the rights of such Participant under any Award theretofore granted. Upon any termination of the Plan, no new authorizations of grants of Awards may be made, but then-outstanding Awards shall remain outstanding in accordance with their terms, and the Committee otherwise shall retain its full powers under the Plan with respect to such Awards. The Committee may amend, suspend, discontinue, or terminate any Award theretofore granted and any Award agreement relating thereto; provided, however , that no such amendment may provide for Award terms that the Plan would not then permit for a newly granted Award; and provided further , that, without the consent of an affected Participant, no such action may materially impair the rights of such Participant under such Award.

 

7.6

No Rights to Awards; No Shareholder Rights . No Participant or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants or other persons. No Award shall confer on any Participant any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company unless and until Shares are duly issued or transferred and

 

6


 

delivered to the Participant in accordance with the terms of the Award or, in the case of an Option, the Option is duly exercised.

 

7.7 Form and Timing of Payment under Awards. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award agreement, payments to be made by the Company or a subsidiary upon the exercise of an Option or other Award or settlement of an Award may be made in such forms as the Committee shall determine, including cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis. The settlement of any Award may be accelerated, and cash paid in lieu of Shares in connection with such settlement, in the discretion of the Committee or upon occurrence of one or more specified events.

 

7.8 Unfunded Status of Awards; Creation of Trusts . The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company; provided, however , that the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or make other arrangements to meet the Company’s obligations under the Plan to deliver cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property pursuant to any Award, which trusts or other arrangements shall be consistent with the “unfunded” status of the Plan unless the Committee otherwise determines with the consent of each affected Participant.

 

7.9 Nonexclusivity of the Plan . Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor its submission or the submission of any amendment to shareholders for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other compensatory arrangements as it may deem desirable, including the granting of awards otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

 

7.10 Successors and Assigns . The Plan shall be binding on all successors and assigns of the Company and a Participant, including any permitted transferee of a Participant, the Beneficiary or estate of such Participant and the executor, administrator or trustee of such estate, or any receiver or trustee in bankruptcy or representative of the Participant’s creditors.

 

7.11 Governing Law . The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan, any rules and regulations under the Plan, and any Award agreement will be determined in accordance with Bermuda Law.

 

7

Exhibit 4.20

 

Dated 30 July 2003

 

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

as Borrower

 

-and-

 

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND plc

as Lender

 


 

LOAN AGREEMENT

 


 

relating to a loan facility of US$26,000,000

to finance Hull No. S-2163 under construction by

Imabari Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

 

WATSON, FARLEY & WILLIAMS

London


INDEX

 

CLAUSE


   PAGE

1

  

PURPOSE, DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

   1

2

  

DRAWDOWN

   6

3

  

INTEREST AND INTEREST PERIODS

   7

4

  

REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT

   8

5

  

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

   10

6

  

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

   13

7

  

UNDERTAKINGS

   15

8

  

APPLICATION OF EARNINGS

   18

9

  

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

   19

10

  

FEES AND EXPENSES

   22

11

  

PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS

   22

12

  

NO COUNTERCLAIM, TAXATION

   23

13

  

CHANGES IN CIRCUMSTANCES

   23

14

  

INDEMNITIES

   25

15

  

SET-OFF

   26

16

  

SECURITY AND APPLICATION

   27

17

  

COMMUNICATIONS

   27

18

  

ASSIGNMENTS

   28

19

  

MISCELLANEOUS

   28

20

  

LAW AND JURISDICTION

   29

SCHEDULE

   30

APPENDIX NOTICE OF DRAWING

   32


THIS LOAN AGREEMENT is made on the 30 day of July 2003

 

BETWEEN

 

(1) TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED , as Borrower; and

 

(2) THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND plc , as Lender.

 

WHEREAS the Lender has agreed to make available to the Borrower a loan facility of Twenty six million United States Dollars (US$26,000,000) in a single advance to part-finance the acquisition by Ergo Glory S.A., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Borrower, of the Panamax tanker of approximately 68,000 tons deadweight currently being constructed by Imabari Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. and having builder’s hull number S-2163 upon and subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement.

 

WHEREBY IT IS AGREED

 

1 PURPOSE, DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 The purpose of the Loan shall be to finance 73.24% of the purchase price of the Ship (as evidenced by the shipbuilding contract in respect of the Ship).

 

1.2 In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, the following expressions shall have the following meanings:

 

Account Charge ” means the deed containing, inter alia, a charge in respect of the Operating Account executed or to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Lender in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

 

Approved Manager ” means, for the time being, Tsakos Energy Management Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Panama and having its principal place of business at Macedonia House, 367 Syngrou Avenue, 175 64 P. Faliro, Athens, Greece, or any other company which the Lender may, in its sole and absolute discretion, approve from time to time as the manager of the Ship;

 

Approved Sub-Manager ” means, for the time being, Tsakos Shipping & Trading S.A., a company incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Panama and having its principal place of business at Macedonia House, 367 Syngrou Avenue, 175 64 P. Faliro, Athens, Greece, or any other company which the Lender may, in its sole and absolute discretion, approve from time to time as the technical manager of the Ship;

 

Availability Period ” means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on:

 

  (a) 31 August 2003 (or such later date as the Lender may agree with the Borrower); or

 

  (b) if earlier, the Drawdown Date or the date on which the Lender’s obligation to make the Loan is cancelled or terminated;

 

Borrower ” means Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited, a company organised and existing under the laws of Bermuda and having its registered office at Ram Re House, 2nd Floor, 46 Reid Street, Hamilton HM12, Bermuda (and includes its successors);

 

Builder ” means Imabari Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. a company incorporated in Japan whose principal office is at 4-52, 1-chome, Koura-Cho, Imabari City, Ehime Pretecture, Japan;


Business Day ” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks and financial markets in London are open for business and, in respect of a day on which a payment is required to be made hereunder in Dollars, also a day on which banks and financial markets are open for business in New York City;

 

Credit Support Document ” has the meaning given to that expression in section 14 of the Master Agreement;

 

Credit Support Provider ” has the meaning given to that expression in section 14 of the Master Agreement;

 

Dollars ” and “ $ ” means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America;

 

Drawdown Date ” means the date upon which the Borrower has requested that the Loan be advanced pursuant to Clause 2, or (as the context requires) the date on which the Loan is actually advanced hereunder;

 

Early Termination Date ” has the meaning given to that expression in section 14 of the Master Agreement;

 

Earnings ” means all moneys whatsoever due or to become due to or for the account of the Guarantor at any time during the Security Period arising out of the use or operation of the Ship including (but not limited to) all freight, hire, compensation payable to the Guarantor in the event of requisition of the Ship for hire, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys and damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of the Ship and all sums recoverable under insurances in respect of loss of Earnings (and including, if and whenever the Ship is employed on terms whereby any or all such moneys as aforesaid are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to the Ship);

 

Environmental Claim ” and “ Environmental Incident ” each has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Mortgage;

 

Event of Default ” means any one of the events listed in Clause 9.1;

 

General Assignment ” means the general assignment of Earnings, Insurances and Requisition Compensation in respect of the Ship executed or to be executed by the Guarantor in favour of the Lender in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

 

Guarantee ” means the guarantee of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement executed or to be executed by the Guarantor in favour of the Lender in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

 

Guarantor ” means Ergo Glory S.A., a corporation organised and existing under the laws of the Republic of Panama and having its registered office at Calle 53, Urbanizacion Obarrio Torre Swiss Bank, Piso 16, Panama City, Panama;

 

Indebtedness ” means, in relation to any person, any obligation (whether present or future, actual or contingent, secured or unsecured, as principal or surety or otherwise) for the payment or repayment of money;

 

Insurances ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Mortgage;

 

2


Interest Period ” means, in relation to the Loan, a period the commencement and length of which shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Clause 3.3;

 

ISM Code ” means in relation to its application to the Guarantor, the Approved Manager, the Approved Sub-Manager, the Ship and its operation:

 

  (a) ‘The International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention’, currently known or referred to as the ‘ISM Code’, adopted by the Assembly of the International Maritime Organisation by Resolution A.741(18) on 4 November 1993 and incorporated on 19 May 1994 into chapter IX of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea 1974 (SOLAS 1974); and

 

  (b) all further resolutions, circulars, codes, guidelines, regulations and recommendations which are now or in the future issued by or on behalf of the International Maritime Organisation or any other entity with responsibility for implementing the ISM Code, including without limitation, the ‘Guidelines on implementation or administering of the International Safety Management (ISM) Code by Administrations’ produced by the International Maritime Organisation pursuant to Resolution A.788(19) adopted on 25 November 1995,

 

as the same may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time;

 

“ISM Code Documentation” includes:

 

  (a) the document of compliance (DOC) and safety management certificate (SMC) issued by a Classification Society in all respects acceptable to the Lender in its absolute discretion pursuant to the ISM Code in relation to the Ship within the periods specified by the ISM Code; and

 

  (b) all other documents and data which are relevant to the ISM SMS and its implementation and verification which the Lender may require by request; and

 

  (c) any other documents which are prepared or which are otherwise relevant to establish and maintain the Ship’s or the Guarantor’s compliance with the ISM Code which the Lender may require by request;

 

ISM SMS ” means the safety management system which is required to be developed, implemented and maintained under the ISM Code;

 

Lender ” means The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, a company incorporated in Scotland having its registered office at 36 St. Andrew Square, Edinburgh EH2 2YB, Scotland acting through its branch at 61 Akti Miaouli, 185 10 Piraeus, Greece or through any other branch notified to the Borrower from time to time pursuant to Clause 18.3 (and includes all persons directly or indirectly deriving title under it (whether by assignment, amalgamation, operation of law or otherwise);

 

Loan ” means the principal amount of the borrowing by the Borrower under this Agreement or (as the context requires) the principal amount thereof for the time being advanced and outstanding under this Agreement;

 

Manager’s Undertaking ” means an undertaking executed or to be executed by the Approved Manager in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

 

Mandatory Cost Rate ” means the percentage rate which represents the cost to the Lender, relative to the Loan, of compliance with the requirements of the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or any other regulatory authority, as determined by the Lender in accordance with the formula detailed in the Schedule hereto;

 

3


Margin ” means 1.1 per cent. per annum;

 

Master Agreement ” means the Master Agreement (on the 1992 ISDA (Multicurrency - Crossborder) form as modified) made between the Lender and the Borrower of even date herewith, and includes all transactions from time to time entered into and confirmations from time to time exchanged under the Master Agreement and any amending, supplementing or replacement agreements made from time to time;

 

Master Agreement Liabilities ” means, at any relevant time, all liabilities actual or contingent, present or future, of the Borrower to the Lender under the Master Agreement;

 

Master Agreement Security Deed ” means the deed containing, inter alia, a charge in respect of the Master Agreement executed or to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Lender in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

 

Mortgage ” means the first preferred Greek ship mortgage in respect of the Ship executed or to be executed by the Guarantor in favour of the Lender in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

 

Notice of Drawing ” means a notice in the form set out in the Appendix (or in such other form as the Lender may approve or require);

 

Operating Account ” means, for the time being, an account opened or to be opened in the name of the Borrower with the Lender designated “Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited - ANDES Operating Account - USD” (or such other account with any other branch of the Lender or with a bank or financial institution other than the Lender (whether associated with the Lender or not) substituted therefor pursuant to this Agreement);

 

Participating Member State ” means each state so described in any EMU legislation;

 

RBS LIBOR ” means, for an Interest Period, the rate per annum at which deposits in Dollars in an amount approximately equal to the Loan (or any part thereof) are (or would have been) offered by the Lender to leading banks in the London Interbank Dollar Market at or about 11.00a.m. (London time) on the second Business Day prior to the commencement of such Interest Period for a period equal to such Interest Period and for delivery on the first Business Day thereof;

 

Receiving Bank ” means American Express Bank Limited of 3 World Financial Centre, 23rd Floor, New York, NY 10285-2300, USA or such other bank as may from time to time be notified by the Lender to the Borrower;

 

Relevant Interest Rate ” means RBS LIBOR or, in the case where a Transaction is to be, or has been, entered into under the Master Agreement and the Borrower has not made an election pursuant to Clause 3.5(b), TELERATE;

 

Repayment Date ” means each of the dates specified in Clause 4.1;

 

Requisition Compensation ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Mortgage;

 

Security Documents ” means (a) the Guarantee, the General Assignment, the Manager’s Undertaking, the Sub-Manager’s Undertaking, the Mortgage, the Account Charge, the Credit Support Documents and the Master Agreement Security Deed and (where the context so permits) this Agreement and (b) any other agreement or document that may be

 

4


executed at any time by the Borrower or any other person as security for all or any part of the Loan, interest thereon, Master Agreement Liabilities and any other moneys payable to the Lender under or in connection with this Agreement and/or the Master Agreement and/or any of the documents referred to in this definition;

 

Security Interest ” means a mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating), pledge, lien, hypothecation, encumbrance, assignment, trust arrangement, title retention or other distress, execution, attachment, arrangement or process of any kind having the effect of conferring security;

 

Security Period ” means the period commencing on the Drawdown Date and terminating on the date upon which all moneys payable or to become payable at any time and from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and/or any of the Security Documents shall have been paid and discharged in full;

 

Ship ” means the Panamax tanker which is being constructed by the Builder for, and to be purchased by, the Guarantor pursuant to the Shipbuilding Contract having builder’s hull number S-2163 and upon delivery to be registered in the ownership of the Guarantor under Greek flag with the name “ANDES” (or such other name as the Guarantor may decide);

 

Shipbuilding Contract ” means the shipbuilding contract dated 28 September 2001 made between the Builder and the Guarantor for the construction by the Builder of the Ship and its purchase by the Guarantor, as the same may be supplemented and amended from time to time;

 

Sub-Manager’s Undertaking ” means an undertaking executed or to be executed by the Approved Sub-Manager in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

 

Subsidiary ” means a body corporate from time to time of which another (a) has direct or indirect control, or (b) owns directly or indirectly more than fifty (50) per cent. of the share capital or similar right of ownership (and in this definition “control” means the power to direct the management and the policies of a body corporate, whether through the ownership of voting capital, by contract or otherwise);

 

Taxes ” includes all present and future income, corporation or value-added taxes and all stamp and other taxes and levies, imposts, deductions, duties, charges and withholdings whatsoever together with interest thereon and penalties with respect thereto, if any, and charges, fees or other amounts made on or in respect thereof (and references to “ Taxation ” shall be construed accordingly) excluding tax on the net income of the Lender;

 

TELERATE ” means, for an Interest Period:

 

  (a) the rate per annum equal to the offered quotation for deposits in Dollars for a period equal to, or as near as possible equal to, the relevant Interest Period which appears on Telerate Page 3750 at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the second Business Day prior to the commencement of that Interest Period (and, for the purposes of this Agreement, “Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “page 3750” on the Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service for the purpose of displaying rates comparable to that rate or on such other service as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rates for Dollars); or

 

  (b) if no rate is quoted on Telerate Page 3750, the rate per annum determined by the Lender to be the rate per annum which leading banks in the London Interbank

 

5


    Market offer for deposits in Dollars in the London Interbank Market at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the second Business Day prior to the commencement of that Interest Period for a period equal to that Interest Period and for delivery on the first Business Day of it;

 

Total Loss ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Mortgage; and

 

Transaction ” means a Transaction as defined in the introductory paragraph of the Master Agreement.

 

1.3 In this Agreement, references to periods of “months” shall mean a period beginning in one calendar month and ending in the relevant calendar month on the day numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month in which such period started, provided that (a) if such period started on the last Business Day in a calendar month, or if there is no such numerically corresponding day, such period shall end on the last Business Day in the relevant calendar month and (b) if such numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, such period shall end on the next following Business Day in the same calendar month, or if there is no such Business Day, such period shall end on the preceding Business Day (and “month” and “monthly” shall be construed accordingly).

 

1.4 In this Agreement:

 

(a) Clause headings are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement and unless otherwise specified, all references to Clauses and Appendices are to Clauses of, and Appendices to, this Agreement;

 

(b) unless the context otherwise requires, words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa;

 

(c) references to persons include bodies corporate and unincorporate;

 

(d) references to assets include property, rights and assets of every description;

 

(e) references to any document are to be construed as references to such document as amended or supplemented from time to time; and

 

(f) references to any enactment include re-enactments, amendments and extensions thereof.

 

2 DRAWDOWN

 

2.1 Subject to the terms of this Agreement, and in reliance (inter alia) on the representations and warranties of the Borrower set out in Clauses 6.1 and 6.2 and the representations and warranties of the Borrower and the other parties to the Security Documents set out in the Security Documents, the Lender agrees to make available to the Borrower a loan facility of Twenty six million Dollars ($26,000,000) in a single advance for the purposes described in Clause 1.1.

 

2.2 The Borrower may make a request for the advance of the Loan by sending to the Lender a duly completed Notice of Drawing (which shall be irrevocable) to be received by the Lender not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the Drawdown Date provided that:

 

(a) the Loan may only be advanced to the Borrower on a Business Day during the Availability Period; and

 

6


(b) if the Loan has not been advanced prior to the end of the Availability Period the Lender shall be under no further obligation to advance the Loan (or the undrawn part thereof) under this Agreement.

 

2.3 Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lender shall on the Drawdown Date advance the Loan to the Borrower by paying the proceeds thereof to the Operating Account for onward payment (in the case of that part of the Loan which is equal to the fourth instalment of the purchase price of the Ship payable pursuant to Article II, 3(d) of the Shipbuilding Contract) to an account nominated by the Builder pursuant to the Shipbuilding Contract to finance the payment of the fourth instalment under the Shipbuilding Contract and, as to any balance, to refinance in part the other instalments paid by the Guarantor under the Shipbuilding Contract.

 

3 INTEREST AND INTEREST PERIODS

 

3.1 Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the rate of interest applicable to the Loan for each Interest Period relating thereto shall be the rate per annum determined by the Lender to be the aggregate of (a) the Margin, (b) the Relevant Interest Rate and (c) the Mandatory Cost Rate.

 

3.2 Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Borrower shall pay interest in respect of the Loan for each Interest Period relating thereto in arrears on the last day of such Interest Period, provided that where such Interest Period is of a duration of longer than six (6) months, accrued interest in respect of the Loan shall be paid every six (6) months during such Interest Period and on the last day of such Interest Period.

 

3.3 The duration of each Interest Period shall be three (3), six (6) or twelve (12) as notified by the Borrower to the Lender not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period (or such other period as the Lender, in its sole and absolute discretion, may agree), provided that:

 

(a) the first Interest Period in relation to the Loan shall commence on the Drawdown Date and each subsequent Interest Period shall commence on the expiry of the preceding Interest Period;

 

(b) if the Borrower fails to select an Interest Period then, subject as provided in this Clause 3.3, the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of six (6) months;

 

(c) the selection of Interest Periods under this Clause 3.3 shall be made in such manner as to ensure that the expiry of an Interest Period in respect of an amount of the Loan equal to the repayment instalment which is then due to be repaid under Clause 4.1 shall coincide with each Repayment Date relating to the Loan; and

 

(d) the Lender, in its sole and absolute discretion, is satisfied that deposits in Dollars for a period equal to such Interest Period will be available to the Lender in the London Interbank Market at the commencement of such Interest Period and, if the Lender is not so satisfied, such Interest Period shall be of such duration as the Lender and the Borrower shall agree (or, in the absence of such agreement, as the Lender shall specify).

 

3.4 In the event that the Lender does not receive on the due date any sum due under this Agreement or any of the Security Documents to which the Borrower is a party (or any agreement entered into by the Borrower in connection herewith or therewith), the Borrower shall pay to the Lender on demand interest on such sum from and including the due date therefor to the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum determined by the Lender to be, if such sum is principal, 1.2 per cent. above the higher of the rates set out at (a) and (b) below and, if such sum is other than principal, 1.2 per cent. above the rate set out at (b) below:

 

(a) the rate (inclusive of the Margin) applicable to such overdue principal immediately prior to the due date (and in any event only for the unexpired part of any Interest Period relative to such overdue principal) together with the Mandatory Cost Rate;

 

7


(b) the Margin plus the rate per annum at which deposits in Dollars in an amount equal to such overdue amount are offered by the Lender to leading banks in the London Interbank Dollar Market on call or for successive periods of any duration up to three months, as the Lender may determine from time to time together with the Mandatory Cost Rate. Such interest rate shall be determined on the commencement of each such period. If the Lender determines that deposits in Dollars are not being made available by it to leading banks in the London Interbank Dollar Market in the ordinary course of business, such interest rate shall be determined by reference to the cost of funds to the Lender from such other sources as the Lender may from time to time determine.

 

Any such interest which is not paid when due shall be compounded at the end of each such Interest Period or other period as the case may be (both before and after any notice of demand by the Lender under Clause 9.2).

 

3.5

 

(a) In the event that a Transaction is to be entered into under the Master Agreement then (subject to Clause 3.5(b) below) the Relevant Interest Rate for each and every Interest Period applicable to that part of the Loan the subject of the Transaction (commencing with the first Interest Period relating to such Transaction) shall be TELERATE.

 

(b) The Borrower may elect for the Relevant Interest Rate for each and every Interest Period applicable to that part of the Loan the subject of a Transaction (commencing with the first Interest Period relating to such Transaction) to be RBS LIBOR rather than TELERATE provided that such election (which shall be irrevocable) is notified in writing by the Borrower to the Lender not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such first Interest Period (or such other period as the Lender, in its sole and absolute discretion, may agree).

 

4 REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT

 

4.1 The Borrower shall repay the Loan to the Lender by (a) 20 consecutive six-monthly instalments of $725,000 each and (b) a balloon instalment (the “ Balloon Instalment ”) of $11,500,000, the first such instalment shall be repaid on the date falling 6 months after the Drawdown Date, each subsequent instalment shall be repaid at six-monthly intervals thereafter and the last such instalment together with the Balloon Instalment shall be repaid on the date falling 10 years after the Drawdown Date. On the final Repayment Date, the Borrower additionally shall pay to the Lender all other sums then outstanding or payable hereunder.

 

4.2 The Borrower may prepay the whole or any part of the Loan on any Business Day, provided that:

 

(a) the Lender shall have received from the Borrower not less than fourteen (14) days’ prior notice (which shall be irrevocable) of its intention to make such prepayment and specifying the amount and date on which such prepayment is to be made;

 

(b) the amount of any such partial prepayment shall be not less than $350,000 (or a higher integral multiple thereof);

 

(c) no amount prepaid under this Agreement may be reborrowed;

 

8


(d) each prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and all other sums payable thereon under the terms of this Agreement and, if such prepayment is not made on the last day of an Interest Period relating to the amount prepaid, together with any sums payable pursuant to Clause 14.1(d) but without premium or other payment; and

 

(e) each partial prepayment under this Agreement shall be applied firstly against the Balloon Instalment and thereafter against the repayment instalments specified in Clause 4.1 in inverse order of maturity.

 

4.3 If for any reason any part of the Loan is not drawn down under this Agreement but nonetheless a Transaction has been entered into under the Master Agreement then, subject to Clause 4.6, the Lender shall be entitled but not obliged to amend, supplement, cancel, net out, terminate, liquidate, transfer or assign all or any part of the rights, benefits and obligations created by the Master Agreement and/or to obtain or re-establish any hedge or related trading position in any manner and with any person the Lender in its absolute discretion decides, and in the event of the Lender exercising any part of its entitlement aforesaid the Borrower’s continuing obligations under the Master Agreement shall, unless agreed otherwise by the Lender, be calculated so far as the Lender considers it practicable by reference to the repayment schedule for the Loan taking into account the fact that less than the full amount of the Loan has been advanced.

 

4.4 In the case of a prepayment of all or part of the Loan under this Agreement then, subject to Clause 4.6, the Lender shall be entitled but not obliged to amend, supplement, cancel, net out, transfer or assign all or such part of the rights, benefits and obligations created by the Master Agreement which equate or relate to the part of the Loan so prepaid and/or to obtain or re-establish any hedge or related trading position in any manner and with any person the Lender in its absolute discretion decides, and in the case of a partial prepayment and the Lender exercising any part of its entitlement as aforesaid the Borrower’s continuing obligations under the Master Agreement shall, unless agreed otherwise by the Lender, be calculated so far as the Lender considers it practicable by reference to the amended repayment schedule for the Loan taking account of the fact that less than the full amount of the Loan remains outstanding.

 

4.5 If:

 

(a) less than the full amount of the Loan remains outstanding following a prepayment under this Agreement; or

 

(b) less than the full amount of the Loan is drawndown under this Agreement,

 

and the Lender in its absolute discretion agrees, following a written request of the Borrower, that the Borrower may be permitted to maintain all or part of a Transaction in an amount not wholly matched with or linked to all or part of the Loan, the Borrower shall within ten (10) days of being notified by the Lender of such requirement provide the Lender with, or procure the provision to the Lender of, such additional security as shall in the opinion of the Lender be adequate to secure the performance of such Transaction, which additional security shall take such form, be constituted by such documentation, and be entered into between such parties, as the Lender in its absolute discretion may approve or require, and each document comprising such additional security shall constitute a Credit Support Document.

 

4.6 The Borrower shall on the first written demand of the Lender indemnify the Lender in respect of all loss, cost and expense (including the fees of legal advisers) incurred or sustained by the Lender as a consequence of or in relation to the effecting of any matters or transactions referred to in Clauses 4.4, 4.5 and 4.6.

 

9


4.7 Without prejudice to or limitation of the obligation of the Borrower under Clause 4.7, in the event that the Lender exercises any of its rights under Clauses 4.4 or 4.5 and such exercise results in all or part of a Transaction being terminated such termination shall be treated under the Master Agreement in the same manner as if it were a Terminated Transaction (as defined in section 14 of the Master Agreement) effected by the Lender after an Event of Default by the Borrower, and, accordingly, the Lender shall be permitted to recover from the Borrower a payment for early termination calculated in accordance with the provisions of section 6(e)(i) of the Master Agreement.

 

5 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

5.1 The obligation of the Lender to advance the Loan to the Borrower shall be subject to the condition that the Lender shall have received the following documents and evidence in all respects in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and its legal advisers, in the case of those referred to in sub-clauses (a) to (g) (inclusive) below, on or before the date of this Agreement and, in the case of the remainder, on or before the date on which the Notice of Drawing is served by the Borrower:

 

(a) copies of the Memorandum and Articles of Association (or equivalent documents) (and all amendments thereto) of each of the Borrower and the Guarantor and any other documents required to be filed or registered or issued under the laws of its country of incorporation to establish the incorporation and good standing of each of the Borrower and the Guarantor;

 

(b) copies of resolutions passed at meetings of the board of directors and shareholders of each of the Borrower and the Guarantor evidencing approval of such of this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents to which it is a party and authorising appropriate officers or attorneys to execute the same and to sign all notices required to be given hereunder or thereunder on its behalf or other evidence of such approvals and authorisations as shall be acceptable to the Lender;

 

(c) the original of any power of attorney issued in favour of any person executing this Agreement, the Master Agreement or any of the Security Documents on behalf of each of the Borrower and the Guarantor;

 

(d) in relation to each of the Borrower and the Guarantor, a list specifying the directors and officers of such company and specifying the authorised and issued share capital of such company;

 

(e) copies of all governmental and other consents, licences, approvals and authorisations as may be necessary to authorise the performance by each of the Borrower and the Guarantor of its obligations under those of this Agreement, the Shipbuilding Contract, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents to which it is a party and the execution, validity and enforceability of this Agreement, the Shipbuilding Contract, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents;

 

(f) a copy of the Shipbuilding Contract and of all documents signed or issued by the Guarantor or the Builder (or either of them) under or in connection with the Shipbuilding Contract;

 

(g) a written confirmation from the Borrower as to which individuals are authorised to give verbal and/or written instructions to the Lender on behalf of the Borrower in respect of the selection of any Interest Period pursuant to Clause 3.3;

 

(h) a copy of the protocol of delivery and acceptance in respect of the Ship duly signed by the Borrower and the Builder;

 

10


(i) a copy of the duly issued Builder’s Certificate in respect of the Ship;

 

(j) a copy of the duly notarised and apostilled bill of sale signed by the Builder;

 

(k) the Master Agreement and all the Security Documents duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto together with all other items and documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms thereof, including (but without limitation) insurance notices of assignment, acknowledgements and letters of undertaking pursuant to the General Assignment;

 

(l) evidence that:

 

  (i) the Ship has been unconditionally delivered by the Builder to, and accepted by, the Guarantor under the Shipbuilding Contract, and the full purchase price payable under the Shipbuilding Contract (in addition to the part to be financed by the Loan) has been duly paid;

 

  (ii) the Ship is permanently registered in the name of the Guarantor under the Greek flag;

 

  (iii) the Ship is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Guarantor save as contemplated by this Agreement and the Security Documents;

 

  (iv) the Ship maintains the highest classification for vessels of the same type, age and specification as the Ship with Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (or such other first-class classification society as the Lender may, in its absolute discretion, approve) free of all recommendations and qualifications of such classification society;

 

  (v) the Mortgage has been duly registered against the Ship as a valid first preferred Greek ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Greece; and

 

  (vi) the Ship is insured in accordance with the provisions of the Mortgage and that all requirements therein in respect of insurances have been complied with;

 

(m) evidence that the Operating Account has been opened by the Borrower and that all board resolutions, mandates, signature cards and other documents or evidence required in connection with the opening, maintenance and operation of the Operating Account have been duly delivered to the Lender;

 

(n) a certificate from the Borrower, the Approved Manager and the Approved Sub-Manager confirming the representations and warranties in Clause 2.2 of the Mortgage;

 

(o) evidence that the Ship will, as from the Drawdown Date, be managed by the Approved Manager and sub-managed by the Approved Sub-Manager, in each case on terms acceptable to the Lender together with:

 

  (i) the Manager’s Undertaking duly executed and delivered by the Approved Manager;

 

  (ii) the Sub-Manager’s Undertaking duly executed and delivered by the Approved Sub-Manager; and

 

  (iii) copies of the document of compliance (DOC) and safety management certificate (SMC) referred to in paragraph (a) in the definition of the ISM Code Documentation certified as true and in effect by the Borrower and the Approved Manager;

 

11


(p) such evidence as the Lender and its legal advisers shall require that such part of the acquisition cost of the Ship which has not been funded out of the proceeds of the Loan and which has been borrowed by the Borrower is subordinated to the obligations of the Borrower to the Lender under this Agreement and the Master Agreement in terms satisfactory to the Lender in its absolute discretion;

 

(q) a letter from the Guarantor to the protection and indemnity association in which the Ship is or is to be entered instructing it to provide the Lender with a copy of the certificate of entry of the Ship and any other information relating to the entry of the Ship in such protection and indemnity association;

 

(r) a valuation of the Ship acceptable to the Lender showing that the value of the Ship is no less than $35,500,000;

 

(s) evidence satisfactory to the Lender that the Tsakos family (i) (either directly or through companies beneficially owned by the Tsakos family or trusts or foundations of which the Tsakos family are beneficiaries) own not less than 20% of the issued share capital of the Borrower and (ii) are represented in the senior executive management of the Borrower;

 

(t) evidence that the agent for service of process named in Clause 20.5 has accepted its appointment for the purposes of this Agreement and the Security Documents;

 

(u) favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Lender on such matters concerning the laws of Bermuda, Greece and Panama and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Lender may require in relation to, or in connection with, the Master Agreement, the Security Documents, or any of them;

 

(v) evidence that the Lender has received the arrangement fee referred to in Clause 10.1; and

 

(w) a favourable opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Lender on such matters relating to the insurances for the Ship as the Lender may require,

 

each of the documents specified in sub-clauses (a), (b), (e), (f), (h), (i), (j) and (o) (iii) and (iii) above shall be certified as a true and up-to-date copy by a Director or Secretary (or equivalent officer) of the Borrower.

 

5.2 Without prejudice to any of the other provisions of this Agreement, in the event that the Lender, in its sole and absolute discretion, advances the Loan to the Borrower prior to the satisfaction of all or any of the conditions referred to in Clause 5.1, the Borrower hereby covenants and undertakes to satisfy or procure the satisfaction of such condition or conditions within fourteen (14) days after the Drawdown Date (or such longer period as the Lender may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree or specify).

 

5.3 The obligation of the Lender to advance the Loan is subject to the following further conditions:

 

(a) that both at the date of the Notice of Drawing and on the Drawdown Date:

 

  (i) no Event of Default (or event which, with the giving of notice and/or lapse of time or other applicable condition, might constitute an Event of Default) has occurred and is continuing or might result from the advance of the Loan; and

 

  (ii) the representations and warranties of the Borrower in Clause 6.1 and the representations and warranties of the Borrower and other parties to the Security Documents set out in the Security Documents are true and accurate as of each such date, as if made on each such date with reference to the facts then subsisting;

 

12


  (iii) none of the circumstances specified in Clause 13.3 has occurred and is continuing; and

 

(b) that on the Drawdown Date the representations and warranties of the Borrower in Clause 6.2 are true and accurate;

 

(c) that, if the test set out in Clause 7.3 were applied immediately following the advance of the Loan, the Borrower would not be obliged to provide additional security or prepay part of the Loan as therein provided; and

 

(d) the Lender has received, and found to be satisfactory to it in all respects, such further opinions, consents, agreements and documents in connection with this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents as the Lender may request by notice to the Borrower prior to the Drawdown Date.

 

6 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

6.1 The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lender that:

 

(a) the Borrower is a body corporate duly organised and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Bermuda and has an authorised share capital of $40,000,000 divided into 40,000,000 shares of $1 each, 17,254,723 such shares have been issued, each fully paid. The whole of the authorised and issued share capital of the Guarantor is owned by the Borrower;

 

(b) the Borrower has full power and authority (i) to execute and deliver this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents to which the Borrower is a party, (ii) to borrow under this Agreement and (iii) to comply with the provisions of, and perform all its obligations under, this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents to which the Borrower is a party;

 

(c) each of the Borrower, the Guarantor, the Approved Manager and the Approved Sub-Manager has complied with the ISM Code and all other statutory and other requirements relative to its business and in particular, each of the Approved Manager and the Approved Sub-Manager, has obtained and maintains a valid DOC and, in the case of the Guarantor, will, on the Drawdown Date, obtain and maintain a valid SMC and the Borrower does not have an established place of business in any part of the United Kingdom or the United States of America;

 

(d) the Borrower has taken all necessary action to authorise the borrowing of the Loan and the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents to which the Borrower is a party, and this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents to which the Borrower is a party, constitute or, as the case may be, will, upon execution and delivery thereof (and, where applicable, registration thereof as provided for in this Agreement and the Security Documents), constitute the Borrower’s legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by any relevant bankruptcy, insolvency, administration or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally;

 

(e) the entry into and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents to which the Borrower is a party, do not, and will not during the Security Period, violate in any respect (i) any law or regulation of any governmental or official authority or body, or (ii) the constitutional documents of the Borrower, or (iii) any agreement, contract or other undertaking to which the Borrower is a party or which is binding on the Borrower or any of its assets;

 

13


(f) any consents, licences, approvals and authorisations required in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents have been obtained and are in full force and effect;

 

(g) the copy of the Shipbuilding Contract delivered to the Lender before the date of this Agreement is a true and complete copy thereof, the Shipbuilding Contract constitutes valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Builder and the Guarantor respectively in accordance with its terms and no amendments or additions to the Shipbuilding Contract have been agreed nor has the Builder or the Guarantor waived any of their respective rights under the Shipbuilding Contract;

 

(h) there is no agreement or understanding to allow or pay any rebate, premium, commission, discount or other benefit or payment (howsoever described) to the Guarantor, the Builder or a third party in connection with the purchase by the Guarantor of the Ship, other than as disclosed to the Lender in writing on or prior to the date of this Agreement;

 

(i) save for such registrations and filings as are referred to in this Agreement and the Security Documents, it is not necessary for the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents that any of them or any document relating thereto be registered, filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or authority in any relevant jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar Taxes be paid on or in relation to this Agreement, the Master Agreement or any of the Security Documents;

 

(j) no action, suit, proceeding, litigation or dispute against the Borrower is currently taking place or pending or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened nor is there subsisting any judgment or award given against the Borrower before any court, board of arbitration or other body which, in either case, could or might result in any material adverse change in the business or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower;

 

(k) the Borrower is not in default under the Master Agreement or any other agreement by which it is bound and no Event of Default (or event which, with the giving of notice and/or lapse of time or other applicable condition might constitute an Event of Default) has occurred and is continuing nor will such a default or Event of Default (or such event) result from the entry by the Borrower into this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents to which the Borrower is a party, the making of the Loan to the Borrower or the performance by the Borrower of any of its obligations under this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents to which the Borrower is a party;

 

(l) all financial and other information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement and the Security Documents or delivered to the Lender pursuant to this Agreement or any of the Security Documents was true and accurate when given and there are no other facts or matters the omission of which would have made any statement or information contained therein misleading;

 

(m) all payments made or to be made by the Borrower under or pursuant to this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents to which the Borrower is a party may be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or in account of, any Taxes;

 

(n) the Borrower’s place of business and offices are located, and the corporate documents and records of the Borrower are kept, at the registered office of the Borrower in Bermuda;

 

(o) at the date of this Agreement, the Borrower is not liable under or in respect of any Indebtedness other than under this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents to which it is a party and such Indebtedness as shall have been notified to, and approved in writing by, the Lender on or prior to the date of this Agreement; and

 

14


(p) the Borrower has paid all Taxes applicable to, or imposed on or in relation to, the Borrower and its business.

 

6.2 The Borrower hereby further represents and warrants to the Lender that on the Drawdown Date:

 

(a) the Ship will be unconditionally delivered by the Builder to, and accepted by, the Guarantor under the Shipbuilding Contract, and the full purchase price payable under the Shipbuilding Contract (in addition to the part to be financed by the Loan) shall have been duly paid;

 

(b) the Ship will be permanently registered in the name of the Guarantor under the Greek flag at the port of Piraeus;

 

(c) the Ship will be in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Guarantor save as contemplated by this Agreement and the Security Documents;

 

(d) the Ship will maintain the highest classification for vessels of the same type, age and specification as the Ship with Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (or such other first-class classification society as the Lender may, in its absolute discretion, approve) free of all recommendations and qualifications of such classification society;

 

(e) the Ship will be operationally seaworthy;

 

(f) the Ship will comply with all relevant laws, regulations and requirements (statutory or otherwise) as are applicable to (i) ships registered under the Greek flag and (ii) engaged in the same or a similar service as the Ship is or is to be engaged;

 

(g) the Mortgage will have been duly registered against the Ship as a valid first preferred Greek ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of Greece;

 

(h) the Ship will be insured in accordance with the provisions of the Mortgage and the requirements therein in respect of insurances will have been complied with; and

 

(i) the Ship will be managed by the Approved Manager and sub-managed by the Approved Sub-Manager, in each case on terms acceptable to the Lender.

 

6.3 The representations and warranties of the Borrower set out in Clauses 6.1 and 6.2 shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the advance of Loan hereunder and the representations and warranties set out in Clause 6.1 shall be deemed to be repeated at the commencement of each Interest Period, with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at each such time, as if made at each such time.

 

7 UNDERTAKINGS

 

7.1 The Borrower undertakes that, as and from the date of this Agreement and throughout the Security Period, it will comply in full with the following undertakings:

 

(a) the Borrower will send (or procure that there is sent) to the Lender:

 

  (i) as soon as available, and in any event within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each financial year of the Borrower, the consolidated accounts and financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the individual accounts and financial statements of the Guarantor, such accounts and financial

 

15


    statements to be prepared in accordance with generally accepted international accounting principles consistently applied and certified as to their correctness by a firm of chartered accountants acceptable to the Lender;

 

  (ii) as soon as available, and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each 3-month period in each financial year of the Borrower, quarterly financial information of the Borrower (including, without limitation, a list of vessels owned at that time by all the Subsidiaries of the Borrower) in form and substance acceptable to the Lender;

 

  (iii) as soon as the same is instituted (or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened), details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings against or involving the Borrower, the Guarantor, the Approved Manager, the Approved Sub-Manager or the Ship (including any actual breach of the ISM Code) which is likely to have a material adverse effect on the Borrower, the Guarantor or the operation of the Ship;

 

  (iv) promptly upon being sent, copies of all communications to its shareholders and/or creditors generally (and in their capacities as such); and

 

  (v) from time to time, and on demand, such additional financial or other information (including but not limited to the ISM Code Documentation) relating to the Borrower and/or the Guarantor and/or the Ship as may be requested by the Lender;

 

(b) the Borrower will notify the Lender of any Event of Default (or event which, with the giving of notice and/or lapse of time or other applicable condition, might constitute an Event of Default) forthwith upon the occurrence thereof;

 

(c) the Borrower will maintain its corporate existence as a body corporate duly organised and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Bermuda and will obtain and promptly renew from time to time, and will promptly furnish certified copies to the Lender of, all such authorisations, approvals, consents and licences as may be required under any applicable law or regulation to enable the Borrower to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents to which the Borrower is a party (or any of them) or required for the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents to which the Borrower is a party (or any of them) and the Borrower shall comply with the terms of the same;

 

(d) the Borrower will not without the prior consent of the Lender, create, assume or permit to exist any Security Interest upon any of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) (including, but not limited to, the Borrower’s rights against the Lender under the Master Agreement or all or any part of the Borrower’s interest in any amount payable to the Borrower by the Lender under the Master Agreement) except as contemplated by the Security Documents;

 

(e) the Borrower will not (voluntarily or involuntarily) without the prior consent of the Lender, sell, convey, transfer, lease, or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial part of its assets (whether by one transaction or a series of transactions and whether related or not);

 

(f) the Borrower will procure that the Guarantor shall comply with the ISM Code and notify the Lender in writing in the event that either the DOC or SMC is withdrawn, cancelled or suspended;

 

(g) the Borrower will procure the observance and performance by the other Security Parties of the terms of the Security Documents to which they are each respectively a party;

 

16


(h) the Borrower will keep the Lender fully informed at the earliest opportunity and, in any event at regular intervals of not more than three (3) months, of any actual or proposed purchases of any ship, vessel or other asset by any company within the same beneficial ownership or control of the Borrower, the Guarantor, the Approved Manager or the Approved Sub-Manager; and

 

(i) the Borrower will procure that its liabilities under this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents to which it is a party do and will rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured liabilities, except for liabilities which are mandatorily preferred by law.

 

7.2 The Borrower further undertakes that it shall not, as and from the date of this Agreement and throughout the Security Period, without the prior consent of the Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld):

 

(a) change the nature of its business nor make any commitments, other than those occurring in the ordinary course of its business (including, without limitation, commitments in respect of purchases of ships); or

 

(b) assign or otherwise dispose of any of its book debts; or

 

(c) reduce its issued share capital; or

 

(d) consolidate or amalgamate with, or merge into, any other entity.

 

7.3

 

(a) The Borrower hereby further undertakes that if (after the Ship has been delivered to it under the Shipbuilding Contract), and so often as, the market value (as determined in accordance with Clause 7.3(b)) of the Ship (plus the market value of any additional security for the time being actually provided to the Lender pursuant to this Clause 7.3) falls below One hundred and twenty per cent. (120%) of the Loan plus or minus (as the case may be) the notional amount determined by the Lender in its absolute discretion as the amount which would become due from or to the Borrower on terminating any Transaction under the Master Agreement in the same manner as if it were a Terminated Transaction (as defined in Section 14 of the Master Agreement) effected by the Lender after an Event of Default, it will within ten (10) days of being notified by the Lender of such requirement (which notification shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower) either:

 

  (i) provide the Lender with, or procure the provision to the Lender of, such additional security as shall in the opinion of the Lender be adequate to make up such deficiency, which additional security shall take such form, be constituted by such documentation and be entered into between such parties as the Lender in its absolute discretion may approve or require (and, if the Borrower does not make proposals satisfactory to the Lender in relation to such additional security within five (5) days of the date of the Lender’s notification to the Borrower aforesaid, the Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to prepay in accordance with (ii) below); or

 

  (ii) prepay (subject to, and in accordance with, sub-clauses (c), (d) and (e) of Clause 4.2) such part of the Loan as will ensure that the market value (determined as aforesaid) of the Ship and any such additional security is after such prepayment at least One hundred and twenty per cent. (120%) of the Loan plus or minus (as the case may be) such notional amount as determined by the Lender in its absolute discretion as the amount which would become due from or to the Borrower on terminating any Transaction under the Master Agreement in the same manner as if it were a Terminated Transaction (as defined in Section 14 of the Master Agreement) effected by the Lender after an Event of Default.

 

17


(b) For the purposes of this Clause 7.3, the market value of the Ship shall be determined (at the expense of the Borrower) at any such time as the Lender may request on the basis of a valuation prepared by an independent sale and purchase shipbroker as may from time to time be appointed by the Lender. For this purpose, each such valuation shall be made with or without physical inspection of the Ship (as the Lender may require), on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash at arm’s length on normal commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any existing charter or other contract of employment. The Borrower agrees to accept any valuation made by the independent sale and purchase shipbroker appointed as aforesaid as conclusive evidence of the market value of the Ship at the date of such valuation. The Borrower agrees to supply to the Lender and to any such independent sale and purchase shipbroker such information concerning the Ship and her condition as such the independent sale and purchase shipbroker may require for the purpose of making such valuation. Subject to no Event of Default having occurred, the Borrower shall only be obliged to pay the fees and expenses of up to one valuation of the Ship commissioned by the Lender in each calendar year.

 

(c) For the purpose of this Clause 7.3, the market value of any additional security provided or to be provided to the Lender shall be determined by the Lender in its absolute discretion without any necessity for the Lender assigning any reason therefor.

 

(d) In connection with any additional security provided in accordance with this Clause 7.3, the Lender shall be entitled to receive certified copies of such documents of the kinds referred to in sub-clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) (inclusive) of Clause 5.1 and such favourable legal opinions as the Lender shall in its absolute discretion require.

 

8 APPLICATION OF EARNINGS

 

8.1 The Borrower will comply with any written requirement of the Lender from time to time as to the location or re-location of the Operating Account and will from time to time enter into such documentation as the Lender may require in order to create or maintain in favour of the Lender a Security Interest in the Operating Account, all at the cost and expense of the Borrower.

 

8.2 The Borrower will procure that, throughout the Security Period (and subject only to the provisions of the General Assignment), all the Earnings shall be paid to the Operating Account.

 

8.3 Money from time to time credited to, or for the time being standing to the credit of, the Operating Account shall, unless and until such time as the Lender shall otherwise require (whereupon the provisions of Clause 8.4 shall be and become applicable), be available for application in the following manner:

 

(a) in or towards meeting the costs and expenses from time to time incurred in connection with the operation of the Ship (as such costs and expenses are from time to time substantiated to the reasonable satisfaction of the Lender);

 

(b) in or towards making the payments of principal and interest due to the Lender pursuant to Clause 3.1 and Clause 4.1; and

 

(c) any surplus from time to time arising on the Operating Account following application as aforesaid shall be freely available to the Borrower.

 

8.4 The Lender shall forthwith be and become entitled following the occurrence of an Event of Default (or an event, which with the lapse of time of giving of notice, shall constitute

 

18


   an Event of Default), then or at any time thereafter, to apply all moneys standing to the credit of, or from time to time credited to, the Operating Account in the manner specified in Clause 16.2.

 

9 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

9.1 Each of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default (whether such event shall occur or come about voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law or regulation or pursuant to, or in compliance with, any judgment, decree or order of any court or other authority):

 

(a) the Borrower or any other party to any of the Security Documents fails to pay on the due date (or, in the case of sums expressed to be payable on demand, within three (3) days of the Lender’s demand) any sum payable pursuant to this Agreement or any of the Security Documents (or any agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement or any of the Security Documents); or

 

(b) the Borrower breaches any of the undertakings in Clauses 7.1(d) or (e) or 7.2 or the Borrower fails to provide additional security or make a prepayment of part of the Loan in the circumstances referred to in Clause 7.3 within the time therein prescribed; or

 

(c) the Borrower defaults under, or in the due and punctual observance and performance of, any other provision of this Agreement and where, in the opinion of the Lender, such default is capable of remedy, such default is not remedied within ten (10) days after written notice from the Lender requesting action to remedy the same; or

 

(d) the Borrower or any other party to any of the Security Documents (other than the Lender) defaults under, or in the due observance and performance of, any provision of any of the Security Documents; or

 

(e) any representation or warranty made by the Borrower or any other party to any of the Security Documents (other than the Lender) in or pursuant to this Agreement or any of the Security Documents or in any notice, certificate, instrument or statement contemplated hereby or thereby or made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto is, or proves to be, untrue or incorrect in any respect when made or deemed to be repeated; or

 

(f) any Indebtedness of the Borrower is not paid when due or becomes prematurely payable or capable of being prematurely declared payable as a consequence of a default with respect thereto or any Security Interest over any assets of the Borrower is enforced or becomes capable of being enforced; or

 

(g) (i) any preparatory or other steps are taken by any person to convene a meeting of the Borrower for the purposes of considering or passing any resolution or petition for the winding-up or dissolution of the Borrower, or (ii) a bona fide petition is presented or an order is made or a resolution is passed for the winding-up or dissolution of the Borrower, or (iii) the Borrower becomes insolvent or is deemed unable to pay its debts within the meaning of Section 123 of the Insolvency Act 1986 or the Borrower becomes unable to pay its debts as they fall due, or (iv) the Borrower stops or threatens to stop making payments generally or declares or threatens to declare a moratorium or suspension of payments with respect to all or any part of its debts or enters into any composition, scheme, compromise or other arrangement with its creditors generally (or any class of them), or (v) any preparatory or other steps are taken by any person to appoint an administrative or other receiver or similar official of the Borrower or any of its assets, or (vi) any meeting of the Borrower is convened or any other preparatory or other steps are taken for the purpose of considering an application for an administration order in relation to the Borrower or such an administration order is made by a court, or (vii) (in the opinion of the Lender) anything analogous to any of the foregoing events occurs in any applicable jurisdiction; or

 

19


(h) an encumbrancer takes possession of the whole or, in the opinion of the Lender, any material part of the assets of the Borrower or a Security Interest (other than in favour of the Lender) is levied or enforced upon or sued out against the whole or, in the opinion of the Lender, a material part of the assets of the Borrower; or

 

(i) the Borrower ceases or threatens to cease, to carry on all or, in the opinion of the Lender, any material part of its business; or

 

(j) any of the circumstances described in sub-clauses (f), (g), (h) or (i) of this Clause 9.1 arises (mutatis mutandis) in relation to any of the Guarantor, the Approved Manager or the Approved Sub-Manager; or

 

(k) any event occurs which renders it unlawful or impossible for (i) the Borrower or any other party to any of the Security Documents (other than the Lender) to perform or observe, or to procure the performance or observance of, any of its obligations or undertakings contained in this Agreement or any of the Security Documents, or (ii) the Lender to exercise any of the rights and remedies conferred on the Lender under this Agreement or any of the Security Documents; or

 

(l) any authorisation, approval, consent, licence, exemption, filing or registration or other requirement necessary to enable the Borrower, the Guarantor or any other party to any of the Security Documents (other than the Lender) to comply with any of its obligations or undertakings contained in this Agreement, or any of the Security Documents is modified, revoked or withheld or does not remain in full force and effect; or

 

(m) the Ship shall become a Total Loss and the Lender does not receive within one hundred and eighty (180) days (or such longer period as the Lender may agree) following the occurrence of such Total Loss, insurance proceeds relating to such Total Loss in an amount not less than the amount for which the Ship is required to be insured under Clause 6 of the Mortgage as at the date of the event or circumstances giving rise to such Total Loss and for the purpose of this Clause 9.1(n), (i) an actual Total Loss of the Ship shall be deemed to have occurred at the date and time when the Ship was lost but if the date of the loss is unknown the actual Total Loss shall be deemed to have occurred on the date on which the Ship was last reported, (ii) a constructive Total Loss shall be deemed to have occurred at the date and time at which notice of abandonment of the Ship is given to the insurers of the Ship and (iii) a compromised, agreed or arranged Total Loss shall be deemed to have occurred on the date of the relevant compromise, agreement or arrangement; or

 

(n) any Earnings are paid otherwise than to the Operating Account (unless so directed by the Lender); or

 

(o) for any reason whatsoever, the Ship ceases to comply with the ISM Code or to be managed by the Approved Manager or sub-managed by the Approved Sub-Manager, in each ease on terms in all respects approved by the Lender; or

 

(p) the security constituted by any of the Security Documents is imperilled or jeopardised in any way whatsoever; or

 

(q) this Agreement, the Shipbuilding Contract or any of the other Security Documents ceases at any time to be the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower or any other party thereto (other than the Lender); or

 

20


(r) notice of an Early Termination Date is given by the Lender under section 6(a) of the Master Agreement; or

 

(s) a person entitled to do so gives notice of an Early Termination Date under section 6(b)(iv) of the Master Agreement; or

 

(t) an Event of Default (as defined in section 14 of the Master Agreement) occurs; or

 

(u) the Master Agreement or the Shipbuilding Contract is terminated, cancelled, suspended, rescinded or revoked or otherwise ceases to remain in full force and effect for any reason; or

 

(v) any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or the Guarantor exceeding $100,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) in aggregate to any bank or other financial institution (other than the Lender) is not paid when due or, if so payable, on demand or becomes due and payable prior to its stated maturity as a consequence of any event of default; or

 

(w) the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or the Guarantor is at any time in default of any of its other obligations to any bank or other financial institution including the Lender; or

 

(x) any other event or events (whether related or not) occurs (including, without limitation, a material (in the reasonable opinion of the Lender) adverse change, from the position applicable as at the date of this Agreement, in the business, affairs or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower, the Guarantor or any other Credit Support Provider) (including any such change resulting from an Environmental Incident) the effect of which is, in the opinion of the Lender, to impair, delay or prevent the due fulfilment by the Borrower, the Guarantor or any other Credit Support Provider of any of their respective obligations or undertakings contained in this Agreement, the Master Agreement or any of the Security Documents.

 

9.2 Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default:

 

(a) the Lender, by notice to the Borrower, may terminate the obligations of the Lender under this Agreement, whereupon the same shall be so terminated; and/or

 

(b) the Lender, by notice to the Borrower, may declare the Loan, accrued interest thereon and all other amounts payable under this Agreement either immediately due and payable or payable on demand, whereupon the Loan, accrued interest thereon and all other amounts payable under this Agreement shall become immediately due and payable or (as the case may be) payable on demand by the Lender; and/or

 

(c) the Lender may take any other action, exercise any other right or pursue any other remedy conferred upon the Lender by this Agreement, the Master Agreement and/or by all or any of the Security Documents or by any applicable law or regulation or otherwise as a consequence of such Event of Default

 

Provided that in the case of the occurrence of an Event of Default referred to in Clause 9.1(g)(i), the Loan, accrued interest thereon and all other amounts payable under this Agreement shall automatically become immediately due and payable without the need for any demand from the Lender or notice to the Borrower or other action of any kind whatsoever and the obligations of the Lender under this Agreement shall thereupon automatically terminate.

 

21


10 FEES AND EXPENSES

 

10.1 The Borrower shall pay to the Lender:

 

(a) an arrangement fee of $65,000 on the date of this Agreement and whether or not the Loan is borrowed; and

 

(b) quarterly in arrears (and on the earlier of (i) the Drawdown Date and (ii) the date on which the Lender’s obligation to advance the Loan to the Borrower is cancelled and/or terminated) during the period from 9 April 2003 to the date falling three months thereafter, a commitment fee at the rate of 0.25 per cent. per annum on the undrawn amount of the Loan.

 

10.2 The Borrower shall reimburse to the Lender on demand all costs, fees and expenses (including, but not limited to, legal fees and expenses) and Taxes thereon incurred by the Lender in connection with:

 

(a) the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents and the insurance consultant’s report referred to in Clause 5.1(w); and/or

 

(b) the preserving or enforcing of, or attempting to preserve or enforce, any of its rights under this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents (or any of them).

 

10.3 The Borrower shall reimburse to the Lender on demand all costs, fees and expenses (including, but not limited to, legal fees and expenses) and Taxes thereon incurred by the Lender in connection with:

 

(a) any variation of, or amendment or supplement to, any of the terms of this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents (or any of them); and/or

 

(b) any consent or waiver required from the Lender in relation to this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents (or any of them), and in each case, regardless of whether the same is actually implemented, completed or granted, as the case may be.

 

10.4 The Borrower shall pay promptly all stamp, documentary and other like duties and Taxes to which this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents (or any of them) may be subject or give rise and shall indemnify the Lender on demand against any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay or omission on the part of the Borrower to pay any such duties or Taxes.

 

10.5 The Lender shall, without prejudice to any other of the provisions of this Agreement, be entitled (but not obliged) at any time and from time to time (without prior notice) to debit the Operating Account in order to satisfy all or any amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lender pursuant to this Clause 10.

 

11 PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS

 

11.1 All payments to be made by the Borrower to the Lender under this Agreement and any of the Security Documents to which the Borrower is a party shall be made by not later than 11.00 a.m. (New York City time) on the due date in same day Dollar funds settled through the New York Interbank Payments System (or in such other Dollar funds and/or settled in such other manner as the Lender shall specify as being customary at the time for the settlement of international transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement) to the account of the Lender at the Receiving Bank (Account No. 000261123), or to such other account with such other bank as the Lender shall from time to time notify to the Borrower.

 

22


11.2 If any sum payable by the Borrower under this Agreement or any of the Security Documents to which the Borrower is a party shall become due on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date therefor shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, unless such Business Day falls in the next calendar month, in which event such due date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day, and interest shall be payable on such sum during any such extension at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

11.3 The Lender shall maintain accounts showing the amounts from time to time lent by it under this Agreement and all other sums owing by the Borrower under this Agreement and the Security Documents and all payments in respect thereof made by the Borrower from time to time. Such accounts, in the absence of manifest error, shall be conclusive evidence as to any amounts from time to time owing by the Borrower under this Agreement and the Security Documents.

 

11.4 All payments of interest and any other payments hereunder of an annual or periodic nature shall accrue from day-to-day and shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a three hundred and sixty (360) day year.

 

12 NO COUNTERCLAIM, TAXATION

 

12.1 All payments to be made by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Lender pursuant to this Agreement and any of the Security Documents to which the Borrower is a party shall be made (a) without set-off, counterclaim or condition whatsoever (including, but not limited to, any set-off, counterclaim or condition arising under or in relation to or in connection with the Master Agreement) and (b) free and clear of, and without deduction for or on account of, any present or future Taxes, unless the Borrower is required by law or regulation to make any such payment subject to any Taxes.

 

12.2 In the event that the Borrower is required by any law or regulation to make any deduction or withholding on account of any Taxes which arise as a consequence of any payment due under this Agreement or any of the Security Documents to which the Borrower is a party, then:

 

(a) the Borrower shall notify the Lender promptly as soon as it becomes aware of such requirement;

 

(b) the Borrower shall remit promptly the amount of such Taxes to the appropriate taxation authority, and in any event prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto;

 

(c) such payment shall be increased by such amount as may be necessary to ensure that the Lender receives a net amount which, after deducting or withholding such Taxes, is equal to the full amount which the Lender would have received had such payment not been subject to such Taxes; and

 

(d) the Borrower shall indemnify the Lender against any liability of the Lender in respect of such Taxes.

 

12.3 Not later than thirty (30) days after each deduction or withholding of any such Taxes, the Borrower shall forward to the Lender evidence satisfactory to the Lender that such Taxes have been remitted to the appropriate taxation authority.

 

13 CHANGES IN CIRCUMSTANCES

 

13.1 In the event that by reason of:

 

(a) the introduction of, or any change in, any applicable law or regulation, or any change in the interpretation or application thereof; or

 

23


(b) compliance by the Lender with any directive, request or requirement (whether or not having the force of law) of any central bank, government, fiscal or other authority,

 

it becomes unlawful or it is prohibited or it is contrary to such directive, request or requirement for the Lender to maintain or give effect to any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement, then the Lender may notify the Borrower thereof and, if the Loan has been advanced by the Lender, the Borrower shall prepay the Loan forthwith in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the obligations of the Lender shall thereupon terminate.

 

13.2 If the Lender shall at any time be of the opinion that:

 

(a) the effect of any applicable law, regulation or regulatory requirements, or the interpretation or application thereof, or any change therein (including the imposition of Taxes on payments hereunder, other than Taxes on the overall net income of the Lender); or

 

(b) the effect of complying with any applicable directive, request or requirement (whether or not having the force of law) of any central bank or any governmental, monetary or other authority (including any type of liquidity, stock or capital adequacy controls or other banking or monetary controls or requirements which affects the manner in which the Lender allocates capital resources to its obligations hereunder), is:

 

  (i) to increase the cost to the Lender of making, funding or maintaining its commitment hereunder or the Loan or being a party to this Agreement; or

 

  (ii) to reduce the amount of any payment to the Lender under this Agreement or the effective return to the Lender under this Agreement or on its capital,

 

then, and in any such case, the Lender shall notify the Borrower as soon as practicable thereof and the Borrower shall from time to time pay to the Lender on demand such amounts as the Lender shall specify to be necessary to compensate the Lender for such increased cost or such reduction.

 

13.3 If and each time that prior to any Interest Period the Lender shall have determined that, by reason of circumstances affecting the London Interbank Market, either:

 

(a) adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the rate of interest applicable to the Loan (or any part thereof) during such Interest Period pursuant to Clause 3.1; or

 

(b) Dollars are not available to the Lender in order to fund the Loan (or any part thereof) during such Interest Period,

 

then the Lender shall as soon as practicable give notice of such determination to the Borrower and, if such notice shall be given prior to the Loan being advanced by the Lender, the Borrower’s right to borrow hereunder shall be suspended during the continuance of such circumstances. In any event, during the thirty days following the giving of such notice, the Borrower and the Lender shall negotiate in good faith in order to arrive at an alternative interest rate or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for the Lender to fund or continue to fund the Loan (or the relevant part thereof) during such Interest Period. If within such thirty day period an alternative interest rate or (as the case may be) an alternative basis to fund or to continue to fund the Loan (or the relevant part thereof) is agreed upon, then such alternative interest rate or (as the case may be) such alternative basis shall take effect in accordance with its terms. If the Borrower and the Lender fail to agree on such an alternative interest rate or (as the case may be) alternative basis within such thirty day period and such circumstances are continuing at the end of such thirty day period, then the Lender shall set an interest period and interest rate

 

24


representing the cost of funding of the Lender in Dollars or in any available currency of the Loan plus the Margin. If the circumstance shall continue at the end of such interest period, the procedure in this Clause 13.3 shall be repeated. If the Borrower shall not agree with such rate then the Borrower may give not less than fifteen (15) Business Days’ irrevocable notice of prepayment to the Lender in which case the commitment hereunder of the Lender shall thereupon be cancelled and, if the Loan is outstanding, the Borrower shall prepay the Loan on the first Business Day after such period in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the obligations of the Lender shall thereupon terminate.

 

13.4 If at any time any party (or parties acting in concert) which are not members of the Tsakos family (or companies beneficially owned by the Tsakos family or trusts or foundations of which members of the Tsakos family are beneficiaries) acquire the beneficial ownership or control of the voting rights of the majority of the issued share capital of the Borrower or the Guarantor, the Borrower and the Lender shall negotiate in good faith in order to vary the terms on which the Loan shall continue to be made available to the Borrower. If the Borrower and the Lender shall fail to reach an agreement within 30 days of the date of the occurrence of the circumstances referred to in this Clause 13.4, the Loan will become repayable on the Lender’s demand.

 

13.5 If the Tsakos family (either directly and/or through companies beneficially owned by the Tsakos family and/or trusts or foundations of which the Tsakos family are beneficiaries) (i) own less than 20% of the issued share capital of the Borrower at any time or (ii) do not have a substantial (in the opinion of the Lender) representation in the senior executive management of the Borrower or the Borrower ceases to own the whole of the issued share capital of the Guarantor, the Borrower and the Lender shall negotiate in good faith in order to vary the terms on which the Loan shall continue to be made available to the Borrower. If the Borrower and the Lender shall fail to reach an agreement within 30 days of the date of the occurrence of the circumstances referred to in this Clause 13.5, the Loan will become repayable on the Lender’s demand.

 

14 INDEMNITIES

 

14.1 The Borrower shall indemnify the Lender on demand against all costs, expenses, liabilities and losses sustained or incurred as a result of or in connection with:

 

(a) any default in payment on the due date of any sum due hereunder (after giving credit for any default interest paid by the Borrower thereon under Clause 3.4); and/or

 

(b) the occurrence and/or continuance of any Event of Default (or event which, with the giving of notice and/or lapse of time or other applicable condition, might constitute an Event of Default) and/or the acceleration of repayment of the Loan pursuant to Clause 9.2; and/or

 

(c) the Loan not being borrowed on the date specified in the Notice of Drawing, other than as a result of a default by the Lender; and/or

 

(d) the payment or other receipt or recovery of all or any part of the Loan or an overdue sum otherwise than on the last day of an Interest Period relating thereto or other relevant period,

 

(including, where appropriate, but not limited to loss of profit and any losses sustained or incurred in liquidating or employing deposits from third parties acquired or arranged to effect or maintain the Loan or any part thereof and, in the applicable circumstances referred to in Clause 14.1(d), an amount equal to the Margin which would, but for prepayment or other receipt or recovery of all or any part of the Loan, have accrued on the Loan from the date of such prepayment, receipt or recovery to the end of the current Interest Period).

 

25


14.2 If, under any applicable law or regulation, and whether pursuant to a judgment being made or registered against the Borrower or the liquidation of the Borrower or for any other reason, any payment under or in connection with this Agreement is made or falls to be satisfied in a currency (the “ payment currency ”) other than the currency in which such payment is due under or in connection with this Agreement (the “ contractual currency ”), then to the extent that the amount of such payment actually received by the Lender, when converted into the contractual currency at the rate of exchange, falls short of the amount due under or in connection with this Agreement, the Borrower, as a separate and independent obligation, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Lender against the amount of such shortfall. For the purposes of this Clause 14.2, “ rate of exchange ” means the rate at which the Lender is able on or about the date of such payment to purchase the contractual currency with the payment currency and shall take into account any premium and other costs of exchange with respect thereto.

 

14.3 The Borrower shall indemnify the Lender on demand against all costs, expenses, liabilities and losses sustained or incurred as a result of or in connection with any Environmental Claims being made against the Lender or otherwise howsoever arising out of any Environmental Incident.

 

14.4 The Borrower shall indemnify the Lender on demand against all costs and expenses arising out of the role of the Receiving Bank in relation to the Loan.

 

15 SET-OFF

 

15.1 The Borrower hereby authorises the Lender (without prior notice) to apply any credit balance (whether or not then due) which is at any time held by the Lender for the account of the Borrower at any office of the Lender in any country in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due from the Borrower to the Lender under this Agreement, the Master Agreement or any of the Security Documents to which the Borrower is a party and unpaid. For that purpose:

 

(a) the Lender is authorised to use all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance to buy such other currencies as may be necessary to effect such application; and

 

(b) break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance of the Borrower; and

 

(c) enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to a deposit or other credit balance as the Lender considers appropriate.

 

15.2 If the Borrower is the defaulting party under the Master Agreement, the Lender, as the non-defaulting party, may (without prejudice to or limitation of its right of set-off under section 6(e) of the Master Agreement and its rights under Clause 15.1) at the same time as, or at any time after, the Borrower’s default set-off any amount due from the Borrower to the Lender under this Agreement against any amount due from the Lender to the Borrower under the Master Agreement, and apply the first amount in discharging the second amount. The effect of any set-off under this Clause 15.2 shall be effective to extinguish or, as the case may require, reduce the liabilities of the Lender under the Master Agreement.

 

15.3 The Lender shall not be obliged to exercise any of its rights under Clause 15.1, which shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, lien or other rights to which the Lender is at any time otherwise entitled (whether by operation of law, contract or otherwise).

 

26


16 SECURITY AND APPLICATION

 

16.1 The Borrower hereby undertakes with the Lender to execute, deliver and perform the provisions of, and procure the execution, delivery and performance by the other parties thereto (other than the Lender) of, the Security Documents and the provisions thereof at the times and in the manner provided in this Agreement and in the Security Documents so that all such documents shall both at the date of such execution and delivery and at all times during the Security Period be valid and binding obligations of the Borrower and such other parties enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

 

16.2 All moneys received by the Lender under or pursuant to this Agreement or any of the Security Documents and expressed to be applicable in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 16.2 shall (unless the Lender otherwise requires) be applied by the Lender in the following manner:

 

FIRST: in or towards satisfaction of any amounts as are then accrued due and payable under this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents (or any of them) or are then due and payable by virtue of payment demanded under this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents (or any of them) in such order of application as the Lender shall think fit;

 

SECONDLY: at the option of the Lender (i) in retention of an amount equal to any amounts which are not then accrued due and payable under this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents (or any of them) or are not then due and payable by virtue of payment demanded under this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents (or any of them) but which (in the sole and absolute opinion of the Lender) will or may become due and payable in the future and, upon the same becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction thereof in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Clause 16.2 and/or (ii) in or towards prepayment of the Loan in accordance with sub-clauses (d) and (e) of Clause 4.2; and

 

THIRDLY: the surplus (if any) shall be paid to the Borrower or to whomsoever else may be entitled thereto.

 

17 COMMUNICATIONS

 

17.1 Except as otherwise provided for in this Agreement, all notices or other communications under or in respect of this Agreement to either party hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given or made when delivered (in the case of personal delivery or letter) and when despatched (in the case of fax) to such party addressed to it at the address appearing below (or at such address as such party may hereafter specify for such purpose to the other by notice in writing):

 

(a)     in the case of the Borrower:  

c/o the Approved Manager

Macedonia House

367 Syngrou Avenue

Greece

 

Fax No: + 30 210 948 0710

    

 

27


(b)    in the case of the Lender:

  

Akti Miaouli 61

    
    

Piraeus 185 10

    
    

Greece

    
           
    

Fax No: + 30 210 429 4147

Attn: Shipping Department

    

 

A written notice includes a notice by fax. A notice or other communication received on a non-working day or after business hours in the place of receipt, shall be deemed to be served on the next following working day in such place.

 

17.2 All communications and documents delivered pursuant to or otherwise relating to this Agreement or any of the Security Documents shall either be in English or accompanied by a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Lender.

 

17.3 A certificate or determination of the Lender as to any matter provided for in this Agreement or any of the Security Documents shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrower.

 

18 ASSIGNMENTS

 

18.1 This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Lender and the Borrower and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

18.2 The Borrower may not assign or transfer all or any part of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement.

 

18.3 The Lender may:

 

(a) assign or transfer all or any part of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and the Security Documents with prior consent of the Borrower (which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); and

 

(b) sub-participate all or any part of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and the Security Documents or change its lending office, in each such case, without the consent of the Borrower.

 

18.4 The Lender may disclose, with the prior written consent of the Borrower (which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), to any potential assignee or transferee of all or any part of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and the Security Documents or to any such sub-participant or any other person who may otherwise enter into contractual relations with the Lender in relation to this Agreement and the Security Documents, such information about this Agreement and/or the Security Documents (or any of them) and the Borrower and/or its related entities as the Lender thinks fit.

 

19 MISCELLANEOUS

 

19.1 Time shall be of the essence in this Agreement. No delay or omission on the part of the Lender in exercising any right, power or remedy under this Agreement shall impair such right, power or remedy or be construed as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The rights, powers and remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers and remedies provided by law and may be exercised from time to time and as often as the Lender deems expedient.

 

28


19.2 Any waiver by the Lender of any provision of this Agreement, or any consent or approval given by the Lender hereunder, shall only be effective if given in writing and then only for the purpose and upon the terms for which it is given.

 

19.3 If at any time any one or more of the provisions in this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law or regulation, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be in any way affected or impaired thereby.

 

19.4 The obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until the Lender shall have received all amounts due or to become due to it hereunder and under the Security Documents in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof. Without prejudice to the foregoing, the obligations of the Borrower under Clauses 3.4, 10, 12, 13.2 and 14 shall survive the repayment of the Loan.

 

19.5 The terms of this Agreement shall be treated as strictly confidential and no party shall disclose or communicate to any person the existence or the terms of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

19.6 A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

20 LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

20.1 This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

 

20.2 Subject to Clause 21.4, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction in relation to all matters which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement.

 

20.3 The Borrower shall not commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a matter which arises out of or in connection with this Agreement.

 

20.4 Clause 21.2 is for the exclusive benefit of the Lender which reserves the rights:

 

(a) to commence proceedings in relation to any matter which arises out of or in connection with this Agreement in the courts of any country other than England and which have or claim jurisdiction to that matter; and

 

(b) to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or without commencing proceedings in England.

 

20.5 The Borrower irrevocably appoints HFW Nominees Limited at its office for the time being, presently at Marlow House, Lloyds Avenue, London EC3N 3AL, England, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with this Agreement.

 

20.6 In this Clause 21, “proceedings” means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure.

 

29


SCHEDULE

 

The Mandatory Cost Rate will be calculated in accordance with the following formula:

 

F x 0.01

    300

 

where on the day(s) of application of the formula:

 

F. is the rate of charge payable by the Lender to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to paragraph 2 of the Fees Regulations (but where for this purpose, the figure at paragraph 2.02b/2.03b shall be deemed to be zero) and expressed in pounds per £1 million of the Fee Base of the Lender.

 

For the purposes of this Schedule:

 

Fee Base has the meaning ascribed to it for the purposes of, and shall be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Regulations.

 

Fees Regulations means, as appropriate, either the Banking Supervision (Fees) Regulations 2000 or such regulations as from time to time may be in force, relating to the payment of fees for banking supervision in respect of periods subsequent to 31 March 2001.

 

Any reference to a provision of any statute, directive, order or regulation herein is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted from time to time.

 

If alternative or additional financial requirements are imposed which in the Lender’s opinion make the formula set out above no longer appropriate, the Lender shall be entitled to stipulate such other formula as shall be suitable to apply in substitution for the formula set out above.

 

30


IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have entered into this Agreement the date first above written.

 

BORROWER

       

SIGNED by

  )       / S /    J ONATHAN  C AMPBELL

for and on behalf of

  )    

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED     

  )    

in the presence of:

  )    

LENDER

       

SIGNED by

 

)

      / S /    F OTIS B RATIMOS

for and on behalf of

 

)

   

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND plc

 

)

   

in the presence of:

 

)

   

 

31


APPENDIX

 

NOTICE OF DRAWING

 

To: The Royal Bank of Scotland plc

61 Akti Miaouli

Piraeus 185 10

Greece

 

Attention: Shipping Department

   [•] July 2003        

 

Dear Sirs

 

We refer to the loan agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) entered into between yourselves and ourselves dated [•] June 2003 pursuant to which a loan facility of up to US$26,000,000 has been made available to us. Terms defined in the Agreement shall have the same meanings when used herein.

 

We refer to Clause 2.2 of the Agreement and hereby request to borrow the Loan:

 

(a) the amount of the proposed Loan is US$26,000,000;

 

(b) the Drawdown Date of the proposed Loan is [•] August 2003;

 

(c) the duration of the first Interest Period relative to the Loan shall be [        ] months; and

 

(d) the payment instructions for the Loan are to pay the whole amount thereof to the Operating Account and to transfer therefrom to the Builder an amount to be specified in separate written instructions to be issued at the relevant time by us to you.

 

We confirm that:

 

(i) the representations and warranties made by us in Clause 6.1 of the Agreement are true and accurate on the date hereof as if made on such date;

 

(ii) the undertakings contained in Clauses 7.1 and 7.2 have at all times been complied with; and

 

(iii) no Event of Default (or event which, with the giving of notice and/or lapse of time or any other applicable condition, might constitute an Event of Default) has occurred and is continuing or would result from the proposed borrowing.

 


 

for and on behalf of

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

 

32

Exhibit 4.21

 

Dated 23 January 2004

 

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

as Borrower

 

- and -

 

THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

listed in Schedule 1

as Lenders

 

- and -

 

CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL PLC

 

as Agent

 


 

LOAN AGREEMENT

 


 

relating to

a US$40,000,000 loan facility to part-finance

the acquisition cost of the 1994-built VLCC,

m.t. “MAERSK ESTELLE” (tbr “LA MADRINA”)

 

WATSON, FARLEY & WILLIAMS


INDEX

 

Clause


  Page

1

  INTERPRETATION   1

2

  LOAN   13

3

  POSITION OF THE LENDERS AND THE MAJORITY LENDERS AND AGENCY PROVISIONS   13

4

  DRAWDOWN   17

5

  INTEREST   18

6

  INTEREST PERIODS   20

7

  DEFAULT INTEREST   21

8

  REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT   22

9

  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT   24

10

  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES   25

11

  GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS   27

12

  CORPORATE UNDERTAKINGS   30

13

  INSURANCE   33

14

  SHIP COVENANTS   38

15

  SECURITY COVER   43

16

  PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS   44

17

  APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS   46

18

  APPLICATION OF EARNINGS   47

19

  EVENTS OF DEFAULT   48

20

  FEES AND EXPENSES   52

21

  INDEMNITIES   53

22

  NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION   55

23

  ILLEGALITY, ETC   56

24

  INCREASED COSTS   57

25

  SET–OFF   58

26

  TRANSFERS AND CHANGES IN LENDING OFFICES   59


27

  VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS   62

28

  NOTICES   63

29

  SUPPLEMENTAL   65

30

  LAW AND JURISDICTION   65

SCHEDULE 1 LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS

  67

SCHEDULE 2 DRAWDOWN NOTICE

  68

SCHEDULE 3 CONDITION PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS

  69

SCHEDULE 4 TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

  72

SCHEDULE 5 MANDATORY COST RATE FORMULA

  75

EXECUTION PAGE

  77


THIS LOAN AGREEMENT is made on 23 January 2004

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1) TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED , as Borrower ;

 

(2) THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1, as Lenders ; and

 

(3) CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL plc , acting through its office at Citigroup Centre, 33 Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London E14 5LB, England as Agent ; and

 

WHEREAS:

 

The Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrower a loan facility of $40,000,000 in a single advance for the purpose of part-financing the acquisition cost of the 1994-built VLCC “MAERSK ESTELLE” of approximately 158,475 gross registered tons and 95,332 net registered tons from A.P. Moller Singapore Pte., Ltd.

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1 INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions. Subject to Clause 1.5, in this Agreement:

 

Affected Lender ” has the meaning given in Clause 5.7;

 

Agent ” means Citibank International plc of, if at any time there is one Lender, 47-49 Akti Miaouli, Piraeus, Greece and, if at any time there is more than one Lender, Citigroup Centre, 33 Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London E14 5LB, England;

 

Approved Manager ” means Tsakos Energy Management Limited as manager and Tsakos Shipping & Trading S.A. as sub-manager or, in either case, any other company which the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, approve from time to time as the manager or, as the case may be, the sub-manager of the Ships;

 

Argosy ” means Argosy Insurance Company Limited, a company incorporated in Bermuda;

 

Availability Period ” means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on:

 

  (a) 31 January 2004 (or, such later date as the Agent may, with the authorisation of all the Lenders, agree with the Borrower); or

 

  (b) if earlier, the date on which the Total Commitments are fully borrowed, cancelled or terminated;

 

Balloon Instalment ” has the meaning given in Clause 8.1;

 

Borrower ” means Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited, a limited liability company incorporated as an exempt company in Bermuda whose registered office is at Ram Re House, Second Floor, 46 Reid Street, Hamilton HM12, Bermuda (and includes its successors);


Borrower’s Group ” means the Borrower and each of its subsidiaries;

 

Business Day ” means a day on which banks are generally open for business in London, Athens and Piraeus and, if on that day a payment or other dealing is due to take place under this Agreement, a day on which commercial banks are open in New York City;

 

Commitment ” means, in relation to a Lender, the amount set opposite its name in Schedule 1, or, as the case may require, the amount specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate, as that amount may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement;

 

Contractual Currency ” has the meaning given in Clause 21.5;

 

Contribution ” means, in relation to a Lender, the part of the Loan which is owing to that Lender;

 

Creditor Party ” means the Agent or any Lender, whether as at the date of this Agreement or at any later time;

 

Distribution ” means the declaration or payment of any dividend of any kind (other than by way of stock or shares in the Borrower or similar instruments) or the making of any distribution (other than by way of stock or shares in the Borrower or similar instruments) on any of its stock or shares;

 

Dollars ” and “ $ ” means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America;

 

Drawdown Date ” means the date requested by the Borrower for the Loan to be advanced, or (as the context requires) the date on which the Loan is actually advanced;

 

Drawdown Notice ” means a notice in the form set out in Schedule 2 (or in any other form which the Agent approves or reasonably requires);

 

Earnings ” means all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Owner or any Creditor Party and which arise out of the use or operation of the Ship, including (but not limited to):

 

  (a) all freight, hire and passage moneys, compensation payable to the Owner or any Creditor Party in the event of requisition of the Ship for hire, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys and damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of the Ship;

 

  (b) all moneys which are at any time payable under Insurances in relation to the Ship in respect of loss of earnings; and

 

  (c) if and whenever the Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to the Ship;

 

2


Earnings Account ” means an account in the name of the Owner with the Agent in Piraeus designated “LA MADRINA - Earnings Account” or any other account (with that or another office of the Agent) which is designated by the Agent as the Earnings Account in relation to the Ship for the purposes of this Agreement;

 

Earnings Account Pledge ” means a pledge of the Earnings Account executed or to be executed by the Owner in favour of the Lenders in such form as the Lenders may approve or require;

 

Environmental Claim ” means:

 

  (a) any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law; or

 

  (b) any claim by any other person which relates to an Environmental Incident or to an alleged Environmental Incident;

 

and “ claim ” means a claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or any other payment of any kind whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset;

 

Environmental Incident ” means:

 

  (a) any release of Environmentally Sensitive Material from the Ship; or

 

  (b) any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released from a vessel other than the Ship and which involves a collision between the Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which the Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or the Ship and/or the Owner and/or any operator or manager of it is at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

 

  (c) any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released otherwise than from the Ship and in connection with which the Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where the Owner and/or any operator or manager of the Ship is at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action;

 

Environmental Law ” means any law relating to pollution or protection of the environment, to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material;

 

Environmentally Sensitive Material ” means oil, oil products and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous;

 

3


Event of Default ” means any of the events or circumstances described in Clause 19.1;

 

Finance Documents ” means:

 

  (a) this Agreement;

 

  (b) the Guarantee;

 

  (c) the Mortgage;

 

  (d) the General Assignment;

 

  (e) the Earnings Account Pledge;

 

  (f) the Reinsurances Assignment; and

 

  (g) any other document (whether creating a Security Interest or not) which is executed at any time by the Borrower, the Owner or any other person as security for, or to establish any form of subordination or priorities arrangement in relation to, any amount payable to the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the documents referred to in this definition;

 

Financial Indebtedness ” means, in relation to a person (the “ debtor ”), a liability of the debtor:

 

  (a) for principal, interest or any other sum payable in respect of any moneys borrowed or raised by the debtor;

 

  (b) under any loan stock, bond, note or other security issued by the debtor;

 

  (c) under any acceptance credit, guarantee or letter of credit facility made available to the debtor;

 

  (d) under a financial lease, a deferred purchase consideration arrangement or any other agreement having the commercial effect of a borrowing or raising of money by the debtor;

 

  (e) under any foreign exchange transaction, any interest or currency swap or any other kind of derivative transaction entered into by the debtor; or

 

  (f) under a guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation entered into by the debtor in respect of a liability of another person which would fall within paragraphs (a) to (e) if the references to the debtor referred to the other person;

 

Financial Year ” means, in relation to the Borrower’s Group, each period of 1 year commencing on 1 January in respect of which its audited accounts are or ought to be prepared;

 

General Assignment ” means a general assignment of the Earnings, the Insurances and any Requisition Compensation of the Ship executed or to be executed by the Owner in favour of the Lenders in such form as the Lenders may approve or require;

 

4


Guarantee ” means a guarantee by the Owner of the Borrower’s liabilities under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents executed or to be executed by the Owner in favour of the Lenders in such form as the Lenders may approve or require;

 

Insurances ” means:

 

  (a) all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of the Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, which are effected in respect of the Ship, her Earnings or otherwise in relation to her; and

 

  (b) all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of the foregoing, including any rights to a return of a premium;

 

Interest Period ” means a period determined in accordance with Clause 6;

 

ISM Code ” means, in relation to its application to the Approved Manager, the Owner, the Ship and its operation:

 

  (a) ‘The International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention’, currently known or referred to as the ‘ISM Code’, adopted by the Assembly of the International Maritime Organisation by Resolution A.741(18) on 4 November 1993 and incorporated on 19 May 1994 into chapter IX of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea 1974 (SOLAS 1974); and

 

  (b) all further resolutions, circulars, codes, guidelines, regulations and recommendations which are now or in the future issued by or on behalf of the International Maritime Organisation or any other entity with responsibility for implementing the ISM Code, including without limitation, the ‘Guidelines on implementation or administering of the International Safety Management (ISM) Code by Administrations’ produced by the International Maritime Organisation pursuant to Resolution A.788(19) adopted on 25 November 1995,

 

as the same may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time;

 

ISM Code Documentation ” includes:

 

  (a) the document of compliance (DOC) and safety management certificate (SMC) issued pursuant to the ISM Code in relation to the Ship within the periods specified by the ISM Code; and

 

  (b) all other documents and data which are relevant to the ISM SMS and its implementation and verification which the Agent may require; and

 

  (c) any other documents which are prepared or which are otherwise relevant to establish and maintain the Ship’s compliance or the compliance of the Owner with the ISM Code which the Agent may require;

 

ISM SMS ” means the safety management system for the Ship which is required to be developed, implemented and maintained by the Owner under the ISM Code;

 

5


Lender ” means, subject to Clause 26.6:

 

  (a) a bank or financial institution listed in Schedule 1 and acting through its branch indicated in Schedule 1 (or through another branch notified to the Agent under Clause 26.14) unless it has delivered a Transfer Certificate or Certificates covering the entire amounts of its Commitment and its Contribution; and

 

  (b) the holder for the time being of a Transfer Certificate;

 

(and includes their respective successors);

 

LIBOR ” means, for an Interest Period:

 

  (a) the rate per annum equal to the offered quotation for deposits in Dollars for a period equal to, or as near as possible equal to, the relevant Interest Period which appears on Telerate Page 3750 or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for that Interest Period (or on such other service as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rates for Dollars); or

 

  (b) if no rate is quoted on Telerate Page 3750, the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest one-sixteenth of one per cent.) of the rates per annum notified to the Agent by each Lender as the rate at which deposits in Dollars are offered to that Lender by leading banks in the London Interbank Market at that Lender’s request at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for that Interest Period for a period equal to that Interest Period and for delivery on the first Business Day of it;

 

Loan ” means the principal amount for the time being outstanding under this Agreement;

 

Major Casualty ” means any casualty to the Ship in respect of which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $1,000,000 or the equivalent in any other currency;

 

Majority Lenders ” means:

 

  (a) before the Loan has been advanced, Lenders whose Commitments total 66.7 per cent. of the Total Commitments; and

 

  (b) after the Loan has been advanced, Lenders whose Contributions total 66.7 per cent. of the Loan;

 

Mandatory Cost Rate ” means, in relation to the Loan:

 

  (a) the additional rate of interest calculated in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 5; and

 

  (b) the cost calculated as a percentage rate per annum incurred by a Lender as a result of compliance with any applicable regulatory or central bank requirements, including any reserve costs imposed by the European Central Bank or the European System of Central Banks;

 

6


Margin ” means 1 per cent. per annum;

 

MOA ” means a memorandum of agreement dated 10 December 2003 made between the Seller and the Owner in respect of the sale of the Ship by the Seller to, and her acquisition by, the Owner;

 

Mortgage ” means a first preferred Greek mortgage on the Ship executed or to be executed by the Owner in favour of the Lenders, in each case to be in such form as the Lenders may approve or require;

 

Negotiation Period ” has the meaning given in Clause 5.10;

 

Net Income ” means, in relation to each Financial Year of the Borrower, the aggregate income of the Borrower’s Group appearing in the annual audited financial statements of the Borrower’s Group for such Financial Year less the aggregate of:

 

  (a) the amounts incurred by the Borrower’s Group during such Financial Year as expenses of their business (including, without limitation, vessel and voyage expenses, commissions, vessel running expenses (including, but not limited to voyage, operating, repair, insurance, victualling and other related expenses), management fees, Board of Directors fees and general and administration expenses);

 

  (b) depreciation, amortisation and interest expense;

 

  (c) taxes; and

 

  (d) other items charged to the Borrower’s consolidated profit and loss account for the relevant Financial Year;

 

Owner ” means Avra Trading Co. Ltd., a company incorporated in the Republic of Liberia whose registered office is at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Republic of Liberia;

 

Payment Currency ” has the meaning given in Clause 21.5;

 

Pertinent Jurisdiction ”, in relation to a company, means:

 

  (a) England and Wales;

 

  (b) the country under the laws of which the company is incorporated or formed;

 

  (c) a country in which the company’s central management and control is or has recently been exercised;

 

  (d) a country in which the overall net income of the company is subject to corporation tax, income tax or any similar tax;

 

  (e) a country in which assets of the company (other than securities issued by, or loans to, related companies) having a substantial value are situated, in which the company maintains a permanent place of business, or in which a Security Interest created by the company must or should be registered in order to ensure its validity or priority; and

 

7


  (f) a country the courts of which have jurisdiction to make a winding up, administration or similar order in relation to the company or which would have such jurisdiction if their assistance were requested by the courts of a country referred to in paragraphs (b) or (c) above;

 

Potential Event of Default ” means an event or circumstance which, with the giving of any notice, the lapse of time, a determination of the Majority Lenders and/or the satisfaction of any other condition, would constitute an Event of Default;

 

Quotation Date ” means, in relation to any Interest Period (or any other period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document) in the case of deposits in Dollars, the day on which quotations would ordinarily be given by leading banks in the London Interbank Market for deposits in the relevant currency to which such rate is to be determined for delivery on the first day of that Interest Period or other period;

 

Reinsurances Assignment ” means an assignment of the policies and contracts of reinsurances entered into by Argosy with certain underwriters and insurance companies relating to cover for the Ship, to be executed by Argosy in favour of the Lenders in an agreed form;

 

Relevant Person ” has the meaning given in Clause 19.9;

 

Repayment Date ” means a date on which a repayment is required to be made under Clause 8;

 

Requisition Compensation ” includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of any act or event such as is referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of “ Total Loss ”;

 

Secured Liabilities ” means all liabilities which the Borrower, the Owner, the other Security Parties or any of them have, at the date of this Agreement or at any later time or times, under or by virtue of the Finance Documents or any judgement relating to the Finance Documents; and for this purpose, there shall be disregarded any total or partial discharge of these liabilities, or variation of their terms, which is effected by, or in connection with, any bankruptcy, liquidation, arrangement or other procedure under the insolvency laws of any country;

 

Security Cover Ratio ” means the ratio which is determined, at any time, by comparing the aggregate of the amounts referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 15.1 against the Loan;

 

Security Interest ” means:

 

  (a) a mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating) or pledge, any maritime or other lien or any other security interest of any kind;

 

  (b) the rights of the plaintiff under an action in rem in which the vessel concerned has been arrested or a writ has been issued or similar step taken; and

 

  (c) any arrangement entered into by a person (A) the effect of which is to place another person (B) in a position which is similar, in economic terms, to the position in which B would have been had he held a security interest over an asset of A;

 

8


but this definition does not apply to a right of set off or combination of accounts conferred by the standard terms of business of a bank or financial institution;

 

Security Party ” means the Owner and any other person (except a Creditor Party) who, as a surety or mortgagor, as a party to any subordination or priorities arrangement, or in any similar capacity, executes a document falling within the last paragraph of the definition of “Finance Documents”;

 

Security Period ” means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Agent notifies the Borrower, the Security Parties, the Lenders and the other Creditor Parties (which notice the Agent shall give when the conditions set out below are satisfied) that:

 

  (a) all amounts which have become due for payment by the Borrower or any Security Party under the Finance Documents have been paid;

 

  (b) no amount is owing or has accrued (without yet having become due for payment) under any Finance Document;

 

  (c) neither the Borrower nor any Security Party has any future or contingent liability under Clause 20, 21 or 22 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; and

 

  (d) the Agent and the Majority Lenders do not consider that there is a significant risk that any payment or transaction under a Finance Document would be set aside, or would have to be reversed or adjusted, in any present or possible future bankruptcy of the Borrower or a Security Party or in any present or possible future proceeding relating to a Finance Document or any asset covered (or previously covered) by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document;

 

Seller ” means A.P. Moller Singapore Pte. Ltd., a company incorporated in Singapore having a place of business at 200 Cantonment Road, No. 1000 Southpoint, Singapore 089763;

 

Ship ” means the very large crude carrier of approximately 158,475 gross registered tons and 95,332, net registered tons currently registered in the ownership of the Seller under Singapore flag with the name “MAERSK ESTELLE” and which is to be acquired by the Owner pursuant to the MOA and re-registered in its ownership under the Greek flag with name “LA MADRINA”;

 

Total Commitments ” means the aggregate of the Commitments of all the Lenders;

 

Total Loss ” means:

 

  (a) actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Ship;

 

  (b) any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of the Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than her proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government

 

9


or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority, excluding a requisition for hire for a fixed period not exceeding one year without any right to an extension;

 

  (c) any condemnation of the Ship by any tribunal or by any person or person claiming to be a tribunal; and

 

  (d) any arrest, capture, seizure or detention of the Ship (including any hijacking or theft) unless she is within 30 days redelivered to the full control of the Owner;

 

Total Loss Date ” means:

 

  (a) in the case of an actual loss of the Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when the Ship was last heard of;

 

  (b) in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Ship, the earliest of:

 

  (i) the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and

 

  (ii) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Owner with the Ship’s insurers in which the insurers agree to treat the Ship as a total loss; and

 

  (c) in the case of any other type of total loss, on the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Agent that the event constituting the total loss occurred;

 

Transfer Certificate ” has the meaning given in Clause 26.2;

 

Treaty on European Union ” means the Treaty of Rome of 25 March 1957, as amended by the Single European Act 1986 and the Maastricht Treaty of 7 February 1992; and

 

USGAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as from time to time in effect in the United States of America.

 

1.2 Construction of certain terms. In this Agreement:

 

approved ” means, for the purposes of Clause 13, approved in writing by the Agent, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders;

 

asset ” includes every kind of property, asset, interest or right, including any present, future or contingent right to any revenues or other payment;

 

company ” includes any partnership, joint venture and unincorporated association;

 

consent ” includes an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, registration, notarisation and legalisation;

 

contingent liability ” means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;

 

10


document ” includes a deed; also a letter, fax or telex;

 

excess risks ” means, in relation to the Ship, (i) the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges which are not recoverable as a result of the value at which the Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims exceeding her hull and machinery insured value and (ii) collision liabilities not recoverable in full under the applicable hull and machinery insurance by reason of such liabilities exceeding such proportion of the insured value of the Ship as is covered thereunder;

 

expense ” means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable value added or other tax;

 

law ” includes any form of delegated legislation, any order or decree, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council;

 

legal or administrative action” means any legal proceeding or arbitration and any administrative or regulatory action or investigation;

 

liability ” includes every kind of debt or liability (present or future, certain or contingent), whether incurred as principal or surety or otherwise;

 

months ” shall be construed in accordance with Clause 1.3;

 

obligatory insurances ” means, in relation to the Ship, all insurances effected, or which the Owner of the Ship is obliged to effect, under Clause 14 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;

 

parent company ” has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;

 

person ” includes any company; any state, political sub-division of a state and local or municipal authority; and any international organisation;

 

policy ”, in relation to any insurance, includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms;

 

protection and indemnity risks ” means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association managed in London, including, but not limited to, pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation therein of Clause 1 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls)(1/10/83) or Clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls)(1/11/1995) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision;

 

regulation ” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline whether or not having the force of law of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

subsidiary ” has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;

 

11


successor ” includes any person who is entitled (by assignment, novation, merger or otherwise) to any other person’s rights under this Agreement or any other Finance Document (or any interest in those rights) or who, as administrator, liquidator or otherwise, is entitled to exercise those rights; and in particular references to a successor include a person to whom those rights (or any interest in those rights) are transferred or pass as a result of a merger, division, reconstruction or other reorganisation of it or any other person;

 

tax ” includes any present or future tax, duty, impost, levy or charge of any kind which is imposed by any state, any political sub-division of a state or any local or municipal authority (including any such imposed in connection with exchange controls), and any connected penalty, interest or fine; and

 

war risks ” includes all risks referred to in the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) and (1/11/95) including, but not limited to, the risk of mines, blocking and trapping, missing vessel, confiscation and all risks excluded by Clause 23 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or Clause 24 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/1995).

 

1.3 Meaning of “month”. A period of one or more “months” ends on the day in the relevant calendar month numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which the period started (“the numerically corresponding day”), but:

 

(a) on the Business Day following the numerically corresponding day if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day or, if there is no later Business Day in the same calendar month, on the Business Day preceding the numerically corresponding day; or

 

(b) on the last Business Day in the relevant calendar month, if the period started on the last Business Day in a calendar month or if the last calendar month of the period has no numerically corresponding day;

 

and “month” and “monthly” shall be construed accordingly.

 

1.4 Meaning of “subsidiary”. A company (S) is a subsidiary of another company (P) if:

 

(a) a majority of the issued shares in S (or a majority of the issued shares in S which carry unlimited rights to capital and income distributions) are directly owned by P or are indirectly attributable to P; or

 

(b) P has direct or indirect control over a majority of the voting rights attaching to the issued shares of S; or

 

(c) P has the direct or indirect power to appoint or remove a majority of the directors of S; or

 

(d) P otherwise has the direct or indirect power to ensure that the affairs of S are conducted in accordance with the wishes of P;

 

and any company of which S is a subsidiary is a parent company of S.

 

12


1.5 General Interpretation.

 

(a) In this Agreement:

 

  (i) references to, or to a provision of, a Finance Document or any other document are references to it as amended or supplemented, whether before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;

 

  (ii) references to, or to a provision of, any law include any amendment, extension, re-enactment or replacement, whether made before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;

 

  (iii) words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and

 

  (iv) where a determination or opinion is stated to be “conclusive” it shall be binding on the relevant party save for manifest error;

 

(b) Clauses 1.1 to 1.4 and paragraph (a) of this Clause 1.5 apply unless the contrary intention appears.

 

(c) The clause headings shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

2 LOAN

 

2.1 Amount of Loan. Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Lenders shall make a loan facility of $40,000,000 available to the Borrower in a single advance.

 

2.2 Lenders’ participations in Loan. Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall participate in the Loan in the proportion which, as at the Drawdown Date, its Commitment bears to the Total Commitments.

 

2.3 Purpose of Loan. The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to use the Loan only for the purposes stated in the Recital to this Agreement.

 

3 POSITION OF THE LENDERS AND THE MAJORITY LENDERS AND AGENCY PROVISIONS

 

3.1 Interests of Lenders several. The rights of the Lenders under this Agreement are several; accordingly each Lender shall be entitled to sue for any amount which has become due and payable by the Borrower to it under this Agreement without joining the Agent or any other Lender as additional parties in the proceedings.

 

3.2 Proceedings by individual Lender. However, without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders, a Lender may not bring proceedings in respect of:

 

(a) any other liability or obligation of the Borrower or a Security Party under or connected with a Finance Document; or

 

(b) any misrepresentation or breach of warranty by the Borrower or a Security Party in or connected with a Finance Document.

 

3.3 Obligations of Lenders several. The obligations of the Lenders under this Agreement are several; and a failure of a Lender to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not result in:

 

(a) the obligations of the other Lenders being increased; nor

 

13


(b) the Borrower, any Security Party or any other Lender being discharged (in whole or in part)

 

from its obligations under any Finance Document;

 

and in no circumstances shall a Lender have any responsibility for a failure of another Lender to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

3.4 Parties bound by certain actions of the Majority Lenders. Every Lender, the Borrower and each Security Party shall be bound by:

 

(a) any determination made, or action taken, by the Majority Lenders under any provision of a Finance Document;

 

(b) any instruction or authorisation given by the Majority Lenders to the Agent under or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

(c) any action taken (or in good faith purportedly taken) by the Agent in accordance with such an instruction or authorisation.

 

3.5 Reliance on action of Agent . However, the Borrower and each Security Party:

 

(a) shall be entitled to assume that the Majority Lenders or all the Lenders as the case may be have duly given any instruction or authorisation which, under any provision of a Finance Document, is required in relation to any action which the Agent has taken or is about to take; and

 

(b) shall not be entitled to require any evidence that such an instruction or authorisation has been given.

 

3.6 Construction. In Clauses 3.4 and 3.5 references to action taken include (without limitation) the granting of any waiver or consent, an approval of any document and an agreement to any matter.

 

3.7 Appointment of Agent. Each Lender hereby appoints the Agent to act as its agent in connection with the Finance Documents and authorises the Agent to exercise such rights, powers and discretion as are specifically delegated to the Agent by the terms thereof together with all such rights, powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto.

 

3.8 Agent’s assumptions. The Agent may assume that:

 

(a) any representation made by any Security Party in connection with any Finance Document is true;

 

(b) no event which is or may become an Event of Default has occurred; and

 

(c) no Security Party is in breach of or in default under its obligations under any Finance Document,

 

unless it has actual knowledge or actual notice to the contrary.

 

14


3.9 Agent’s authority. The Agent may:

 

(a) assume that the details regarding the lending office of each Lender are those referred to in Schedule 1 of this Agreement until it has received from such Lender a notice designating some other office of such Lender to replace that referred to in Schedule 1 and the Agent may act upon any such notice until the same is superseded by a further such notice;

 

(b) engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, valuers, accountants, surveyors or other experts whose advice or services may to it seem necessary, expedient or desirable and rely upon any advice so obtained;

 

(c) rely as to any matters of fact which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of a Security Party upon a certificate signed by or on behalf of such Security Party;

 

(d) rely upon any communication or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine;

 

(e) refrain from exercising any right, power or discretion vested in it as agent under any or all of the Finance Documents unless and until instructed by the Majority Lenders as to whether or not such right, power or discretion is to be exercised and, if it is to be exercised, as to the manner in which it should be exercised; and

 

(f) refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of the Majority Lenders to begin any legal action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with any or all of the Finance Documents until it shall have received such security as it may require (whether by way of payment in advance or otherwise) for all costs, claims, expenses (including legal fees) and liabilities which it will or may expend or incur in complying with such instructions.

 

3.10 Agent’s obligations. The Agent shall:

 

(a) promptly inform each Lender of the contents of any notice or document received by it from any Security Party under any Finance Document;

 

(b) promptly notify each Lender of the occurrence of any Event of Default or any default by a Security Party in the due performance of or compliance with its obligations under this Agreement of which such Agent has actual knowledge or actual notice;

 

(c) save as otherwise provided herein, act as agent hereunder in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders, which instructions shall be binding on all of the Lenders; and

 

(d) if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power or discretion vested in it as agent under any Finance Document.

 

3.11 Agent under no obligation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary expressed or implied herein, the Agent shall not:

 

(a) be bound to enquire as to:

 

  (i) whether or not any representation made by any Security Party in connection with any Finance Document is true;

 

  (ii) the occurrence or otherwise of any event which is or may become an Event of Default;

 

  (iii) the performance by any Security Party of its obligations under any Finance Document; or

 

15


  (iv) any breach of or default by any Security Party of or under its obligations under any Finance Document;

 

(b) be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by the Agent for its own account;

 

(c) be bound to disclose to any other person any information relating to any Security Party or its shareholders, if such disclosure would or might in their opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or be otherwise actionable at the suit of any person; or

 

(d) be under any obligations other than those for which express provision is made herein.

 

3.12 Indemnifications. Each Lender shall, from time to time on demand by the Agent, indemnify the Agent, in the proportion that such Lender’s share of the Loan (or, if the Loan has not been made, such Lender’s Commitment) bears to the amount of the Loan (or, if the Loan has not been made, the Available Facility) at the time of such demand (or, if the Loan has then been repaid in full, immediately prior to the final repayment thereof), against any and all costs (except for the Agent’s usual operating costs not associated with any Event of Default under the Agreement), claims, expenses (including legal fees) and liabilities which the Agent may incur, otherwise than by reason of its own gross negligence or wilful misconduct, in acting in its capacity as agent hereunder.

 

3.13 Agent’s Liability. The Agent does not accept any responsibility for the accuracy and/or completeness of information supplied by any Security Party in connection herewith or for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents and the Agent shall not be under any liability as a result of taking or omitting to take any action in relation to the Finance Documents, save in the case of gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

3.14 Claims against Agent. Each of the Lenders agrees that it will not assert or seek to assert against any director, officer or employee of the Agent any claim it might have against the Agent in respect of the matters referred to in Clause 3.10.

 

3.15 Business with Security Parties. The Agent may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any Security Plarty or its shareholders (as applicable).

 

3.16 Resignation. The Agent may resign its appointment under the Finance Documents at any time without assigning any reason therefor by giving not less than fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice to that effect to each of the other parties hereto; Provided Always that such resignation shall not be effective until a successor for the retiring Agent is appointed in accordance with the succeeding provisions of this Clause 3.

 

3.17 Replacement of Agent. If the Agent gives notice of its resignation pursuant to Clause 3.16, then either a banking corporation or financial institution being wholly owned (100%) by CITIGROUP INC. may be appointed by the retiring Agent or its successors without requiring the Lender’s and the Security Parties’ consent or subject to the Security Parties’ consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) any reputable and experienced in shipping finance bank or other financial institution may be appointed as a successor to the retiring Agent by the Majority Lenders during or after the period of such notice but, if no such successor is so appointed, the retiring Agent may appoint such a successor itself.

 

3.18 Discharge from obligations of retiring Agent. If a successor to the retiring Agent is appointed under the provisions of Clause 3.17, then (i) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation under the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of the provisions of this Clause 3 and (ii) its successor and each of the other parties hereto shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been a party thereto.

 

16


3.19 Notices to go through the Agent. Whenever it is required under this Agreement that a notice be given to any Security Party by the Lenders or any of them or vice versa or that a request be made to any Security Party by the Lender or any of them or vice versa, any such notice or request shall always be given or made through the Agent.

 

3.20 Warranties to Agent. It is understood and agreed by each Lender that it has itself been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal of and investigations into the financial condition, creditworthiness, condition, affairs, status and nature of each Security Party and, accordingly, each Lender warrants to the Agent that it has not relied and will not hereafter rely on the Agent:

 

(a) to check or enquire on its behalf into the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information provided by any Security Party in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions therein contemplated (whether or not such information has been or is hereafter circulated to such Lender by the Agent); or

 

(b) to assess or keep under review on its behalf the financial condition, creditworthiness, condition, affairs, status or nature of any Security Party or (where applicable) its shareholders.

 

3.21 Duty of care and Rights of CITIGROUP Agents. In performing its duties and functions the Agent shall exercise the same standard of care as would be expected of a bank handling loans and security for its own account but it assumes no further responsibility whatsoever and, provided that in carrying out such duties and functions it acts in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement (except in the case of gross negligence or wilful misconduct), neither it nor any of its officers, directors, employees, independent consultants or agents shall be liable to the Lenders or any of them in connection howsoever with any action taken or omitted to be taken hereunder or in connection with this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents. The services to be provided by the Agent pursuant to this Agreement may be delegated by the Agent to another member of CITIGROUP INC. who will be allowed to enforce its rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 and the term “Agent” used in the Agreement will include such delegate.

 

3.22 Rights of Third Parties Act clarification. Without limiting or affecting any right or remedy which a person who is not a contractual party to this Agreement or any of the Security Documents (to which the parties hereto are a party) (a “third party” ) may have, or which is available or exists apart from the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999, a third party may not in its own right enforce any term of this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents (to which the parties hereto are a party). Furthermore, no term of this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents (to which the parties hereto are a party) purports to confer a benefit on any third party in that capacity, save as provided for above in Clause 3.21 hereof.

 

4 DRAWDOWN

 

4.1 Request for Loan. Subject to the following conditions, the Borrower may request the Loan to be advanced by ensuring that the Agent receives a completed Drawdown Notice not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) 3 Business Days prior to the intended Drawdown Date.

 

4.2 Availability. The conditions referred to in Clause 4.1 are that:

 

(a) a Drawdown Date has to be a Business Day during the Availability Period;

 

(b) the Loan shall be advanced in a single amount and any amount undrawn under the Loan shall be cancelled and may not be borrowed by the Borrower at a later date; and

 

17


(c) the Loan shall not exceed the Total Commitments.

 

4.3 Notification to Lenders of receipt of a Drawdown Notice. The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders that it has received a Drawdown Notice and the Agent shall inform each Lender of:

 

(a) the amount of the Loan and the Drawdown Date;

 

(b) the amount of that Lender’s participation in the Loan; and

 

(c) the duration of the first Interest Period relative to the Loan.

 

4.4 Drawdown Notice irrevocable. A Drawdown Notice must be signed by a duly authorised person on behalf of the Borrower; and once served, a Drawdown Notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.

 

4.5 Lenders to make available Contributions. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall, on and with value on the Drawdown Date, make available to the Agent for the account of the Borrower the amount due from that Lender on the Drawdown Date under Clause 2.2.

 

4.6 Disbursement of Loan. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement the Agent shall, on and with value on the Drawdown Date, pay to the Borrower the amounts which the Agent receives from the Lenders under Clause 4.5; and that payment to the Borrower shall be made:

 

(a) to an account of the Seller nominated by the Borrower in accordance with the MOA but subject to such conditions or restrictions as the Agent may reasonably impose; and

 

(b) in the like funds as the Agent received the payments from the Lenders.

 

5 INTEREST

 

5.1 Payment of normal interest. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, interest on the Loan in respect of each Interest Period applicable to it shall be paid by the Borrower on the last day of that Interest Period.

 

5.2 Normal rate of interest. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the rate of interest on the Loan in respect of an Interest Period applicable to it shall be the aggregate of (a) the Margin, (b) LIBOR for that Interest Period and (c) the Mandatory Cost Rate.

 

5.3 Payment of accrued interest. In the case of an Interest Period longer than 3 months, accrued interest shall be paid every 3 months during that Interest Period and on the last day of that Interest Period.

 

5.4 Notification of Interest Periods and rates of normal interest. The Agent shall notify the Borrower and each Lender of:

 

(a) each rate of interest; and

 

(b) the duration of each Interest Period;

 

18


as soon as reasonably practicable after each is determined.

 

5.5 Obligation of Lenders to quote. Each Lender shall use all reasonable efforts to supply any quotation required of it for the purposes of fixing a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

5.6 Absence of quotations by Lenders. If any Lender fails to supply a quotation when required, the Agent shall determine LIBOR on the basis of the quotations supplied by the other Lender or Lenders; but if at least half of the total number of Lenders at any time fail to provide a quotation, the relevant rate of interest shall be set in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 5.

 

5.7 Market disruption. The following provisions of this Clause 5 apply if:

 

(a) no rate is quoted on Telerate Page 3750 and at least half of the total number of Lenders at any time do not, before 1.00 p.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for an Interest Period, provide quotations to the Agent in order to fix LIBOR; or

 

(b) at least 1 Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, Lenders having Contributions together amounting to more than 50 per cent. of the Loan (or, if the Loan has not been advanced, Commitments amounting to more than 50 per cent. of the Total Commitments) notify the Agent that LIBOR fixed by the Agent would not accurately reflect the cost to those Lenders of funding their respective Contributions (or any part of them) during the Interest Period in the London Interbank Market at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for an Interest Period; or

 

(c) at least 1 Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, the Agent is notified by a Lender (the “ Affected Lender ”) that for any reason it is unable to obtain Dollars in the London Interbank Market in order to fund its Contribution (or any part of it) during the Interest Period.

 

5.8 Notification of market disruption. The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and each of the Lenders stating the circumstances falling within Clause 5.7 which have caused its notice to be given.

 

5.9 Suspension of drawdown. If the Agent’s notice under Clause 5.8 is served on the Borrower before the Loan is made:

 

(a) in a case falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) of Clause 5.7, the Lenders’ obligations to advance, and the Borrower’s obligation to borrow, the Loan; and

 

(b) in a case falling within paragraph (c) of Clause 5.7, the Affected Lender’s obligation to participate in the Loan;

 

shall be suspended while the circumstances referred to in the Agent’s notice continue.

 

5.10 Negotiation of alternative rate of interest. If the Agent’s notice under Clause 5.8 is served on the Borrower after the Loan is advanced, the Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender shall use reasonable endeavours to agree, within the 30 days after the date on which the Agent serves its notice under Clause 5.8 (the “ Negotiation Period ”), an alternative interest rate or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender to fund or continue to fund their or its Contribution during the Interest Period concerned.

 

19


5.11 Application of agreed alternative rate of interest. Any alternative interest rate or an alternative basis which is agreed during the Negotiation Period shall take effect in accordance with the terms agreed.

 

5.12 Alternative rate of interest in absence of agreement . If an alternative interest rate or alternative basis is not agreed within the Negotiation Period, and the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the Negotiation Period, then the Agent shall, with the agreement of each Lender or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender, set an interest period and interest rate representing the cost of funding of the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender in Dollars or in any available currency of their or its Contribution plus the aggregate of the Margin and the Mandatory Cost Rate; and the procedure provided for by this Clause 5.12 shall be repeated if the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the interest period so set by the Agent.

 

5.13 Notice of prepayment. If the Borrower does not agree with an interest rate set by the Agent under Clause 5.12, the Borrower may give the Agent not less than 5 Business Days’ notice of its intention to prepay.

 

5.14 Prepayment; termination of Commitments . A notice under Clause 5.13 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders or (as the case may require) the Affected Lender of the Borrower’s notice of intended prepayment; and:

 

(a) on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Total Commitments or (as the case may require) the Commitment of the Affected Lender shall be cancelled; and

 

(b) on the date specified in its notice of intended prepayment, the Borrower shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Loan or, as the case may be, the Affected Lender’s Contribution, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the aggregate of the Margin and the Mandatory Cost Rate and, if the prepayment or repayment is not made on the last day of the interest period set by the Agent, any sums payable under Clause 21.1(b).

 

5.15 Application of prepayment. The provisions of Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.

 

6 INTEREST PERIODS

 

6.1 Commencement of Interest Periods. The first Interest Period applicable to the Loan shall commence on the Drawdown Date and each subsequent Interest Period shall commence on the expiry of the preceding Interest Period.

 

6.2 Duration of normal Interest Periods. Subject to Clauses 6.3 and 6.4, each Interest Period shall be:

 

(a) 1, 2, 3, 6 or 12 months as notified by the Borrower to the Agent not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) 2 Business Days before the commencement of the Interest Period subject to the consent of the Lenders in their discretion in the case that the Interest Period is longer than 6 months; or

 

20


(b) 3 months, if the Borrower fails to notify the Agent by the time specified in paragraph (a) above; or

 

(c) such other period as the Agent may, with the authorisation of all the Lenders, agree with the Borrower.

 

6.3 Duration of Interest Periods for repayment instalments. In respect of an amount due to be repaid under Clause 8 on a particular Repayment Date, an Interest Period shall end on that Repayment Date.

 

6.4 Non-availability of matching deposits for Interest Period selected. If, after the Borrower has selected (and the Lenders have agreed) an Interest Period longer than 6 months, any Lender notifies the Agent by 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the third Business Day before the commencement of that Interest Period, that it is not satisfied that deposits in Dollars for a period equal to that Interest Period will be available to it in the London Interbank Market when that Interest Period commences that Interest Period shall be of a duration of 6 months.

 

7 DEFAULT INTEREST

 

7.1 Payment of default interest on overdue amounts. The Borrower shall pay interest in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 7 on any amount payable by the Borrower under any Finance Document which the Agent or the other designated payee does not receive on or before the relevant date, that is:

 

(a) the date on which the Finance Documents provide that such amount is due for payment; or

 

(b) if a Finance Document provides that such amount is payable on demand, the date on which the demand is served; or

 

(c) if such amount has become immediately due and payable under Clause 19.4, the date on which it became immediately due and payable.

 

7.2 Default rate of interest. Interest shall accrue on an overdue amount from (and including) the relevant date until the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be 2 per cent plus:

 

(a) in the case of an overdue amount of principal, the higher of the rates set out at paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 7.3; or

 

(b) in the case of any other overdue amount, the rate set out at paragraph (b) of Clause 7.3.

 

7.3 Calculation of default rate of interest. The rates referred to in Clause 7.2 are:

 

(a) the rate applicable to the overdue principal amount immediately prior to the relevant date (but only for any unexpired part of any then current Interest Period applicable to it); and

 

(b) the Margin plus, in respect of successive periods of any duration (including at call) up to 3 months which the Agent may select from time to time:

 

  (i) LIBOR; or

 

21


  (ii) if the Agent (after consultation with all the Lenders) determines that deposits of Dollars for any such period are not being made available to any Lender by leading banks in the London Interbank Market in the ordinary course of business, a rate from time to time determined by the Agent by reference to the cost of funds to the Lender from such other sources as the Agent (after consultation with all the Lenders) may from time to time determine.

 

7.4 Notification of interest periods and default rates. The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower of each interest rate determined by the Agent under Clause 7.3 and of each period selected by the Agent for the purposes of paragraph (b) of that Clause; but this shall not be taken to imply that the Borrower is liable to pay such interest only with effect from the date of the Agent’s notification.

 

7.5 Payment of accrued default interest. Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, any interest due under this Clause 7 shall be paid on the last day of the period by reference to which it was determined; and the payment shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Party to which the overdue amount is due.

 

7.6 Compounding of default interest. Any such interest which is not paid at the end of the period by reference to which it was determined shall thereupon be compounded.

 

8 REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT

 

8.1 Amount of repayment instalments. The Borrower shall repay the Loan by:

 

(a) 16 consecutive 6-monthly instalments in the amounts and on the Repayment Dates referred to below:

 

Repayment Date

(number of months after the Drawdown Date)


  

Repayment Amount

$


6

   2,250,000

12

   2,250,000

18

   2,000,000

24

   2,000,000

30

   1,750,000

36

   1,750,000

42

   1,750,000

48

   1,750,000

54

   1,500,000

60

   1,500,000

66

   1,500,000

72

   1,500,000

78

   1,250,000

84

   1,250,000

90

   1,250,000

96

   1,250,000

 

(b) together with the sixteenth such instalment, a balloon instalment in the amount of $13,500,000 (the “ Balloon Instalment ”)

 

Provided that if the amount of the Loan drawndown is less than $40,000,000, then the Balloon Instalment and each repayment instalment applicable to the Loan shall be reduced pro rata by an amount in aggregate equal to such undrawn amount.

 

22


8.2 Repayment Dates. The first repayment instalment for the Loan shall be repaid on the date falling 6 months after the Drawdown Date, each subsequent repayment instalment shall be repaid at 6-monthly intervals thereafter and the last instalment together with the relevant Balloon Instalment shall be repaid on the earlier of:

 

(a) the date falling on the eighth anniversary of the Drawdown Date; and

 

(b) 31 January 2012.

 

8.3 Final Repayment Date. On the final Repayment Date, the Borrower shall additionally pay to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Parties all other sums (if any) then accrued or owing under any Finance Document.

 

8.4 Voluntary prepayment. Subject to the following conditions, the Borrower may prepay the whole or any part of the Loan.

 

8.5 Conditions for voluntary prepayment. The conditions referred to in Clause 8.4 are that:

 

(a) a partial prepayment shall be equal to the amount of the repayment instalment which is payable on the next Repayment Date after such prepayment date of relevant prepayment or a higher integral multiple thereof;

 

(b) the Agent has received from the Borrower at least 15 days’ prior written notice specifying the amount to be prepaid and the date on which the prepayment is to be made;

 

(c) the Borrower has provided evidence satisfactory to the Agent that any consent required by the Borrower or any Security Party in connection with the prepayment has been obtained and remains in force.

 

8.6 Effect of notice of prepayment. A prepayment notice may not be withdrawn or amended without the consent of the Agent, given with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, and the amount specified in the prepayment notice shall become due and payable by the Borrower on the date for prepayment specified in the prepayment notice.

 

8.7 Notification of notice of prepayment. The Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly upon receiving a prepayment notice, and shall provide any Lender which so requests with a copy of any document delivered by the Borrower under Clause 8.5(c).

 

8.8 Mandatory prepayment. The Borrower shall be obliged to prepay the Loan in full if:

 

(a) the Ship is sold or becomes a Total Loss:

 

  (i) in the case of a sale, on or before the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of the Ship to the buyer; or

 

  (ii) in the case of a Total Loss, on the earlier of the date falling 150 days after the Total Loss Date and the date of receipt by the Agent of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss; or

 

(b) forthwith upon (i) the Borrower’s shares ceasing to be quoted on the New York Stock Exchange or (ii) members of the Tsakos family (either directly and/or through companies beneficially owned by the Tsakos family and/or trusts or foundations of which the Tsakos family are beneficiaries) ceasing to own and control less than 20 per cent. of the issued share capital of the Borrower; or

 

23


(c) forthwith upon persons other than members of the Tsakos family (either directly and/or through companies beneficially owned by the Tsakos family and/or trusts or foundations of which the Tsakos family are beneficiaries) owning or controlling more than 50 per cent. of the issued share capital of the Borrower.

 

8.9 Application of partial prepayment. Each partial prepayment shall be applied first against the Balloon Instalment and thereafter the repayment instalments specified in Clause 8.1(a) in inverse order of maturity.

 

8.10 Amounts payable on repayment or prepayment. A repayment or prepayment shall be made together with accrued interest (and any other amount payable under Clause 21 or otherwise) in respect of the amount repaid or prepaid and, if the repayment or prepayment is not made on the last day of an applicable Interest Period together with any sums payable under Clause 21.1(b) but without premium or penalty.

 

8.11 No Reborrowing. No amount prepaid may be reborrowed.

 

9 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

9.1 Documents, fees and no default. Each Lender’s obligation to contribute to the Loan is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(a) that, on or before the service of the Drawdown Notice, the Agent receives the documents described in Part A of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to it;

 

(b) that, on the Drawdown Date but prior to the advance of the Loan, the Agent receives the documents described in Part B of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to it;

 

(c) that the Drawdown Notice contains irrevocable instructions from the Borrower to pay on the Drawdown Date to the Agent the arrangement fee referred to in Clause 20.1:

 

(d) that both at the date of the Drawdown Notice and at the Drawdown Date:

 

  (i) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the borrowing of the Loan;

 

  (ii) the representations and warranties in Clause 10 and those of the Borrower or any Security Party which are set out in the other Finance Documents would be true and not misleading if repeated on each of those dates with reference to the circumstances then existing; and

 

  (iii) none of the circumstances contemplated by Clause 5.7 has occurred and is continuing;

 

(e) that the Agent has received, and found to be acceptable to it, any further opinions, consents, agreements and documents in connection with the Finance Documents which the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, request by notice to the Borrower prior to the Drawdown Date.

 

24


9.2 Waiver of conditions precedent . If the Majority Lenders, at their discretion, permit the Loan to be borrowed before certain of the conditions referred to in Clause 9.1 are satisfied, the Borrower shall ensure that those conditions are satisfied within 10 Business Days after the Drawdown Date (or such longer period as the Agent, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, specifies).

 

10 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

10.1 General. The Borrower represents and warrants to each Creditor Party as follows.

 

10.2 Status. The Borrower is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Bermuda.

 

10.3 Share capital and ownership. The Borrower has an authorised share capital of $40,000,000 divided into 40,000,000 shares of $1 each, 16,978,857 of such shares have been issued each fully paid.

 

10.4 Corporate power. The Borrower (or, in the case of paragraph (a), the Owner) has the corporate capacity, and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents necessary for it:

 

(a) to own and register the Ship in its ownership on the Greek flag;

 

(b) to execute the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party; and

 

(c) to borrow under this Agreement, and to make all the payments contemplated by, and to comply with, those Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party.

 

10.5 Consents in force. All the consents referred to in Clause 10.4 remain in force and nothing has occurred which makes any of them liable to revocation.

 

10.6 Legal validity; effective Security Interests. The Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party, do now or, as the case may be, will, upon execution and delivery (and, where applicable, registration as provided for in the Finance Documents):

 

(a) constitute the Borrower’s legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms; and

 

(b) create legal, valid and binding Security Interests enforceable in accordance with their respective terms over all the assets to which they, by their terms, relate;

 

subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

 

10.7 No third party Security Interests. Without limiting the generality of Clause 10.6, at the time of the execution and delivery of each Finance Document:

 

(a) the Borrower will have the right to create all Security Interests which that Finance Document purports to create; and

 

(b) no third party will have any Security Interest or any other interest, right or claim over, in or in relation to any asset to which any such Security Interest, by its terms, relates.

 

25


10.8 No conflicts. The execution by the Borrower of each Finance Document to which it is a party, and the borrowing by the Borrower of the Loan, and its compliance with each Finance Document to which it is a party, will not involve or lead to a contravention of:

 

(a) any law or regulation; or
(b) the constitutional documents of the Borrower; or
(c) any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on the Borrower or any of its assets.

 

10.9 No withholding taxes. All payments which the Borrower is liable to make under the Finance Documents to which it is a party may be made without deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax payable under any law of any Pertinent Jurisdiction.

 

10.10 No default. No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and:

 

(a) the Borrower is able, and neither admits nor has admitted its inability, to pay its debts nor has it not suspended making payments on any of its debts;

 

(b) the Borrower by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties has not commenced, nor does it intend to commence, negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness;

 

(c) the value of the assets of the Borrower is not less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities); and

 

(d) no moratorium has been, or may in the reasonably foreseeable future be, declared in respect of any indebtedness of the Borrower.

 

10.11 Information. All information which has been provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Security Party to any Creditor Party in connection with any Finance Document satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.5; all audited and unaudited accounts which have been so provided satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.7 (or, in relation to the Owner, clause 11.9 of the Guarantee); and there has been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), state of affairs, prospects or operations of the Owner from that disclosed in the latest of those accounts.

 

10.12 No litigation. No legal or administrative action involving the Borrower has been commenced or taken or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, is likely to be commenced or taken which, in either case, would be likely to have a material adverse effect on the Borrower’s financial position or profitability.

 

10.13 Compliance with certain undertakings. At the date of this Agreement, the Borrower is in compliance with Clauses 11.2, 11.4, 11.9 and 11.13.

 

10.14 Taxes paid. The Borrower has paid all taxes applicable to, or imposed on or in relation to, the Borrower and its business.

 

10.15 Validity and completeness of MOA. The copy of the MOA delivered to the Agent before the date of this Agreement is a true and complete copy and:

 

(a) the MOA constitutes valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Seller and the Owner respectively in accordance with its terms subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; and

 

26


(b) no amendments or additions to the MOA have been agreed (other than those notified to the Agent prior to the date of this Agreement) nor has the Owner or the Seller waived any of their respective rights under the MOA.

 

10.16 ISM Code compliance. All requirements of the ISM Code as they relate to the Borrower, the Approved Manager and the Ship have been, or will, on or prior to the date on which the Ship is delivered to the Owner under the MOA, be complied with.

 

11 GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

 

11.1 General. The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 11 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit (such permission not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed in the case of Clause 11.3).

 

11.2 Title; negative pledge and pari passu ranking. The Borrower will:

 

(a) hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in, the Owner, free from all Security Interests and other interests and rights of every kind, except for those created by the Finance Documents;

 

(b) not create or permit to arise any Security Interest over any other asset, present or future other than in the normal course of its business of acquiring, financing and operating vessels; and

 

(c) procure that its liabilities under the Finance Documents to which it is a party do and will rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future liabilities, except for liabilities which are mandatorily preferred by law.

 

11.3 No disposal of assets. The Borrower will not transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of:

 

(a) all or a substantial part of its assets, whether by one transaction or a number of transactions, whether related or not; or

 

(b) any debt payable to it or any other right (present, future or contingent) to receive a payment, including any right to damages or compensation.

 

For the purposes of this Clause 11.3, a disposal, transfer or lease of assets shall be considered to be substantial if as a result of such disposal, transfer or lease the Market Value Adjusted Total Assets (as that term is defined in Clause 12.6) of the Borrower’s Group is reduced by more than 40 per cent.

 

11.4 No other liabilities or obligations to be incurred. The Borrower will not, and will procure that the Owner will not, incur any liability or obligation except liabilities and obligations:

 

(a) under the Finance Documents to which each is a party;

 

27


(b) under the MOA;

 

(c) incurred in the normal course of its business of operating vessels; and

 

(d) incurred in the normal course of its business of acquiring and financing vessels.

 

11.5 Information provided to be accurate. All financial and other information which is provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower under or in connection with any Finance Document will be true and not misleading and will not omit any material fact or consideration.

 

11.6 Provision of financial statements. The Borrower will send to the Agent as soon as possible, but in no event later than 6 months after the end of each Financial Year of the Borrower:

 

(a) the audited consolidated accounts of the Borrower’s Group and the audited individual accounts of the Borrower; and

 

(b) the annual unaudited individual accounts of the Owner, certified as to their correctness by an officer of the Owner; and

 

(c) together with the financial statements referred to in Clause 11.6(a), a notice which is signed by an authorised officer of the Borrower and which:

 

  (i) states that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred; or

 

  (ii) states that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred, except for a specified event or matter, of which all material details are given.

 

11.7 Form of financial statements. All accounts (audited and unaudited) delivered under Clause 11.6 will:

 

(a) be prepared in accordance with all applicable laws and USGAAP consistently applied;

 

(b) give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Borrower’s Group at the date of those accounts and of its profit for the period to which those accounts relate; and

 

(c) fully disclose or provide for all significant liabilities of the Borrower’s Group.

 

11.8 Creditor notices. The Borrower will send the Agent, at the same time as they are despatched, copies of all communications which are despatched to all of the Borrower’s creditors or to the whole of any class of them.

 

11.9 Consents. The Borrower will maintain in force and promptly obtain or renew, and will promptly send certified copies to the Agent of, all consents required:

 

(a) for the Borrower to perform its obligations under any Finance Document to which it is a party;

 

(b) for the validity or enforceability of any Finance Document to which it is a party; and

 

(c) for the Owner to continue to own and operate the Ship;

 

28


and the Borrower will comply (or procure compliance) with the terms of all such consents.

 

11.10 Maintenance of Security Interests. The Borrower will:

 

(a) at its own cost, do all that it reasonably can to ensure that any Finance Document validly creates the obligations and the Security Interests which it purports to create; and

 

(b) without limiting the generality of paragraph (a) at its own cost, promptly register, file, record or enrol any Finance Document with any court or authority in Bermuda, the Republic of Liberia or Greece or such other jurisdiction which the Lenders may reasonably require, pay any stamp, registration or similar tax in any such country in respect of any Finance Document, give any notice or take any other step which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is or has become necessary or desirable for any Finance Document to be valid, enforceable or admissible in evidence or to ensure or protect the priority of any Security Interest which it creates.

 

11.11 Notification of litigation. The Borrower will provide the Agent with details of any legal or administrative action involving the Borrower, any Security Party, the Approved Manager, the Ship, her Earnings or her Insurances as soon as such action is instituted or it becomes apparent to the Borrower that it is likely to be instituted, unless it is clear that the legal or administrative action cannot be considered material in the context of any Finance Document.

 

11.12 No amendment to the MOA. The Borrower will ensure that the Owner shall not agree to any amendment or supplement to, or waive or fail to enforce, the MOA or any of its provisions.

 

11.13 Principal place of business. The Borrower will maintain its place of business, and keep its corporate documents and records, at the address stated in Clause 28.2(a); and the Borrower will not establish, or do anything as a result of which it would be deemed to have, a place of business in any other country.

 

11.14 Confirmation of no default. The Borrower will, within 2 Business Days after service by the Agent of a written request, serve on the Agent a notice which is signed by an authorised officer of the Borrower and which:

 

(a) states that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred; or

 

(b) states that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred, except for a specified event or matter, of which all material details are given.

 

The Agent may serve requests under this Clause 11.14 from time to time but only if asked to do so by a Lender or Lenders having Contributions exceeding 10 per cent. of the Loan or (if the Loan has not been advanced) Commitments exceeding 10 per cent. of the Total Commitments; and this Clause 11.14 does not affect the Borrower’s obligations under Clause 11.15.

 

11.15 Notification of default. The Borrower will notify the Agent as soon as it becomes aware of:

 

(a) the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default; or

 

29


(b) any matter which indicates that an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default may have occurred;

 

and will thereafter keep the Agent fully up-to-date with all developments.

 

11.16 Provision of further information. The Borrower will, as soon as practicable after receiving the request, provide the Agent with any additional financial or other information relating:

 

(a) to the Borrower, the Owner, the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances; or

 

(b) to any other matter relevant to, or to any provision of, a Finance Document or the MOA;

 

which may be requested by the Agent or (through the Agent) by any Lender at any time.

 

11.17 Provision of copies and translation of documents. The Borrower will supply the Agent with a sufficient number of copies of the documents referred to above to provide 1 copy for each Creditor Party; and if the Agent so requires in respect of any of those documents, the Borrower will provide a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.

 

11.18 Charter Assignment . The Borrower shall ensure that if the Owner enters into a bareboat charter or a time charter in respect of the Ship which is of 12 or more months in duration, or is capable of exceeding 12 months in duration, the Owner shall, at the request of the Agent, execute in favour of the Lenders a first priority assignment of such charter in such form and on such terms as the Lenders may require, and shall deliver to the Agent such other documents equivalent to those referred to at paragraphs 3, 4 and 5 of Part A of Schedule 3 hereof.

 

12 CORPORATE UNDERTAKINGS

 

12.1 General. The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 12 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit.

 

12.2 Maintenance of status. The Borrower will maintain its separate corporate existence and remain in good standing under the laws of Bermuda.

 

12.3 Negative undertakings. The Borrower will not:

 

(a) change the nature of its business; or

 

(b) pay any dividend or make any other form of distribution or effect any form of redemption or return of share capital other than a dividend permitted under Clause 12.3(e); or

 

(c) provide any form of credit or financial assistance to:

 

  (i) a person who is directly or indirectly interested in the Borrower’s share or loan capital; or

 

  (ii) any company in or with which such a person is directly or indirectly interested or connected;

 

30


or enter into any transaction with or involving such a person or company on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to the Borrower than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms’ length Provided that this shall not prevent or restrict the Borrower from on-lending the Loan to the Owner; or

 

(d) enter into any form of amalgamation, merger or de-merger or any form of reconstruction or reorganisation; or

 

(e) declare or pay any Distribution save and except for the payment of dividends in respect of any Financial Year of the Borrower in an amount:

 

  (i) other than as provided in sub-paragraph (ii) below, not exceeding 50 per cent. of its Net Income for such Financial Year; or

 

  (ii) which, when aggregated with all dividends declared and/or paid by the Borrower after 1 January 1998, does not exceed 50 per cent. of its accumulated Net Income from 1 January 1998 up to the most recent date as at which any Consolidated Accounts have been delivered or were required to be delivered under this Agreement,

 

Provided that no such restriction shall apply in respect of dividends declared or paid by the Borrower in the form of ordinary shares or stock in the Borrower or similar instruments.

 

12.4 Subordination of rights of Borrower. All rights which the Borrower at any time has (whether in respect of the on-lending of the Loan or any other transaction) against the Owner or its assets shall be fully subordinated to the rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents; and in particular, the Borrower shall not during the Security Period:

 

(a) claim, or in a bankruptcy of the Owner prove for, any amount payable to the Borrower by the Owner, whether in respect of the on-lending of the Loan or any other transaction;

 

(b) take or enforce any Security Interest for any such amount; or

 

(c) claim to set-off any such amount against any amount payable by the Borrower to the Owner.

 

12.5 Financial Covenants. The Borrower shall ensure that:

 

(a) the ratio of Total Liabilities to Market Value Adjusted Total Assets of the Borrower’s Group shall not exceed 0.70; and

 

(b) Liquid Assets of the Borrower’s Group shall be not less than the higher of:

 

  (i) $15,000,000; and

 

  (ii) Six Months’ Debt Service.

 

31


12.6 Particular definitions. For the purposes of Clause 12.5, the following expressions shall have the following meanings:

 

Balloon Payments ” means the amount of any principal instalment of any loan comprised within Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower’s Group which is payable at final maturity to the extent of the excess of such instalment over the highest amount of any other principal instalment of such loan;

 

Liquid Assets ” means the aggregate of:

 

  (a) the amount of credit balances on any deposit or current account with a prime international bank (excluding retention moneys required to be maintained by lending institutions);

 

  (b) the market value of transferable certificates of deposit in a freely convertible currency issued by a prime international bank; and

 

  (c) the market value of equity securities (if and to the extent that the Agent is satisfied that such equity securities are readily saleable for cash and that there is a ready market therefor) and investment grade debt securities which are publicly traded on a major stock exchange or investment market (valued at market value as at any applicable date of determination);

 

in each case owned free of any Security Interest (other than a Security Interest in favour of the Lenders) by the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries where:

 

  (A) the market value of any asset specified in paragraph (b) and (c) shall be the bid price quoted for it on the relevant calculation date by the Agent: and

 

  (B) the amount or value of any asset denominated in a currency other than Dollars shall be converted into Dollars using the Agent’s spot rate for the purchase of Dollars with that currency on the relevant calculation date.

 

Market Value Adjusted Total Assets ” means total assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents) as shown in the latest relevant financial statements of the Borrower’s Group delivered in accordance with Clause 11.6 adjusted to reflect the market value of all vessels owned by the Borrower and its wholly owned subsidiaries, as determined by valuations in accordance with Clause 15.4 as at any relevant date;

 

Six Months’ Debt Service ” means the amount of principal and interest in respect of Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower’s Group payable during the consecutive 6 month period immediately following any applicable date of determination of Liquid Assets but shall not include Balloon Payments and, for the purposes of this definition, interest for such 6 month period shall be assumed to be at the floating rate for Dollars as at any applicable dates of determination; and

 

Total Liabilities ” means total liabilities less total shareholders’ equity and cash and cash equivalents as shown in the latest relevant financial statements of the Borrower’s Group delivered in accordance with Clause 11.6.

 

12.7 Compliance Check. Compliance with the undertakings contained in Clause 12.5 shall be determined by reference to the financial statements of the Borrower’s Group for the first semi-annual period of each Financial Year of the Borrower and the audited financial statements of the Borrower’s Group for each Financial Year of the Borrower delivered to

 

32


     the Agent pursuant to this Agreement. At the same time as it delivers those financial statements of the Borrower’s Group, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent a certificate in a form agreed with the Agent setting out in reasonable detail calculations demonstrating its compliance (or not, as the case may be) with the provisions of Clause 12.5 signed by the chief financial officer of the Borrower.

 

12.8 Ownership of Owner. The Borrower shall remain the legal holder and direct beneficial owner of the entire issued and allotted share capital of the Owner free from any Security Interest.

 

13 INSURANCE

 

13.1 General. The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to procure that the Owner will comply with the following provisions of this Clause 13 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit (such permission not to be unreasonably withheld in the case of Clauses 13.12 and 13.13).

 

13.2 Maintenance of obligatory insurances. The Borrower shall procure that the Owner shall keep the Ship insured at the expense of the Owner against:

 

(a) fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery and excess risks);

 

(b) war risks;

 

(c) protection and indemnity risks;

 

(d) in the event that they have been excluded from the P&I Association’s cover or are only insured on a deductible/excess basis, crew liabilities (loss of life, injury or illness) risks;

 

(e) any other risks against which the Majority Lenders consider, having regard to practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would in the opinion of the Majority Lenders be reasonable for the Owner to insure and which are specified by the Agent by notice to the Owner.

 

13.3 Terms of obligatory insurances. The Borrower shall procure that the Owner shall effect such insurances:

 

(a) in Dollars;

 

(b) in the case of fire and usual marine risks and war risks, in an amount on an agreed value basis being at least the greater of (i) the market value of the Ship (determined on the basis set out in Clause 15.4) and (ii) 120 per cent. of the Loan;

 

(c) in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and the international marine insurance market (currently $1,000,000,000);

 

(d) in relation to protection and indemnity risks in respect of the full tonnage of the Ship;

 

(e) on approved terms, including:

 

33


  (i) in the case of war risks, according to London Institute War Clauses and including the War Protection Clause and terms effecting crew war liabilities;

 

  (ii) in the case of hull and machinery, on an all risks cover basis according to English and American Institute Hull Clauses with a reasonable deductible; and

 

  (iii) in the case of protection and machinery, without any risk exclusion nor any material alteration to the deductibles without the prior written consent of the Mortgagees or Agent; and

 

(f) in the case of war risks, entered with Hellenic Mutual War Risks Association or insured with Lloyds but in any event all insurances shall be effected through approved brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations,

 

13.4 Further protections for the Creditor Parties. In addition to the terms set out in Clause 13.3, the Borrower shall procure that the obligatory insurances shall:

 

(a) (except in relation to risks referred to in Clause 13.2(c)) if the Lenders so require, name (or be amended to name) the Lenders as additional named assured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation against the Lenders, but without the Lenders thereby being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;

 

(b) name the Lenders as loss payee with such directions for payment as the Lenders may specify;

 

(c) provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Lenders or to the Agent acting on behalf of the Lenders shall be made (other than in respect of premiums due in relation to the Ships) without set-off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;

 

(d) provide that such obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Lenders or any of them or any other Creditor Party; and

 

(e) provide that the Agent may make proof of loss if the Owner fails to do so.

 

13.5 Renewal of obligatory insurances. The Borrower shall procure that the Owner shall:

 

(a) at least 14 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance effected by it:

 

  (i) notify the Agent of the brokers (or the insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with whom the Owner proposes to renew that insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and

 

  (ii) seek the Lenders’ approval to the matters referred to in paragraph (i) which shall be given within 5 Business Days of the Owner’s notice;

 

(b) at least 7 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance effected by it, renew the insurance in accordance with the Lenders’ approval pursuant to paragraph (a); and

 

34


(c) procure that the approved brokers and/or the war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Agent in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.

 

13.6 Copies of policies; letters of undertaking. The Borrower shall procure that the Owner shall ensure that all approved brokers provide the Agent with pro forma copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew and with a letter or letters of undertaking in a form which is customary in major marine insurance markets and approved by the Lenders and including undertakings by the approved brokers that:

 

(a) they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 13.4;

 

(b) they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Lenders in accordance with the said loss payable clause;

 

(c) they will advise the Agent immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;

 

(d) they will notify the Agent, not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances, in the event of their not having received notice of renewal instructions from the Owner or its agents and, in the event of their receiving instructions to renew, they will promptly notify the Agent of the terms of the instructions; and

 

(e) they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of the Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts, and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts, and will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of the Ship forthwith upon being so requested by the Agent.

 

13.7 Copies of certificates of entry. The Borrower shall procure that the Owner shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship is entered provides the Agent with:

 

(a) a certified copy of the certificate of entry for the Ship;

 

(b) a letter or letters of undertaking which are customary in major marine insurance markets and in such form as may be approved by the Lenders;

 

(c) where required to be issued under the terms of insurance/indemnity provided by the Owner’s protection and indemnity association, a certified copy of each United States of America voyage quarterly declaration (or other similar document or documents) made by the Owner in relation to the Ship in accordance with the requirements of such protection and indemnity association; and

 

(d) a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to the Ship.

 

35


13.8 Deposit of original policies. The Borrower shall procure that the Owner shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances effected by it are deposited with the approved brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.

 

13.9 Payment of premiums. The Borrower shall procure that the Owner shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances effected by it and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Lenders.

 

13.10 Guarantees. The Borrower shall procure that the Owner shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.

 

13.11 Compliance with terms of insurances. The Borrower shall procure that the Owner shall not do nor omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable thereunder repayable in whole or in part; and, in particular that:

 

(a) the Owner shall take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in Clause 13.7(c) above) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Lenders have not given their prior approval;

 

(b) the Owner shall not make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship unless approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances;

 

(c) the Owner shall make all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association to maintain cover for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and

 

(d) the Owner shall not employ the Ship, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.

 

13.12 Alteration to terms of insurances. The Borrower shall procure that the Owner shall neither make nor agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance nor waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance without the prior written consent of the Lenders.

 

13.13 Settlement of claims. The Borrower shall procure that the Owner shall not settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or (subject as hereinafter provided) for a Major Casualty Casualty in respect of the Ship without the prior written consent of the Lenders, and shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Creditor Parties to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances Provided that the Lenders shall not unreasonably withhold or delay their consent to the settlement of a claim by the Owner in respect of a Major Casualty (not constituting a Total Loss).

 

36


13.14 Provision of copies of communications. The Borrower shall procure that the Owner shall provide the Agent, at the time of each such communication, copies of all written communications (other than (unless specifically required by the Lenders) communications of an entirely routine nature) between the Owner and:

 

(a) the approved brokers; and

 

(b) the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and

 

(c) the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters;

 

which relate directly or indirectly to:

 

  (i) the Owner’s obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and

 

  (ii) any credit arrangements made between the Owner and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.

 

13.15 Provision of information. In addition, the Borrower shall procure that (after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing) the Owner shall promptly provide the Agent (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Agent (or any such designated person) reasonably requests for the purpose of:

 

(a) obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or

 

(b) effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 13.16 below or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances;

 

and the Borrower shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Agent in respect of all fees and other expenses reasonably incurred by or for the account of the Agent in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a) above.

 

13.16 Mortgagee’s interest and additional perils insurances. The Lenders shall maintain and renew all or any of the following insurances in such amounts (but not less than the amounts specified in the relevant paragraphs of this clause 13.16) on such terms, conditions, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Lenders may from time to time consider appropriate:

 

(a) a mortgagee’s interest marine insurance policy in an amount not less than 110 per cent. of the Loan providing for the indemnification of the Creditor Parties for any losses under or in connection with any Finance Document which directly or indirectly result from loss of or damage to the Ship or a liability of the Ship or of the Owner, being a loss or damage which is prima facie covered by an obligatory insurance but in respect of which there is a non-payment (or reduced payment) by the underwriters by reason of, or on the basis of an allegation concerning:

 

  (i) any act or omission on the part of the Owner, of any operator, charterer, manager or sub-manager of the Ship or of any officer, employee or agent of the Owner or of any such person, including any breach of warranty or condition or any non-disclosure relating to such obligatory insurance;

 

37


  (ii) any act or omission, whether deliberate, negligent or accidental, or any knowledge or privity of the Owner, any other person referred to in paragraph (i) above, or of any officer, employee or agent of the Owner or of such a person, including the casting away or damaging of the Ship and/or the Ship being unseaworthy; and/or

 

  (iii) any other matter capable of being insured against under a mortgagee’s interest marine insurance policy whether or not similar to the foregoing; and

 

(b) a mortgagee’s interest additional perils policy in an amount not less that the Loan providing for the indemnification of the Creditor Parties against, among other things, any possible losses or other consequences of any Environmental Claim, including the risk of expropriation, arrest or any form of detention of the Ship, or the imposition of any Security Interest over the Ship and/or any other matter capable of being insured against under a mortgagee’s interest additional perils policy;

 

and the Borrower shall upon demand fully indemnify the Creditor Parties respect of all premiums and other reasonable expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurance or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.

 

13.17 Review of insurance requirements. The Lenders shall be entitled to review after prior consultation with the Borrower the requirements of this Clause 13 from time to time in order to take account of any changes in circumstances after the date of this Agreement which are, in the opinion of the Lenders, significant and capable of affecting the Owner or the Ship and its insurance (including, without limitation, changes in the availability or the cost of insurance coverage or the risks to which the Owner may be subject).

 

13.18 Modification of insurance requirements. The Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Owner of any proposed modification under Clause 13.17 to the requirements of this Clause 13 which the Lenders reasonably considers appropriate in the circumstances, and such modification shall take effect on and from the date it is notified in writing to the Borrower and the Owner as an amendment to this Clause 13 and shall bind the Borrower accordingly.

 

13.19 Compliance with mortgagee’s instructions. The Lenders shall be entitled (without prejudice to or limitation of any other rights which it may have or acquire under any Finance Document) to require the Ship to remain at any safe port or to proceed to and remain at any safe port designated by the Lenders until the Owner implements any amendments to the terms of the obligatory insurances and any operational changes required as a result of a notice served under Clause 13.18 and the Borrower shall procure that the Owner complies with any such requirement.

 

14 SHIP COVENANTS

 

14.1 General. The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to procure that the Owner shall comply with the following provisions of this Clause 14 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, may otherwise permit.

 

38


14.2 Ship’s name and registration. The Owner shall keep the Ship registered in its name as a Greek ship at the port of Piraeus and shall not do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be cancelled or imperilled; and shall not change the port of registry of the Ship except with the prior written consent of the Agent (with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders) and to be given on such terms as the Agent shall impose, including, but not limited to provision of security on terms acceptable to the Majority Lenders. The Ship’s name may be changed by the Owner but only after prior written notification to the Agent of the proposed name has been given with an undertaking to provide an updated transcript of register (or equivalent document) forthwith upon such change of name being effected.

 

14.3 Repair and classification. The Owner shall keep the Ship in a good and safe condition and state of repair:

 

(a) consistent with first-class ship ownership and management practice;

 

(b) so as to maintain the highest class with a first-class classification society acceptable to the Agent free of all overdue recommendations and conditions affecting class; and

 

(c) so as to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to vessels registered on the Greek flag or to vessels trading to any jurisdiction to which the Ship may trade from time to time including, but not limited to, the ISM Code and the ISM Code Documentation.

 

14.4 Classification society undertaking . The Borrower shall procure that the Owner shall instruct the classification society of the Ship to do all or any of the following after the occurrence of an Event of Default or an event which with the lapse of time of the giving of notice will constitute an Event of Default (and procure that the classification society undertakes with the Lenders at such time):

 

(a) to send to the Agent, following receipt of a written request from the Agent, certified true copies of all original class records held by the classification society in relation to the Ship;

 

(b) to allow the Lenders (or their agents), at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of the Owner and the Ship at the offices of the classification society and to take copies of them;

 

(c) to notify the Agent immediately in writing if the classification society:

 

  (i) receives notification from the Owner or any person that the Ship’s classification society is to be changed; or

 

  (ii) becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result in or have resulted in a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of the Ship’s class under the rules or terms and conditions of the Owner’s or the Ship’s membership of the classification society;

 

39


(d) following receipt of a written request from the Agent:

 

  (i) to confirm that the Owner is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the classification society and, without limiting the foregoing, that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the classification society; or

 

  (ii) if the Owner is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the classification society, to specify to the Agent in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences thereof, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the classification society.

 

14.5 Modification. The Borrower shall procure that the Owner shall not make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, the Ship or equipment installed on her which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of the Ship or materially reduce her value.

 

14.6 Removal of parts. The Borrower shall procure that the Owner shall not remove any material part of the Ship, or any item of equipment installed on, the Ship unless the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed, is free from any Security Interest or any right in favour of any person other than the Lenders and becomes on installation on the Ship the property of the Owner and subject to the security constituted by the Mortgage Provided that the Owner may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship.

 

14.7 Surveys. The Borrower shall procure that the Owner shall submit the Ship regularly to all periodical or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Agent provide the Agent with copies of all survey reports.

 

14.8 Inspection . The Borrower shall:

 

(a) ensure that the Owner shall permit the Lenders (by surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board the Ship at all reasonable times and following reasonable notice (but in any event without interfering in the ordinary trading of the Ship) to inspect her condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs or to prepare a survey report (at the cost of the Borrower) in respect of the Ship and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections; and

 

(b) ensure that the Ship shall, both at the time of the survey referred to in this Clause 14.8 and at all other times throughout the Security Period, be in a good and safe condition and state of repair,

 

Provided that so long as no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing the Borrower shall not be obliged to pay any fees and expenses in respect of more than one inspection of the Ship in any calendar year.

 

14.9 Prevention of and release from arrest. The Borrower shall procure that the Owner shall promptly discharge:

 

(a) all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Ship, her Earnings or her Insurances other than such liens and claims arising in the ordinary course of business (which must in any event be discharged in accordance with best ship management practice);

 

40


(b) all taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of the Ship, her Earnings or her Insurances; and

 

(c) all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Ship, her Earnings or her Insurances;

 

and, forthwith upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Ship, or of her detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, the Borrower shall procure that the Owner shall procure her release within 5 Business Days of receiving such notice by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

 

14.10 Compliance with laws etc. The Borrower shall procure that the Owner and the Approved Manager shall:

 

(a) comply, or procure compliance with, the ISM Code, all Environmental Laws and all other laws or regulations relating to the Ship, its ownership, operation and management or to the business of the Owner;

 

(b) not employ the Ship nor allow her employment in any manner contrary to any law or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction including, but not limited to, the ISM Code; and

 

(c) in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), not cause or permit the Ship to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by the Ship’s war risks insurers unless, in the case of such a zone where an additional premium would be payable, prior notification in writing to the Agent has been given and the Owner has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover required by, and also notified to, the Agent.

 

14.11 Provision of information. The Borrower shall procure that the Owner shall promptly provide the Agent with any information which it requests (which request shall be reasonable prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing) regarding:

 

(a) the Ship, her employment, position, engagements and her Insurances;

 

(b) the Earnings and payments and amounts due to the master and crew of the Ship;

 

(c) any expenses incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Ship and any payments made in respect of the Ship;

 

(d) any towages and salvages; and

 

(e) the Owner’s compliance, the Approved Manager’s compliance, or the compliance of the Ship, with the ISM Code;

 

and, upon the Agent’s request, provide copies of any current charter relating to the Ship, of any current charter guarantee and, of the ISM Code Documentation.

 

14.12 Notification of certain events. The Borrower shall procure that the Owner shall immediately notify the Agent by fax, confirmed forthwith by letter, of:

 

(a) any casualty which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;

 

41


(b) any occurrence as a result of which the Ship has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;

 

(c) any requirement or recommendation made by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not complied with in accordance with its terms;

 

(d) any arrest or detention of the Ship, any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on the Ship or her Earnings or her Insurances or any requisition of the Ship for hire;

 

(e) any intended dry docking of the Ship;

 

(f) any Environmental Claim made against the Owner or in connection with the Ship, or any Environmental Incident;

 

(g) any claim for breach of the ISM Code being made against the Owner and, to the extent that the Owner is aware of such claim, the Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with the Ship; or

 

(h) any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code not being complied with;

 

and that the Owner shall keep the Agent advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Lenders shall require of the Owner’s or any other person’s response to any of those events or matters.

 

14.13 Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc. The Borrower shall procure that the Owner shall not, without the prior written consent of the Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed in the case of paragraphs (a) and (b) below):

 

(a) let the Ship on demise charter for any period;

 

(b) enter into any time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of the Ship for a term which exceeds, or which by virtue of any optional extensions may exceed, 13 months;

 

(c) charter the Ship otherwise than on bona fide arm’s length terms at the time when the Ship is fixed;

 

(d) appoint a manager of the Ship other than the Approved Manager or agree to any alteration to the terms of the Approved Manager’s appointment;

 

(e) de-activate or lay up the Ship; or

 

(f) put the Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon her in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $1,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the Agent and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on the Ship or her Earnings or her Insurances for the cost of such work or otherwise or other arrangements satisfactory to the Agent are made to ensure that no such lien will be exercised.

 

14.14 Notice of Mortgage. The Borrower shall procure that the Owner shall keep the Mortgage registered against the Ship as a valid first priority mortgage, carry on board the Ship a certified copy of the Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the Master’s cabin of the Ship a framed printed notice stating that the Ship is mortgaged by the Owner to the Lenders.

 

42


14.15 Sharing of Earnings. The Borrower shall procure that the Owner shall not:

 

(a) enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings;

 

(b) enter into any agreement or arrangement for the postponement of any date on which any Earnings are due; the reduction of the amount of any Earnings or otherwise for the release or adverse alteration of any right of the Owner to any Earnings; or

 

(c) enter into any agreement or arrangement for the release of, or adverse alteration to, any guarantee or Security Interest relating to any Earnings.

 

15 SECURITY COVER

 

15.1 Provision of additional security cover; prepayment of Loan. The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party that, if the Agent notifies the Borrower that:

 

(a) the market value (determined as provided below) of the Ship; plus

 

(b) the net realisable value of any additional security (other than security over freely available cash deposits) previously provided under this Clause 15;

 

is below 125 per cent. of the Loan (less the amount of any freely available cash deposits provided as additional security under this Clause 15), the Borrower will, within 14 Business Days after the date on which the Agent’s notice is served, either:

 

  (i) provide, or ensure that a third party provides, additional security acceptable to the Lenders which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall and which, if it consists of or includes a Security Interest, covers such asset or assets and is documented in such terms as the Agent may, with authorisation from the Majority Lenders, approve or require; or

 

  (ii) prepay in accordance with Clause 8 such part (at least) of the Loan as will eliminate the shortfall.

 

15.2 Meaning of additional security. In Clause 15.1 “security” means a Security Interest over an asset or assets acceptable to the Lenders (whether securing the Borrower’s liabilities under the Finance Documents or a guarantee in respect of those liabilities), or a guarantee, letter of credit or other security in respect of the Borrower’s liabilities under the Finance Documents.

 

15.3 Requirement for additional documents. The Borrower shall not be deemed to have complied with Clause 15.1(i) until the Agent has received in connection with the additional security certified copies of documents of the kinds referred to in paragraphs 3, 4 and 5 of Schedule 3, Part A and such legal opinions in terms acceptable to the Majority Lenders from such lawyers as they may select.

 

15.4 Valuation of Ship. The market value of the Ship at any date is that shown by valuations prepared:

 

(a) as at a date not more than 14 days previously;

 

43


(b) by two independent sale and purchase shipbrokers, both having been appointed, or approved, by the Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders;

 

(c) with or without physical inspection of the Ship (as the Agent may require);

 

(d) on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm’s length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any existing charter or other contract of employment; and

 

(e) after deducting the estimated amount of the usual and reasonable expenses which would be incurred in connection with the sale

 

Provided that if the difference between the 2 valuations obtained at any one time pursuant to this Clause 15.4 is greater than 10 per cent. a valuation shall be commissioned from a third independent sale and purchaser shipbroker appointed or approved by the Agent (acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders). Such valuation shall be conducted in accordance with this Clause 15.4 and the market value of the Ship in such circumstances shall be the average of the initial 2 valuations and the valuation provided by the third shipbroker.

 

15.5 Value of additional security. The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 15.1 and which consists of a Security Interest over a vessel shall be that shown by a valuation complying with the requirements of Clause 15.4.

 

15.6 Valuations binding. Any valuation under Clause 15.1(i), 15.4 or 15.5 shall, in the absence of manifest error, be binding and conclusive as regards the Borrower, as shall be any valuation which the Majority Lenders make of a security which does not consist of or include a Security Interest.

 

15.7 Provision of information. The Borrower shall promptly provide the Agent and any shipbroker or expert acting under Clause 15.4 or 15.5 with any information which the Agent or the shipbroker or expert may reasonably request for the purposes of the valuation; and, if the Borrower fails to provide the information by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the shipbroker or the Majority Lenders (or the expert appointed by them) consider prudent.

 

15.8 Payment of valuation expenses. Without prejudice to the generality of the Borrower’s obligations under Clauses 20.2, 20.3 and 21.3, the Borrower shall, on demand, pay the Agent the amount of the reasonable fees and expenses of any shipbroker or expert instructed by the Agent under this Clause and all legal and other expenses reasonably incurred by any Creditor Party in connection with any matter arising out of this Clause.

 

15.9 Frequency of Valuations. The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the Agent may commission valuations of the Ship at such times as the Majority Lenders shall deem necessary and, in any event, not less often than once during each 12-month period of the Security Period. The Borrower further acknowledges and agrees to furnish valuations of the Ship (as provided for in this Clause 15) together with its annual audited accounts referred to in Clause 11.6(a).

 

44


16 PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS

 

16.1 Currency and method of payments. All payments to be made:

 

(a) by the Lenders to the Agent; or

 

(b) by the Borrower to the Agent or any Lender;

 

under a Finance Document shall be made to the Agent, in the case of an amount payable to it:

 

  (i) by not later than 11.00 a.m. (New York City time) on the due date;

 

  (ii) in same day Dollar funds settled through the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System (or in such other funds and/or settled in such other manner as the Agent shall specify as being customary at the time for the settlement of international transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement denominated in Dollars); and

 

  (iii) in the case of an amount payable by a Lender to the Agent or by the Borrower to the Agent or any Lender, to the account of the Agent at Citibank, N.A. New York, (Swift Code CITIUS33) (Account No 10992197 (Reference “Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited”)) to such other account with such other bank as the Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties.

 

16.2 Payment on non-Business Day. If any payment by the Borrower under a Finance Document would otherwise fall due on a day which is not a Business Day:

 

(a) the due date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day; or

 

(b) if the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month, the due date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

and interest shall be payable during any extension under paragraph (a) at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

16.3 Basis for calculation of periodic payments. All interest fee and any other payments under any Finance Document which are of an annual or periodic nature shall accrue from day to day and shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year.

 

16.4 Currency of Interest Payments. All payments of interest in respect of the Loan or any part thereof shall be made in the currency in which the Loan or the relevant part thereof is outstanding at the relevant time.

 

16.5 Distribution of payments to Creditor Parties. Subject to Clauses 16.6, 16.7 and 16.8:

 

(a) any amount received by the Agent under a Finance Document for distribution or remittance to a Lender or the Agent shall be made available by the Agent to that Lender or, as the case may be the Agent by payment, with funds having the same value as the funds received, to such account as the Lender may have notified to the Agent not less than 5 Business Days previously; and

 

(b) amounts to be applied in satisfying amounts of a particular category which are due to the Lenders generally shall be distributed by the Agent to each Lender pro rata to the amount in that category which is due to it.

 

45


16.6 Permitted deductions by Agent. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent may, before making an amount available to a Lender, deduct and withhold from that amount any sum which is then due and payable to the Agent from that Lender under any Finance Document or any sum which the Agent is then entitled under any Finance Document to require that Lender to pay on demand.

 

16.7 Agent only obliged to pay when monies received. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent shall not be obliged to make available to the Borrower or any Lender any sum which the Agent is expecting to receive for remittance or distribution to the Borrower or that Lender until the Agent has satisfied itself that it has received that sum.

 

16.8 Refund to Agent of monies not received. If and to the extent that the Agent makes available a sum to the Borrower or a Lender, without first having received that sum, the Borrower or (as the case may be) the Lender concerned shall, on demand:

 

(a) refund the sum in full to the Agent; and

 

(b) pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding or other loss, liability or expense incurred by the Agent as a result of making the sum available before receiving it.

 

16.9 Agent may assume receipt. Clause 16.8 shall not affect any claim which the Agent has under the law of restitution, and applies irrespective of whether the Agent had any form of notice that it had not received the sum which it made available (except an express notice from a Lender that it will not fund its Contribution).

 

16.10 Creditor Party accounts. Each Creditor Party shall maintain accounts showing the amounts owing to it by the Borrower and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrower and any Security Party.

 

16.11 Agent’s memorandum account. The Agent shall maintain a memorandum account showing the amounts advanced by the Lenders and all other sums owing to the Agent and each Lender from the Borrower and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrower and any Security Party.

 

16.12 Accounts prima facie evidence. If any accounts maintained under Clauses 16.10 and 16.11 show an amount to be owing by the Borrower or a Security Party to a Creditor Party, those accounts shall be prima facie evidence that that amount is owing to that Creditor Party.

 

17 APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS

 

17.1 Normal order of application. Except as any Finance Document may otherwise provide, any sums which are received or recovered by any Creditor Party under or by virtue of any Finance Document shall be applied:

 

(a) FIRST: in or towards satisfaction of any amounts then due and payable under the Finance Documents (or any of them) in such order of application and/or such proportions as the Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, may specify by notice to the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties;

 

46


(b) SECONDLY: in retention of an amount equal to any amount not then due and payable under any Finance Document but which the Agent, by notice to the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties, states in its opinion will or may become due and payable in the future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction of them in accordance with the provisions of Clause 17.1(a); and

 

(c) THIRDLY: any surplus shall be paid to the Borrower or to any other person appearing to be entitled to it.

 

17.2 Variation of order of application. The Agent may (following the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default which is continuing), with the authorisation of all the Lenders, by notice to the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties provide for a different manner of application from that set out in Clause 17.1 either as regards a specified sum or sums or as regards sums in a specified category or categories.

 

17.3 Notice of variation of order of application. The Agent may give notices under Clause 17.2 from time to time in respect of sums which may be received or recovered in the future.

 

17.4 Appropriation rights overridden. This Clause 17 and any notice which the Agent gives under Clause 17.2 shall override any right of appropriation possessed, and any appropriation made, by the Borrower or any Security Party.

 

18 APPLICATION OF EARNINGS

 

18.1 Payment of Earnings. The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to ensure that, throughout the Security Period (and subject only to the provisions of the General Assignment), all the Earnings of the Ship are paid to the Earnings Account.

 

18.2 Location of accounts. The Borrower shall, and shall ensure the Owner shall, promptly:

 

(a) comply with any requirement of the Agent as to the location or re-location of the Earnings Account; and

 

(b) execute any documents which the Agent specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Lenders a Security Interest over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) the Earnings Account.

 

18.3 Debits for expenses etc. The Agent shall be entitled (but not obliged) from time to time to debit the Earnings Account without prior notice in order to discharge any amount due and payable under Clause 20 or 21 to a Creditor Party or payment of which any Creditor Party has become entitled to demand under Clause 20 or 21.

 

18.4 Borrower’s obligations unaffected. The provisions of this Clause 18 do not affect:

 

(a) the liability of the Borrower to make payments of principal and interest on the due dates; or

 

47


(b) any other liability or obligation of the Borrower or any Security Party under any Finance Document.

 

18.5 Earnings account balances. Subject to the other terms of this Agreement (including without limitation the terms of this Clause 18), monies on the Earnings Account shall, provided no Event of Default shall have occurred which is continuing, be freely available to the Owner.

 

19 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

19.1 Events of Default. An Event of Default occurs if:

 

(a) the Borrower or any Security Party fails to pay when due or (if so payable) on demand any sum payable under a Finance Document or under any document relating to a Finance Document, save that such failure shall not constitute an Event of Default if (i) such failure is due to a bank payment transmission error and (ii) the Borrower or relevant Security Party remedies such failure within 2 Business Days of notice from the Agent; or

 

(b) any breach occurs of Clause 8.8, 9.2, 11.2, 11.3, 11.4, 12.2, 12.3, 12.4, 12.5, 13.2, 15.1, 18.1 and 18.2; or

 

(c) any breach by the Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach covered by paragraphs (a) or (b)) unless, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, such default is capable of remedy, and such default is remedied within 14 Business Days after written notice from the Agent requesting action to remedy the same; or

 

(d) (subject to any applicable grace period specified in the Finance Document) any breach (which the Majority Lenders consider, in their discretion, to be material) by the Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach covered by paragraphs (a), (b) or (c)); or

 

(e) any representation, warranty or statement (which the Majority Lenders consider, in their discretion, to be material) made by, or by an officer of, the Borrower or a Security Party in a Finance Document or in a Drawdown Notice or any other notice or document relating to a Finance Document is untrue or misleading when it is made; or

 

(f) any of the following occurs in relation to any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person exceeding $500,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) in aggregate:

 

  (i) any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person is not paid when due or, if so payable, on demand; or

 

  (ii) any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person becomes due and payable or capable of being declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity date as a consequence of any event of default; or

 

  (iii) a lease, hire purchase agreement or charter creating any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person is terminated by the lessor or owner or becomes capable of being terminated as a consequence of any termination event; or

 

  (iv) any overdraft, loan, note issuance, acceptance credit, letter of credit, guarantee, foreign exchange or other facility, or any swap or other derivative contract or

 

48


transaction, relating to any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person ceases to be available or becomes capable of being terminated as a result of any event of default, or cash cover is required, or becomes capable of being required, in respect of such a facility as a result of any event of default; or

 

  (v) any Security Interest securing any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person becomes enforceable; or

 

(g) any of the following occurs in relation to a Relevant Person:

 

  (i) a Relevant Person becomes unable to pay its debts as they fall due; or

 

  (ii) any Relevant Person fails to discharge or pay any final, non-appealable judgement or any assets of a Relevant Person are subject of any form of execution, attachment, sequestration or distress in respect of a sum of, or sums aggregating, $100,000 (or $500,000 in the case of the Borrower) or more or the equivalent in another currency; or

 

  (iii) any administrative or other receiver is appointed over any asset of a Relevant Person; or

 

  (iv) a Relevant Person makes any formal declaration of bankruptcy or any formal statement to the effect that it is insolvent or likely to become insolvent, or a winding up or administration order is made in relation to a Relevant Person, or the members or directors of a Relevant Person pass a resolution to the effect that it should be wound up, placed in administration or cease to carry on business, save that this paragraph does not apply to a fully solvent winding up of a Relevant Person other than the Borrower or the Owner which is, or is to be, effected for the purposes of an amalgamation or reconstruction previously approved by the Majority Lenders and effected not later than 3 months after the commencement of the winding up; or

 

  (v) a petition is presented in any Pertinent Jurisdiction for the winding up or administration, or the appointment of a provisional liquidator, of a Relevant Person unless, in the case of an involuntary petition, the petition is being contested in good faith and on substantial grounds and is dismissed or withdrawn within 30 days of the presentation of the petition; or

 

  (vi) a Relevant Person petitions a court, or presents any proposal for, any form of judicial or non-judicial suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation of its debt (or certain of its debt) or arrangement with all or a substantial proportion (by number or value) of its creditors or of any class of them or any such suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation or arrangement is effected by court order, contract or otherwise; or

 

  (vii) any meeting of the members or directors of a Relevant Person is summoned for the purpose of considering a resolution or proposal to authorise or take any action of a type described in paragraphs (iii), (iv), (v) or (vi); or

 

  (viii) in a Pertinent Jurisdiction other than England, any event occurs or any procedure is commenced which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is similar to any of the foregoing; or

 

49


(h) the Borrower ceases or suspends carrying on its business or a part of its business which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is material in the context of this Agreement; or

 

(i) it becomes unlawful in any Pertinent Jurisdiction or impossible:

 

  (i) for the Borrower or any Security Party to discharge any liability under a Finance Document or to comply with any other obligation which the Majority Lenders consider material under a Finance Document; or

 

  (ii) for the Agent or the Lenders to exercise or enforce any right under, or to enforce any Security Interest created by, a Finance Document; or

 

(j) any consent necessary to enable the Owner to own, operate or charter the Ship or to enable the Borrower, the Owner or any Security Party to comply with any provision which the Majority Lenders consider material of a Finance Document or the MOA is not granted, expires without being renewed, is revoked or becomes liable to revocation or any condition of such a consent is not fulfilled; or

 

(k) the Borrower ceases to own all the issued share capital of the Owner or it appears to the Majority Lenders that, without their prior consent, a change has occurred or probably has occurred after the date of this Agreement in the ultimate beneficial ownership of any of the shares in the Owner or a majority of the shares in the Approved Manager or in the ultimate control of the voting rights attaching to any of those shares; or

 

(l) any provision which the Majority Lenders consider material of a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable, or a Security Interest created by a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable or such a Security Interest proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, another Security Interest or any other third party claim or interest; or

 

(m) the security constituted by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy; or

 

(n) any other event occurs or any other circumstances arise or develop including, without limitation:

 

  (i) a change in the financial position, state of affairs or prospects of the Borrower or the Owner; or

 

  (ii) any accident or other event involving the Ship or another vessel owned, chartered or operated by a Relevant Person,

 

which the Majority Lenders consider might have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Borrower or the Owner to perform its obligations and to meet its liabilities under the Finance Documents to which is a party.

 

19.2 Actions following an Event of Default. On, or at any time after, the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing:

 

(a) the Agent may, and if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent shall:

 

  (i) serve on the Borrower a notice stating that the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement are terminated; and/or

 

50


  (ii) serve on the Borrower a notice stating that the Loan, all accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing under this Agreement are immediately due and payable or are due and payable on demand; and/or

 

  (iii) take any other action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (i) or (ii), the Agent and/or the Lenders are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law; and/or

 

(b) the Agent may and, if authorised by the Majority Lenders, shall take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (a) (i) or (ii) the Agent and/or the Lenders are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law.

 

19.3 Termination of Commitments. On the service of a notice under paragraph (a)(i) of Clause 19.2, the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement shall terminate.

 

19.4 Acceleration of Loan. On the service of a notice under paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 19.2, the Loan, all accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing from the Borrower or any Security Party under this Agreement and every other Finance Document shall become immediately due and payable or, as the case may be, payable on demand.

 

19.5 Multiple notices; action without notice. The Agent may serve notices under paragraphs (a) (i) and (ii) of Clause 19.2 simultaneously or on different dates and it and/or the Lenders may take any action referred to in that Clause if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of both or either of such notices.

 

19.6 Notification of Creditor Parties and Security Parties. The Agent shall send to each Lender and each Security Party a copy or the text of any notice which the Agent serves on the Borrower under Clause 19.2; but the notice shall become effective when it is served on the Borrower, and no failure or delay by the Agent to send a copy or the text of the notice to any other person shall invalidate the notice or provide the Borrower or any Security Party with any form of claim or defence.

 

19.7 Creditor Party rights unimpaired. Nothing in this Clause shall be taken to impair or restrict the exercise of any right given to individual Lenders under a Finance Document or the general law; and, in particular, this Clause is without prejudice to Clause 3.1.

 

19.8 Exclusion of Creditor Party liability. No Creditor Party, and no receiver or manager appointed by the Agent, shall have any liability to the Borrower or a Security Party:

 

(a) for any loss caused by an exercise of rights under, or enforcement of a Security Interest created by, a Finance Document or by any failure or delay to exercise such a right or to enforce such a Security Interest; or

 

(b) as mortgagee in possession or otherwise, for any income or principal amount which might have been produced by or realised from any asset comprised in such a Security Interest or for any reduction (however caused) in the value of such an asset;

 

51


except that this does not exempt a Creditor Party or a receiver or manager from liability for losses shown to have been caused by the gross negligence or the wilful misconduct of such Creditor Party’s own officers and employees or (as the case may be) such receiver’s or manager’s own partners or employees.

 

Without prejudice to the foregoing, in no event shall any Creditor Party be liable on any theory of liability for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages and the Borrower hereby waives, releases and agrees not to sue upon any such claim for any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in its favour.

 

19.9 Relevant Persons. In this Clause 19 a “ Relevant Person ” means the Borrower, a Security Party and any company which is a subsidiary of the Borrower or a Security Party or of which a Security Party is a subsidiary but excluding any company which is dormant and the value of whose gross assets is $50,000 or less.

 

19.10 Interpretation. In Clause 19.1(f) references to an event of default or a termination event include any event, howsoever described, which is similar to an event of default in a facility agreement or a termination event in a finance lease; and in Clause 19.1(g) “petition” includes an application.

 

20 FEES AND EXPENSES

 

20.1 Arrangement and agency fees . The Borrower shall pay:

 

(a) to the Agent (for its own account) on the earlier of (i) the Drawdown Date and (ii) 31 January 2004 (or such later date as the Agent may agree with the Borrower), an arrangement fee of $140,000; and

 

(b) at any time when there is more than one Lender, an agency fee of $5,000 per annum, such agency fee to be payable to the Agent on the date on which a transfer certificate (in the form set out in Schedule 4) is signed by all the parties thereto which results in there being more than one Lender and on each anniversary of the date of the transfer certificate.

 

20.2 Costs of negotiation, preparation etc. The Borrower shall, subject to the terms of Clause 26.2, pay to the Agent on its demand the amount of all expenses reasonably incurred by the Lenders or the Agent in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution or registration of any Finance Document or any related document or with any transaction contemplated by a Finance Document or a related document.

 

20.3 Costs of variations, amendments, enforcement etc. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent’s demand, the amount of all expenses (which, in the case of (a), (b) and (c) below shall be reasonably incurred) by a Lender in connection with:

 

(a) any amendment or supplement to a Finance Document, or any proposal for such an amendment to be made;

 

(b) any consent or waiver by the Lenders, the Majority Lenders or the Lender concerned under or in connection with a Finance Document, or any request for such a consent or waiver;

 

(c) the valuation of any security provided or offered under Clause 15 or any other matter relating to such security; or

 

52


(d) any step taken by the Lender concerned with a view to the protection, exercise or enforcement of any right or Security Interest created by a Finance Document or for any similar purpose.

 

There shall be recoverable under paragraph (d) the full amount of all legal expenses, whether or not such as would be allowed under rules of court or any taxation or other procedure carried out under such rules.

 

20.4 Documentary taxes. The Borrower shall promptly pay any tax payable on or by reference to any Finance Document, and shall, on the Agent’s demand, fully indemnify each Creditor Party against any liabilities and expenses resulting from any failure or delay by the Borrower to pay such a tax.

 

20.5 Certification of amounts. A notice which is signed by an officer of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 20 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due save in the case of manifest error.

 

21 INDEMNITIES

 

21.1 Indemnities regarding borrowing and repayment of Loan. The Borrower shall fully indemnify the Agent and each Lender on the Agent’s demand in respect of all expenses, liabilities and losses which are incurred by that Creditor Party, or which that Creditor Party reasonably and with due diligence estimates that it will incur, as a result of or in connection with:

 

(a) the Loan not being advanced on the date specified in the Drawdown Notice for any reason other than a default by the Lender claiming the indemnity;

 

(b) the receipt or recovery of all or any part of the Loan or an overdue sum otherwise than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable to it or other relevant period;

 

(c) any failure (for whatever reason) by the Borrower to make payment of any amount due under a Finance Document on the due date or, if so payable, on demand (after giving credit for any default interest paid by the Borrower on the amount concerned under Clause 7);

 

(d) the occurrence and/or continuance of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default and/or the acceleration of repayment of the Loan under Clause 19;

 

and in respect of any tax (other than tax on its overall net income) for which a Creditor Party is liable in connection with any amount paid or payable to that Creditor Party (whether for its own account or otherwise) under any Finance Document.

 

For the avoidance of doubt the parties acknowledge that:

 

  (i) all amounts payable under this Agreement or any other Finance Document by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Security Party to a Creditor Party is expressed to be exclusive of any Value Added Tax (“ VAT ”). If VAT is chargeable on any supply made by the Borrower or any Security Party pursuant to this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Borrower or such Security Party shall pay to such Creditor Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying the relevant amount) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT; and

 

53


  (ii) where this Agreement or any other Finance Document requires the Borrower or any Security Party to reimburse or indemnify a Creditor Party for any costs or expenses, the Borrower and the Security Parties shall also at the same time pay and indemnify such Creditor Party against all VAT incurred by such Creditor Party in respect of such costs or expenses, save to the extent that such Creditor Party is entitled to repayment or credit in respect of the VAT.

 

21.2 Breakage costs. Without limiting its generality, Clause 21.1 covers any liability, expense or loss, including a loss of a prospective profit, incurred by a Lender:

 

(a) in liquidating or employing deposits from third parties acquired or arranged to fund or maintain all or any part of its Contribution and/or any overdue amount (or an aggregate amount which includes its Contribution or any overdue amount); and

 

(b) in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, any interest and/or currency swap or any other transaction entered into (whether with another legal entity or with another office or department of the Lender concerned) to hedge any exposure arising under this Agreement or that part which the Lender concerned determines is fairly attributable to this Agreement of the amount of the liabilities, expenses or losses (including losses of prospective profits) incurred by it in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, a number of transactions of which this Agreement is one Provided that the Lender concerned shall take all reasonable steps to minimise losses arising under this paragraph (b).

 

21.3 Miscellaneous indemnities. The Borrower shall fully indemnify each Creditor Party severally on their respective demands in respect of all claims, demands, proceedings, liabilities, taxes, losses and expenses of every kind (“ liability items ”) which may be made or brought against, or incurred by, the Creditor Party concerned, in any country, in relation to:

 

(a) any action taken, or omitted or neglected to be taken, under or in connection with any Finance Document by the Creditor Party concerned or by any receiver appointed under a Finance Document;

 

(b) any other event, matter or question which occurs or arises at any time during the Security Period and which has any connection with, or any bearing on, any Finance Document, any payment or other transaction relating to a Finance Document or any asset covered (or previously covered) by a Security Interest created (or intended to be created) by a Finance Document;

 

other than liability items which are shown to have been caused by the gross negligence or the wilful misconduct of the officers or employees of the Creditor Party concerned.

 

21.4 Extension of indemnities; environmental indemnity. Without prejudice to its generality, Clause 21.3 covers:

 

(a) any matter which would be covered by Clause 20.3 if any of the references in that Clause to a Lender were a reference to the Agent; and

 

54


(b) any liability items which arise, or are asserted, under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, pollution or the protection of the environment.

 

21.5 Currency indemnity. If any sum due from the Borrower or any Security Party to a Creditor Party under a Finance Document or under any order or judgment relating to a Finance Document has to be converted from the currency in which the Finance Document provided for the sum to be paid (the “ Contractual Currency ”) into another currency (the “ Payment Currency ”) for the purpose of:

 

(a) making or lodging any claim or proof against the Borrower or any Security Party, whether in its liquidation, any arrangement involving it or otherwise; or

 

(b) obtaining an order or judgment from any court or other tribunal; or

 

(c) enforcing any such order or judgment;

 

the Borrower shall indemnify the Creditor Party concerned against the loss arising when the amount of the payment actually received by that Creditor Party is converted at the available rate of exchange into the Contractual Currency.

 

In this Clause 21.5 the “ available rate of exchange ” means the rate at which the Creditor Party concerned is able at the opening of business (London time) on the Business Day after it receives the sum concerned to purchase the Contractual Currency with the Payment Currency.

 

This Clause 21.5 creates a separate liability of the Borrower which is distinct from its other liabilities under the Finance Documents and which shall not be merged in any judgement or order relating to those other liabilities.

 

21.6 Certification of amounts. A notice which is signed by an officer of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 21 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.

 

21.7 Sums deemed due to a Lender. For the purposes of this Clause 21, a sum payable by the Borrower to the Agent for distribution to a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender save in the case of manifest error.

 

22 NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION

 

22.1 No deductions. All amounts due from the Borrower under a Finance Document shall be paid:

 

(a) without any form of set-off, cross-claim or condition; and

 

(b) free and clear of any tax deduction except a tax deduction which the Borrower is required by law to make.

 

22.2 Grossing-up for taxes. If the Borrower is required by law to make a tax deduction from any payment:

 

(a) the Borrower shall notify the Agent as soon as it becomes aware of the requirement;

 

55


(b) the Borrower shall pay the tax deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises;

 

(c) the amount due in respect of the payment shall be increased by the amount necessary to ensure that each Creditor Party receives and retains (free from any liability relating to the tax deduction) a net amount which, after the tax deduction, is equal to the full amount which it would otherwise have received.

 

22.3 Evidence of payment of taxes. Within 1 month after making any tax deduction, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent documentary evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the tax had been paid to the appropriate taxation authority.

 

22.4 Exclusion of tax on overall net income. In this Clause 22 “tax deduction” means any deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax except tax on a Creditor Party’s overall net income.

 

22.5 Tax credit. A Creditor Party which receives for its own account a repayment or credit in respect of tax on account of which the Borrower has made an increased payment under Clause 22.2 shall pay to the Borrower a sum equal to the proportion of the repayment or credit which that Creditor Party allocates to the amount due from the Borrower in respect of which the Borrower made the increased payment Provided that :

 

(a) neither the Creditor Party nor its ultimate parent company (or any other subsidiary thereof) shall be obliged to allocate to this transaction any part of a tax repayment or credit which is referable to a class or number of transactions;

 

(b) nothing in this Clause 22.5 shall oblige a Creditor Party or its ultimate parent company (or any other subsidiary thereof) to arrange its tax affairs in any particular manner, to claim any type of relief, credit, allowance or deduction instead of, or in priority to, another or to make any such claim within any particular time;

 

(c) nothing in this Clause 22.5 shall oblige a Creditor Party or its ultimate parent company (or any other subsidiary thereof) to make a payment which would leave it in a worse position than it would have been in if the Borrower had not been required to make a tax deduction from a payment;

 

(d) any allocation or determination made by a Creditor Party or its ultimate parent company (or any other subsidiary thereof) under or in connection with this Clause 22.5 shall be made at the absolute discretion of the person concerned and shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties; and

 

(e) nothing in this Clause 22.5 shall oblige any Creditor Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or those of its ultimate parent company (or any other subsidiary thereof) or any computations in respect of tax.

 

22.6 Exclusion of tax on overall net income. In this Clause 22 “ tax deduction ” means any deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax except tax on a Creditor Party’s overall net income.

 

23 ILLEGALITY, ETC

 

23.1 Illegality. This Clause 23 applies if a Lender (the “ Notifying Lender ”) notifies the Agent that it has become, or will with effect from a specified date, become:

 

(a) unlawful or prohibited as a result of the introduction of a new law, an amendment to an existing law or a change in the manner in which an existing law is or will be interpreted or applied; or

 

56


(b) contrary to, or inconsistent with, a regulation;

 

for the Notifying Lender to maintain or give effect to any of its obligations under this Agreement in the manner contemplated by this Agreement.

 

23.2 Notification of illegality. The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Lenders of the notice under Clause 23.1 which the Agent receives from the Notifying Lender.

 

23.3 Prepayment; termination of Commitment. On the Agent notifying the Borrower under Clause 23.2, the Notifying Lender’s Commitment shall terminate; and thereupon or, if later, on the date specified in the Notifying Lender’s notice under Clause 23.1 as the date on which the notified event would become effective the Borrower shall prepay the Notifying Lender’s Contribution in accordance with Clause 8 (other than Clause 8.6).

 

24 INCREASED COSTS

 

24.1 Increased costs. This Clause 24 applies if a Lender (the “ Notifying Lender ”) notifies the Agent that the Notifying Lender considers that as a result of:

 

(a) the introduction or alteration after the date of this Agreement of a law, or a regulation or an alteration after the date of this Agreement in the manner in which a law is interpreted or applied (disregarding any effect which relates to the application to payments under this Agreement of a tax on the Notifying Lender’s overall net income); or

 

(b) the effect of complying with any regulation (including any which relates to capital adequacy or liquidity controls or which affects the manner in which the Notifying Lender allocates capital resources to its obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the implementation of any regulations which may replace those set out in the statement of the Basle Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices dated July 1998 and entitled “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Structures”)) which is introduced, or altered, or the interpretation or application of which is altered, after the date of this Agreement,

 

the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) has incurred or will incur an “ increased cost ”, that is to say,:

 

  (i) an additional or increased cost incurred as a result of, or in connection with, the Notifying Lender having entered into, or being a party to, this Agreement or a Transfer Certificate, of funding or maintaining its Commitment or Contribution or performing its obligations under this Agreement, or of having outstanding all or any part of its Contribution or other unpaid sums;

 

  (ii) a reduction in the amount of any payment to the Notifying Lender under this Agreement or in the effective return which such a payment represents to the Notifying Lender or on its capital;

 

57


  (iii) an additional or increased cost of funding or maintaining all or any of the advances comprised in a class of advances formed by or including the Notifying Lender’s Contribution or (as the case may require) the proportion of that cost attributable to the Contribution; or

 

  (iv) a liability to make a payment, or a return foregone, which is calculated by reference to any amounts received or receivable by the Notifying Lender under this Agreement;

 

but not an item attributable to a change in the rate of tax on the overall net income of the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) or an item covered by the indemnity for tax in Clause 21.1 or by Clause 22.

 

For the purposes of this Clause 24.1 the Notifying Lender may in good faith allocate or spread costs and/or losses among its assets and liabilities (or any class thereof) on such basis as it considers appropriate.

 

24.2 Notification to Borrower of claim for increased costs. The Agent shall notify the Borrower of any increased cost 60 days prior to seeking compensation from the Borrower for the first time for such increased costs and consult with the Borrower during such 60-day period.

 

24.3 Payment of increased costs. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent’s demand, for the account of the Notifying Lender the amounts which the Agent from time to time notifies the Borrower that the Notifying Lender has specified to be necessary to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost.

 

24.4 Notice of prepayment. If the Borrower is not willing to continue to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost under Clause 24.3, the Borrower may give the Agent not less than 5 Business Days’ notice of its intention to prepay the Notifying Lender’s Contribution.

 

24.5 Prepayment; termination of Commitment. A notice under Clause 24.4 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Notifying Lender of the Borrower’s notice of intended prepayment; and:

 

(a) on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Commitment of the Notifying Lender shall be cancelled; and

 

(b) on the date specified in its notice of intended prepayment, the Borrower shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Notifying Lender’s Contribution, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the applicable Margin (but subject to Clause 21.1).

 

24.6 Application of prepayment. Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.

 

25 SET-OFF

 

25.1 Application of credit balances. Each Creditor Party may without prior notice but following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing:

 

(a) apply any balance (whether or not then due) which at any time stands to the credit of any account in the name of the Borrower at any office in any country of that Creditor Party in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due from the Borrower to that Creditor Party under any of the Finance Documents; and

 

58


(b) for that purpose:

 

  (i) break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of the Borrower;

 

  (ii) convert or translate all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance into Dollars; and/or

 

  (iii) enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to the credit balance which the Creditor Party concerned considers appropriate.

 

25.2 Existing rights unaffected. No Creditor Party shall be obliged to exercise any of its rights under Clause 25.1; and those rights shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, charge, lien or other right or remedy to which a Creditor Party is entitled (whether under the general law or any document).

 

25.3 Sums deemed due to a Lender. For the purposes of this Clause 25, a sum payable by the Borrower to the Agent for distribution to, or for the account of, a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender; and each Lender’s proportion of a sum so payable for distribution to, or for the account of, the Lenders shall be treated as a sum due to such Lender.

 

26 TRANSFERS AND CHANGES IN LENDING OFFICES

 

26.1 Transfer by Borrower. The Borrower may not, without the prior consent of the Agent, given with the authorisation of all the Lenders:

 

(a) transfer any of its rights or obligations under any Finance Document; or

 

(b) enter into any merger, de-merger or other reorganisation, or carry out any other act, as a result of which any of its rights or liabilities would vest in, or pass to, another person.

 

26.2 Transfer by a Lender. Subject to Clause 26.4, a Lender (the “ Transferor Lender ”) may, with the consent of the Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), cause:

 

(a) its rights in respect of all or part of its Contribution; or

 

(b) its obligations in respect of all or part of its Commitment; or

 

(c) a combination of (a) and (b);

 

to be (in the case of its rights) transferred to, or (in the case of its obligations) assumed by, another bank or financial institution (a “ Transferee Lender ”) by delivering to the Agent a completed certificate in the form set out in Schedule 4 with any modifications approved or required by the Agent (a “ Transfer Certificate ”) executed by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender Provided that the costs of effecting such a transfer shall be for the account of the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender and the Borrower shall no be liable for such costs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no consent of, or consultation with, the Borrower will be required:

 

  (i) at any time in respect of any transfer to another Lender or to any person after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing; or

 

59


  (ii) in respect of any transfer to a parent or subsidiary of the Transferee Lender; or

 

  (iii) in respect of any transfer imposed by a central bank or monetary or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Transferee Lender

 

and in the circumstances referred to in subparagraphs (ii) and (iii) the Transferee Lender shall give prompt notice thereof to the Borrower.

 

Any rights and obligations of the Transferor Lender in its capacity as Agent will be dealt with in accordance with the agency provisions of this Agreement.

 

26.3 Transfer Certificate, delivery and notification. As soon as reasonably practicable after a Transfer Certificate is delivered to the Agent, it shall (unless it has reason to believe that the Transfer Certificate may be defective):

 

(a) sign the Transfer Certificate on behalf of itself, the Agent, the Borrower, the Security Parties and each of the other Lenders;

 

(b) on behalf of the Transferee Lender, send to the Borrower and each Security Party letters or faxes notifying them of the Transfer Certificate and attaching a copy of it; and

 

(c) send to the Transferee Lender copies of the letters or faxes sent under paragraph (b).

 

26.4 Effective Date of Transfer Certificate. A Transfer Certificate becomes effective on the date, if any, specified in the Transfer Certificate as its effective date, provided that it is signed by the Agent under Clause 26.3 on or before that date.

 

26.5 No transfer without Transfer Certificate. No assignment or transfer of any right or obligation of a Lender under any Finance Document is binding on, or effective in relation to, the Borrower, any Security Party, the Agent or the Lenders unless it is effected, evidenced or perfected by a Transfer Certificate.

 

26.6 Lender re-organisation; waiver of Transfer Certificate. If a Lender enters into any merger, de-merger or other reorganisation as a result of which all its rights or obligations vest in a successor, the Agent may, if it sees fit, by notice to the successor and the Borrower waive the need for the execution and delivery of a Transfer Certificate; and, upon service of the Agent’s notice, the successor shall become a Lender with the same Commitment and Contribution as were held by the predecessor Lender.

 

26.7 Effect of Transfer Certificate. A Transfer Certificate takes effect in accordance with English law as follows:

 

(a) to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate, all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the Transferee Lender absolutely;

 

60


(b) the Transferor Lender’s Commitment is discharged to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate;

 

(c) the Transferee Lender becomes a Lender with a Contribution and a Commitment of an amount specified in the Transfer Certificate;

 

(d) the Transferee Lender becomes bound by all the provisions of the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including those about pro-rata sharing and the exclusion of liability on the part of, and the indemnification of, the Agent and, to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes bound by those provisions (other than those relating to exclusion of liability), the Transferor Lender ceases to be bound by them;

 

(e) any part of the Loan which the Transferee Lender advances after the Transfer Certificate’s effective date ranks in point of priority and security in the same way as it would have ranked had it been advanced by the Transferor Lender;

 

(f) the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to all the rights under the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including but not limited to those relating to the Majority Lenders and those under Clause 5.7 and Clause 20, and to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to such rights, the Transferor Lender ceases to be entitled to them; and

 

(g) in respect of any breach of a warranty, undertaking, condition or other provision of a Finance Document or any misrepresentation made in or in connection with a Finance Document, the Transferee Lender shall be entitled to recover damages by reference to the loss incurred by it as a result of the breach or misrepresentation, irrespective of whether the original Lender would have incurred a loss of that kind or amount.

 

The rights and equities of the Borrower or any Security Party referred to above include, but are not limited to, any right of set off and any other kind of cross-claim.

 

26.8 Maintenance of register of Lenders. During the Security Period the Agent shall maintain a register in which it shall record the name, Commitment, Contribution and administrative details (including the lending office) from time to time of each Lender and the effective date (in accordance with Clause 26.4) of each Transfer Certificate; and the Agent shall make the register available for inspection by any Lender and the Borrower during normal banking hours, subject to receiving at least 3 Business Days prior notice.

 

26.9 Reliance on register of Lenders. The entries on that register shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive in determining the identities of the Lenders and the amounts of their Commitments and Contributions and the effective dates of Transfer Certificates and may be relied upon by the Agent and the other parties to the Finance Documents for all purposes relating to the Finance Documents.

 

26.10 Authorisation of Agent to sign Transfer Certificates. The Borrower, the Agent and each Lender irrevocably authorises the Agent to sign Transfer Certificates on its behalf.

 

26.11 Registration fee. In respect of any Transfer Certificate, the Agent shall, following its request and at its option, be entitled to recover a registration fee of $1,500 from the Transferor Lender or (at the Agent’s option) the Transferee Lender.

 

61


26.12 Sub-participation; subrogation assignment. A Lender may sub-participate all or any part of its rights and/or obligations under or in connection with the Finance Documents without the consent of, or any notice to, the Borrower, any Security Party, the Agent or any other Lender and the Lenders may assign, in any manner and terms agreed by the Majority Lenders and the Agent, all or any part of those rights to an insurer or surety who has become subrogated to them.

 

26.13 Disclosure of information. A Lender may with the prior consent of the Borrower (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) disclose to a potential Transferee Lender or sub-participant any information which the Lender has received in relation to the Borrower, any Security Party or their affairs under or in connection with any Finance Document. Notwithstanding the foregoing no consent will be required in the circumstances referred to in sub-paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of Clause 26.2.

 

26.14 Change of lending office. A Lender may change its lending office and/or its booking office by giving notice to the Agent and the change shall become effective on the later of:

 

(a) the date on which the Agent receives the notice; and

 

(b) the date, if any, specified in the notice as the date on which the change will come into effect.

 

26.15 Notification. On receiving such a notice, the Agent shall notify the Borrower and the other Lenders; and, until the Agent receives such a notice, it shall be entitled to assume that a Lender is acting through the lending office or through the booking office of which the Agent last had notice.

 

27 VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS

 

27.1 Variations, waivers etc. by Majority Lenders. Subject to Clause 27.2, a document shall be effective to vary, waive, suspend or limit any provision of a Finance Document, or any Creditor Party’s rights or remedies under such a provision or the general law, only if the document is signed, or specifically agreed to by fax or telex, by the Borrower, by the Agent on behalf and with the consent of the Majority Lenders and by the Agent in its own right, and, if the document relates to a Finance Document to which a Security Party is party, by that Security Party.

 

27.2 Variations, waivers etc. requiring agreement of all Lenders. However, as regards the following, Clause 27.1 applies as if the words “by the Agent on behalf and with the consent of the Majority Lenders” were replaced by the words “by or on behalf and with the consent of every Lender”:

 

(a) a change in the definition of the Margin or in the definition of LIBOR;

 

(b) a change to the date for, or the amount of, any payment of principal, interest, fees, or other sum payable under this Agreement;

 

(c) a change to any Lender’s Commitment;

 

(d) an extension of the Availability Period;

 

(e) a change to the definition of “Majority Lenders” or “Finance Documents”;

 

62


(f) a change in the Approved Manager or the terms and conditions of management of the Ship;

 

(g) a change to the preamble or to Clause 2, 3, 4, 5.1, 8.1, 11, 12.4, 15 17, 18, 19 or 30;

 

(h) a change to this Clause 27;

 

(i) any release of, or material variation to, a Security Interest, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document; and

 

(j) any other change or matter as regards which this Agreement or another Finance Document expressly provides that each Lender’s consent is required.

 

27.3 Exclusion of other or implied variations. Except for a document which satisfies the requirements of Clauses 27.1 and 27.2, no document, and no act, course of conduct, failure or neglect to act, delay or acquiescence on the part of the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) shall result in the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) being taken to have varied, waived, suspended or limited, or being precluded (permanently or temporarily) from enforcing, relying on or exercising:

 

(a) a provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; or

 

(b) an Event of Default; or

 

(c) a breach by the Borrower or a Security Party of an obligation under a Finance Document or the general law; or

 

(d) any right or remedy conferred by any Finance Document or by the general law;

 

and there shall not be implied into any Finance Document any term or condition requiring any such provision to be enforced, or such right or remedy to be exercised, within a certain or reasonable time.

 

28 NOTICES

 

28.1 General. Unless otherwise specifically provided, any notice under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be given by letter or fax; and references in the Finance Documents to written notices, notices in writing and notices signed by particular persons shall be construed accordingly.

 

28.2 Addresses for communications. A notice shall be sent:

 

(a)   to the Borrower:   Macedonia House
        367 Syngrou Avenue
        175 64 P. Faliro
        Athens
        Greece
        Fax No: + (30 210) 948 0710
(b)   to a Lender:   At the address below its name in Schedule 1 or (as
        the case may require) in the relevant Transfer Certificate.

 

 

 

 

 

63


(c)  

to the Agent

and the Security Trustee

 

(i)

 

if at any time there is only one Lender

c/o Citibank International plc

47/49 Akti Miaouli

Piraeus

Greece

           

Fax No: + (30) 210 429 2806

        (ii)   if any time there is more than one Lender
            Citigroup Centre
            33 Canada Square
            Canary Wharf
            London E14 5LB
            England
            Fax No. 00 440207 986 2266

 

or to such other address as the relevant party may notify the Agent or, if the relevant party is the Agent, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Security Parties.

 

28.3 Effective date of notices. Subject to Clauses 28.4 and 28.5:

 

(a) a notice which is delivered personally or posted shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is delivered;

 

(b) a notice which is sent by fax shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, 2 hours after its transmission is completed.

 

28.4 Service outside business hours. However, if under Clause 28.3 a notice would be deemed to be served:

 

(a) on a day which is not a business day in the place of receipt; or

 

(b) on such a business day, but after 5 p.m. local time;

 

the notice shall (subject to Clause 28.5) be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at 9 a.m. on the next day which is such a business day.

 

28.5 Illegible notices. Clauses 28.3 and 28.4 do not apply if the recipient of a notice notifies the sender within one hour after the time at which the notice would otherwise be deemed to be served that the notice has been received in a form which is illegible in a material respect.

 

28.6 Valid notices. A notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall not be invalid by reason that the manner of serving it does not comply with the requirements of this Agreement or, where appropriate, any other Finance Document under which it is served if the failure to serve it in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or other Finance Document, as the case may be, has not caused any party to suffer any significant loss or prejudice.

 

64


28.7 English language. Any notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall be in English.

 

28.8 Meaning of “notice”. In this Clause “notice” includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, waiver or other communication.

 

29 SUPPLEMENTAL

 

29.1 Rights cumulative, non-exclusive. The rights and remedies which the Finance Documents give to each Creditor Party are:

 

(a) cumulative;

 

(b) may be exercised as often as appears expedient; and

 

(c) shall not, unless a Finance Document explicitly and specifically states so, be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by any law.

 

29.2 Severability of provisions. If any provision of a Finance Document is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal, that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the other provisions of that Finance Document or of the provisions of any other Finance Document.

 

29.3 Counterparts. A Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts.

 

29.4 Third party rights. Subject only to Clause 3.21 of this Agreement, a person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

30 LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

30.1 English law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

 

30.2 Exclusive English jurisdiction. Subject to Clause 30.3, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement.

 

30.3 Choice of forum for the exclusive benefit of the Creditor Parties. Clause 30.2 is for the exclusive benefit of the Creditor Parties, each of which reserves the right:

 

(a) to commence proceedings in relation to any matter which arises out of or in connection with this Agreement in the courts of any country other than England and which have or claim jurisdiction to that matter; and

 

(b) to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or without commencing proceedings in England.

 

The Borrower shall not commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a matter which arises out of or in connection with this Agreement.

 

65


30.4 Process agent. The Borrower irrevocably appoints HFW Nominees Limited at its registered office for the time being, presently at Marlow House, Lloyds Avenue, London EC3N 3AL, England, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with this Agreement.

 

30.5 Creditor Party rights unaffected. Nothing in this Clause 30 shall exclude or limit any right which any Creditor Party may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.

 

30.6 Meaning of “proceedings”. In this Clause 30, “proceedings” means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure.

 

AS WITNESS the hands of the duly authorised officers or attorneys of the parties the day and year first before written.

 

66


SCHEDULE 1

 

LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS

 

Lender and Lending Office


  

Commitment

(US Dollars)


Citibank International plc

47/49 Akti Miaouli

Piraeus

Greece

   40,000,000

Fax No: + (30) 210 429 2806

    

 

67


SCHEDULE 2

 

DRAWDOWN NOTICE

 

To: Citibank International plc

47/49 Akti Miaouli

Piraeus

Greece

 

[            ] January 2004

 

Attention:    Loans Administration

 

DRAWDOWN NOTICE

 

1. We refer to the loan agreement dated          January 2004 (the “ Loan Agreement ”) and made between ourselves, as Borrower, the Lenders referred to therein, yourselves as Agent in connection with a facility of US$40,000,000. Terms defined in the Loan Agreement have their defined meanings when used in this Drawdown Notice.

 

2. We request to borrow the Loan as follows:

 

  (a) Amount: US$40,000,000;

 

  (b) Drawdown Date: [            ] January 2004;

 

  (c) Duration of the first Interest Period shall be [        ] months; and

 

  (d) Payment instructions : account in the name of [                    ] and numbered [            ] with [            ] of [                    ].

 

3. We represent and warrant that:

 

  (a) the representations and warranties in Clause 10 of the Loan Agreement and in the other Finance Documents would remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this notice with reference to the circumstances now existing; and

 

  (b) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or will result from the borrowing of the Loan.

 

4. This notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.

 

5. We authorise you to deduct from the Loan the amount of the drawdown fee referred to in Clause 20.1(b).

 

[Name of Signatory]

 


 

for and on behalf of

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

 

68


SCHEDULE 3

 

CONDITION PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS

 

PART A

 

The following are the documents referred to in Clause 9.1(a) required before service of the first Drawdown Notice.

 

1 A duly executed original of:

 

(a) this Agreement;

 

(b) the Guarantee; and

 

(c) the Earnings Account Pledge.

 

2 Copies of the certificate of incorporation and constitutional documents of the Borrower, the Owner and the Approved Manager.

 

3 Copies of resolutions of directors of the Borrower and the Owner authorising the execution of each of the Finance Documents to which the Borrower or the Owner is a party.

 

4 The original of any power of attorney under which any Finance Document is executed on behalf of the Borrower or the Owner.

 

5 Copies of all consents which the Borrower or the Owner requires to enter into, or make any payment under, any Finance Document.

 

6 The originals of any mandates or other documents required in connection with the opening or operation of the Earnings Account.

 

7 A certified copy of the duly executed MOA.

 

8 Documentary evidence that the agent for service of process named in Clause 30.4 has accepted its appointment.

 

9 If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.

 

69


PART B

 

The following are the documents, referred to in Clause 9.1(b) required before the Drawdown Date:

 

1 Evidence satisfactory to the Agent and its legal advisers that the Borrower is the owner of the whole of the issued share capital of the Owner.

 

 

2 A duly executed original of the Mortgage and the General Assignment relating to the Ship and, if the Ship is insured through Argosy, a duly executed original of the Reinsurances Assignment (and of each document required to be delivered by each of them) (or, in the case of the Mortgage, evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the Mortgage will be executed simultaneously with the delivery of the Ship pursuant to the MOA).

 

3 Documentary evidence that on the delivery of the Ship to the Owner pursuant to the MOA:

 

(a) the Ship will have been unconditionally delivered by the Seller to, and accepted by, the Owner under the MOA, and the full purchase price payable under the MOA (in addition to that being financed by the Loan) will have been duly paid;

 

(b) the Ship will be definitively and permanently registered in the name of the Owner under Greek flag at the Port of Piraeus;

 

(c) the Ship will be in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Owner save as contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

(d) the Ship will maintain the highest class with a first-class classification society acceptable to the Agent free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of such classification society affecting class;

 

(e) the Mortgage will be duly registered against the Ship as a valid first preferred Greek ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of Greece; and

 

(f) the Ship will be insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements therein in respect of insurances have been complied with.

 

4 Documents establishing that the Ship will, as from the Drawdown Date, be managed by the Approved Manager on terms acceptable to the Lenders, together with a letter of undertaking executed by the Approved Manager in favour of the Lenders in the terms required by the Agent agreeing certain matters in relation to the management of the Ship and subordinating the rights of the Approved Manager against the Ship and the Owner (to the extent they exceed $200,000 in aggregate) to the rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents.

 

5 Copies of the document of compliance and the safety management certificate issued pursuant to the ISM Code in relation to the Ship.

 

6 Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of Bermuda, Greece and Republic of Liberia and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.

 

70


7 At the cost of the Borrower, a favourable opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Lender on such matters relating to the insurances for the Ship as the Agent may require.

 

8 If the Lender so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Lender.

 

Each of the documents specified in paragraphs 2, 3, 5 and 7 of Part A above and paragraph 5 of Part B above and every other copy document delivered under this Schedule shall be certified as a true and up to date copy by a director, officer or the secretary of the Borrower.

 

71


SCHEDULE 4

 

TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

 

The Transferor and the Transferee accept exclusive responsibility for ensuring that this Certificate and the transaction to which it relates comply with all legal and regulatory requirements applicable to them respectively.

 

To: CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL plc for itself and for and on behalf of the Borrower, each Security Party, and each Lender, as defined in the Loan Agreement referred to below.

 

[            ], 20[    ]

 

1 This Certificate relates to a Loan Agreement (as from time to time supplemented or amended, the “ Agreement ”) dated [•] January 2004 and made between (1) Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited (the “ Borrower ”), (2) the banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 1 as Lenders, (3) Citibank International plc as Agent for a loan facility of $40,000,000.

 

2 In this Certificate, terms defined in the Agreement shall, unless the contrary intention appears, have the same meanings when used in this Certificate and in addition:

 

Relevant Parties ” means the Agent, the Borrower, each Security Party and each Lender;

 

Transferor ” means [full name] of [lending office];

 

Transferee ” means [full name] of [lending office].

 

3 The effective date of this Certificate is [•], provided that this Certificate shall not come into effect unless it is signed by the Agent on or before that date.

 

4 The Transferor assigns to the Transferee absolutely and without recourse all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor has as Lender under or by virtue of the Agreement in relation to [•] per cent. of its Contribution, which amounts to $[•].

 

5 By virtue of this Certificate and Clause 26 of the Agreement, the Transferor is discharged [entirely from its Commitment which amounts to $[•]] [from [•] per cent. of its Commitment, which percentage represents $[•]].

 

6 The Transferee undertakes with the Transferor and each of the Relevant Parties that the Transferee will observe and perform all the obligations under the Finance Documents which Clause 26 of the Agreement provides will become binding on it upon this Certificate taking effect.

 

72


7 The Agent, at the request of the Transferee (which request is hereby made) accepts, for the Agent itself and for and on behalf of every other Relevant Party, this Certificate as a Transfer Certificate taking effect in accordance with Clause 26 of the Agreement.

 

8 The Transferor:

 

(a) warrants to the Transferee and each Relevant Party:

 

  (i) that the Transferor has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which it needs in connection with this transaction; and

 

  (ii) that this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferor;

 

(b) warrants to the Transferee that the Transferor is absolutely entitled, free of encumbrances, to all the rights and interests covered by the assignment in paragraph 4 above; and

 

(c) undertakes with the Transferee that the Transferor will, at its own expense, execute any documents which the Transferee reasonably requests for perfecting in any relevant jurisdiction the Transferee’s title under this Certificate or for a similar purpose.

 

9 The Transferee:

 

(a) confirms that it has received a copy of the Agreement and of each other Finance Document ;

 

(b) agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against either the Transferor, the Agent or any Lender in the event that:

 

  (i) any Finance Document proves to be invalid or ineffective;

 

  (ii) the Borrower or any Security Party fails to observe or perform its obligations, or to discharge its liabilities, under any Finance Document; or

 

  (iii) it proves impossible to realise any asset covered by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document or the proceeds of such assets are insufficient to discharge the liabilities of the Borrower or any Security Party under the Finance Documents;

 

(c) agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against the Agent or any Lender in the event that this Certificate proves to be invalid or ineffective;

 

(d) warrants to the Transferor and each Relevant Party:

 

  (i) that it has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which it needs to take or obtain in connection with this transaction; and

 

  (ii) that this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferee; and

 

73


(e) confirms the accuracy of the administrative details set out below regarding the Transferee.

 

10 The Transferor and the Transferee each undertake with the Agent severally and on demand, to fully indemnify the Agent in respect of any claim, proceeding, liability or expense (including all legal expenses) which they or either of them may incur in connection with this Certificate or any matter arising out of it, except such as are shown to have been mainly and directly caused by the gross and culpable negligence or dishonesty of the Agent’s own officers or employees.

 

11 The Transferee shall repay to the Transferor on demand so much of any sum paid by the Transferor under paragraph 10 above as exceeds one-half of the amount demanded by the Agent in respect of a claim, proceeding, liability or expense which was not reasonably foreseeable at the date of this Certificate; but nothing in this paragraph shall affect the liability of each of the Transferor and the Transferee to the Agent for the full amount demanded by it.

 

12 This Certificate shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

 

[Name of Transferor]       [Name of Transferee]
By:  

 


  By:  

 


Date:       Date:    

 

Agent

 

Signed for itself and for and on behalf of itself

as Agent and for every other Relevant Party

 

[Name of Agent]

 

By:

 

 


Date:

   

 

74


SCHEDULE 5

 

MANDATORY COST RATE FORMULA

 

The Mandatory Cost Rate is an addition to the interest rate on the Loan to compensate the Lenders for the cost attributable to the Loan resulting from the imposition from time to time under, or pursuant to, the Bank of England Act 1998 (the “ Act ”) and/or by the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (the “ FSA ”) (or other United Kingdom governmental authorities or agencies) of a requirement to pay fees to the FSA calculated by reference to liabilities used to fund the Loan (or any part thereof).

 

The Mandatory Cost Rate shall be the rate determined by the Agent to equal to the arithmetic mean (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest one-sixteenth of one per cent.) of the respective rates notified by each Lender to the Agent as the rate resulting from the application of the following formula:

 

F x 0.01

    300

 

where on the day of application for the formula, F is the rate of charge payable by that Lender to the FSA pursuant to paragraph [2.02]/[2.03] of the Fees Regulations (but where, for the purpose, the figure at paragraph [2.02b]/[2.03b] of the Fees Regulations shall be deemed to be zero) and expressed in pounds per £1 million of the Fee Base of that Lender.

 

If any Lender fails to notify any such rate to the Agent, the Mandatory Cost Rate shall be determined on the basis of the rate(s) notified to the Agent by the remaining Lender (s).

 

The Mandatory Cost Rate attributable to the Loan (or any part thereof) or other sum for any period shall be calculated at or about 11.00 a.m. on the first day of that period for the duration of that period.

 

The determination of the Mandatory Cost Rate in relation to any period shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the parties to this Agreement.

 

If there is any change in circumstances (including the imposition of alternative or additional requirements) which, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, renders or will render the above formula (or any element of the formula or the defined term used in the formula) inappropriate or inapplicable, the Agent (following consultation with the Borrower and the Majority Lenders) shall be entitled to vary the same by giving notice to the parties to this Agreement. Any such variation shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the parties to this Agreement and shall apply from the date specified in such notice.

 

For the purposes of this Schedule:

 

Fee Base ” has the meaning given to that term for the purposes of, and shall be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Regulations.

 

Fees Regulations ” means, as appropriate, either:

 

(a) the Banking Supervision (Fees) Regulations 2001; and

 

(b) such regulations as from time to time may be in force, relating to the payment of fees for banking supervision in respect of periods subsequent to 31 March 2002.

 

75


Administrative Details of Transferee

 

Name of Transferee:

 

Lending Office:

 

Contact Person

(Loan Administration Department):

 

Telephone:

 

Telex:

 

Fax:

 

Contact Person

(Credit Administration Department):

 

Telephone:

 

Telex:

 

Fax:

 

Account for payments:

 

NOTE :     THIS TRANSFER CERTIFICATE ALONE MAY NOT BE SUFFICIENT TO TRANSFER A PROPORTIONATE SHARE OF THE TRANSFEROR’S INTEREST IN THE SECURITY CONSTITUTED BY THE FINANCE DOCUMENTS IN THE TRANSFEROR’S OR TRANSFEREE’S JURISDICTION OR IN THE JURISDICTION OF THE LAW WHICH GOVERNS A PARTICULAR SECURITY INTEREST. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF EACH LENDER TO ASCERTAIN WHETHER ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS ARE REQUIRED FOR THIS PURPOSE.

 

76


EXECUTION PAGE

 

THE BORROWER          

SIGNED by

   )    / S /    A LEXIA K LEONAKOS

for and on behalf of

   )     

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

  

)

)

    

THE LENDERS

         

SIGNED by

   )    / S /    G EORGE K AKOULIDES

for and on behalf of

   )     

CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL plc

   )     

THE AGENT

         

SIGNED by

   )    / S /    G EORGE K AKOULIDES

for and on behalf of

   )     

CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL plc

   )     

Witness to the above

   )     

signatures:

   )     

Name:

         

Address:

         

 

77

Exhibit 8

 

Subsidiaries of Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited

 

Company


  

Country of Incorporation


Oak Shipping Co Ltd.

   Liberia

Romeo Shipping Company Limited

   Liberia

Figaro Shipping Company Limited

   Liberia

Soumelia Marine Co Ltd.

   Cyprus

Dimena Shipping Co Ltd.

   Cyprus

Grevia Marine Co Ltd.

   Cyprus

Noble Shipping Enterprises Ltd.

   Liberia

Seaport Shipping Corp.

   Liberia

Kingsbridge Shipping Co Ltd.

   Liberia

Azimuth Shipping Company Ltd.

   Liberia

Bosphorus Shipping Co Ltd.

   Liberia

Oceana Shipping Company Ltd.

   Liberia

Malgara Marine Co Ltd.

   Cyprus

Horizana Shipping Co Ltd.

   Malta

Fortitude Shipping Co Ltd.

   Malta

Klera Navigation Co Ltd.

   Cyprus

Magnum Faith S.A.

   Panama

Status Fame S.A.

   Panama

Sea Mayfair S.A.

   Panama

Ergo Glory S.A.

   Panama

Divino Maritime Co Ltd.

   Cyprus

Estoril Maritime Co Ltd.

   Cyprus

Jersey Shipping Co Ltd.

   Liberia

Annapolis Shipping Co Ltd.

   Liberia

Essex Shipping Co. Ltd.

   Liberia

Juliet Shipping Company Limited

   Liberia

Rigoletto Shipping Company Limited

   Liberia

Mediterranean Fame S.A.

   Panama

World Excellence S.A.

   Panama

Oceanic Honour S.A.

   Panama

Apollo Glory S.A.

   Panama

Apollo Excellence S.A.

   Panama

Activity Excellence S.A.

   Panama

Worldwide Overseas S.A.

   Panama

Maritime Investment Finance Ltd.

   Liberia

Exhibit 11

 

TSAKOS ENERGY NAVIGATION LIMITED

 

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND

ETHICS FOR DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES

 

1. INTRODUCTION

 

1.1 This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is intended as an overview of the Company’s guiding principles. This Code cannot and is not intended or to cover every applicable law provide answers to all questions that might arise. Each person must in the end rely on their good sense of what is proper, which includes the ability and willingness to seek advice and help from others on what is the appropriate course of conduct.

 

1.2 Our business depends upon the reputation of the Company and its directors, officers and employees for integrity and principled business conduct. This Code is a statement of goals and expectations for individual and business conduct. It is the obligation of each and every director, officer and employee of TEN to become familiar with the goals and policies of the Company and apply them in every aspect of our business.

 

2. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

2.1 Directors and officers and employees of TEN have a duty of loyalty to the Company, and must therefore avoid any actual or apparent conflict of interest with the Company. A conflict can arise when an employee, officer or director takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her work objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest also arise when an employee, officer, or director, or a member of his or her family, receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position in the Company. If such a situation arises, this must immediately be reported to the Chief Executive Officer who will report any such circumstances to the next meeting of the Board.

 

3. CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES

 

3.1 No director, officer or employee may:

 

(a) take for himself or herself personally opportunities that are discovered through the use of Company property, information or position;

 

(b) use Company property, information or position for personal gain; or

 

(c) compete with the Company.

 

Employees, officers and directors owe a duty to the Company to advance its legitimate interests when the opportunity to do so arises.

 

1


4. USE OF INSIDE INFORMATION

 

4.1 It is the Company’s goal to protect shareholder investments through strict enforcement of the prohibition against insider trading set out in applicable securities laws and regulations. Because the Company is incorporated in Bermuda, managed in Greece and listed in New York and Oslo, with a secondary listing in Bermuda, different laws and regulations are capable of applying to the Company and its shareholders. Anyone in any doubt as to their position should contact the Chief Operating Officer. Insider trading is both unethical and illegal and will be dealt with firmly.

 

4.2 No director, officer or employee may buy or sell securities of TEN at a time when in possession of “material non-public information”. Passing such information to someone who may buy or sell securities is also prohibited. The prohibition on insider trading applies to TEN’s securities and to securities of other companies if the director, officer or employee learns of material non-public information about those other companies in the course of his or her duties for TEN. This prohibition also extends to certain non-employees who may learn about the “material non-public information” about the Company such as spouses, relatives, and close friends of directors, officers or employees.

 

5. GREEK / NORWEGIAN POSITION

 

5.1 No director, officer or employee may buy or sell securities of TEN at a time when in possession of information about the Company which is likely to influence the price and of the shares and which is not publicly available or commonly known in the market. This provision applies to everyone and not just to directors, officers and employees and their spouses, relatives and close friends.

 

6. BERMUDIAN POSITION

 

6.1 Although insider dealing is not yet prohibited by law the listing regulations of the Bermudian Stock Exchange require all issuers to have adopted code of dealing which prohibits insider dealing. The code must prohibit directors and executive officers from dealing in securities at a time when they are in possession of unpublished price sensitive information (e.g. when interim and full year results are known but not published).

 

7. FAIR DEALING

 

7.1 Each director, officer and employee must endeavour to deal fairly and in good faith with TEN customers, shareholders, employees, suppliers, regulators, business partners, competitors and others. No director, officer or employee may take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged or confidential information, misrepresentation, fraudulent behaviour or any other unfair dealing practice.

 

8. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

8.1 All directors, officers and employees should maintain the confidentiality of information entrusted to them by the Company, its

 

2


business partners, suppliers, customers or others related to TEN’s business. Such information must not be disclosed to others, except when disclosure is authorised by TEN or required by law. Confidential information includes all non-public information that might be of use to competitors or harmful to TEN, or its customers, if disclosed.

 

9. PROTECTION AND USE OF COMPANY ASSETS

 

9.1 TEN’s assets, such as information, materials, supplies, time, intellectual property, software, hardware, and facilities, among other property, are valuable resources owned, licensed, or otherwise belonging to the Company. Safeguarding TEN’s assets is the responsibility of all directors, officers and employees. All Company assets should be used only for legitimate business purposes. The personal use of Company assets without permission is prohibited.

 

10. ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

 

10.1 TEN’s commitment to the environment is paramount. TEN and its subsidiaries will comply with best practice in the industry in protecting the environment. It is the Company’s policy to meet or exceed all applicable regulatory requirements and to comply with best practice in the industry. Each director, officer and employee of TEN should work with respect for the environment and in accordance with this environmental policy.

 

11. ACCOUNTING PRACTICES

 

11.1 It is the policy of TEN to disclose the financial condition of the Company in full compliance with applicable accounting principles, laws, rules and regulations. All books and records of TEN must be kept in such a way as to properly reflect all Company transactions.

 

12. RECORDS RETENTION

 

12.1 Officers and employees are expected to become familiar with the Company’s policies regarding retention of records applicable to them and to adhere to them. Employees are instructed to refer to the Chairman of the Audit Committee if they learn of pending, imminent or contemplated litigation or government investigation or have reason to believe that a violation of this policy has been committed.

 

13. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, RULES, REGULATIONS

 

13.1 TEN takes a proactive stance on compliance with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations which apply to it.

 

13.2 One aspect of US legislation which applies to the Company in view of its listing in New York is the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA). This generally prohibits the Company from making or offering to make a payment, promise or granting another benefit, directly or indirectly, to a “foreign official”, foreign candidate for political office or foreign political party for the purpose of improperly causing the foreign official, candidate or political party to act or cause an act for the benefit of the Company or a subsidiary. Foreign officials for this purpose include employees of state owned foreign companies as well as governmental officials.

 

3


Those directors, officers or employees whose jobs involve contact with foreign officials should be aware of this prohibition. They should contact the Chief Operating Officer with respect to any questions regarding business conduct with foreign entities.

 

14. DUTY TO REPORT AND CONSEQUENCES

 

14.1 Every director, officer and employee has a duty to adhere to this Code and all other applicable Company policies and to report any suspected violations to the Chief Operating Officer.

 

14.2 Any waivers of this Code for executive officers or directors may only be made by the Board of Directors or a Board committee to which such responsibility has been delegated.

 

4

Exhibit 12.1

 

CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, Nikolas P. Tsakos, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report; and

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report.

 

4. The company’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and

 

d) disclosed in this annual report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: June 29, 2004

 

/s/ Nikolas P. Tsakos

Nikolas P. Tsakos

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Exhibit 12.2

 

CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, Paul Durham, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report; and

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report.

 

4. The company’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and

 

d) disclosed in this annual report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: June 29, 2004

 

/s/ Paul Durham

Paul Durham

Finance Director and Chief Accounting Officer

 

Exhibit 13.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADDED BY

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the period ending December 28, 2003 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Nikolas P. Tsakos, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as added by § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, based on my knowledge:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ Nikolas P. Tsakos

Nikolas P. Tsakos

President and Chief Executive Officer

June 29, 2004

 

Exhibit 13.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADDED BY

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the period ending December 28, 2003 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Paul Durham, Finance Director and Chief Accounting Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as added by § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, based on my knowledge:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ Paul Durham

Paul Durham

Finance Director and Chief Accounting Officer

June 29, 2004

 

Exhibit 15.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Forms F-3 No. 333-110495 and No. 333-111615, and Forms S-8 No. 333-104062 and No. 333-102860) of Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited of our report dated February 27, 2004, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited included in this Annual Report (Form 20-F) for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

ERNST & YOUNG

 

Athens, Greece

June 29, 2004

 

Exhibit 15.2

 

STATEMENT REGARDING AUDITORS’ CONSENT

 

The consolidated financial statements of Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited (the “Company”) for the year ended 2001, included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F, have been audited by Arthur Andersen (“Arthur Andersen”). On May 30, 2002, the Company dismissed Arthur Andersen as its independent public accountants and engaged Ernst & Young to serve as the Company’s independent public accountants for the fiscal year ended 2002. After reasonable efforts, the Company has been unable to obtain Arthur Andersen’s consent to the incorporation by reference into this Annual Report on Form 20-F of its audit report with respect to the Company’s financial statements referenced above.

 

Under these circumstances, Rule 437a under the Securities Act permits the Company to file the Annual Report, which is incorporated by reference into the Company’s previously filed registration statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-104062 and 333-102860) without a written consent from Arthur Andersen. However, because Arthur Andersen has not consented to the inclusion of its report in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, as incorporated by reference into the above referenced registration statements, recovery by investors relying on any such registration statement that incorporates this Annual Report on Form 20-F by reference may be limited on certain claims. In particular, and without limitation, purchasers of securities under each such registration statement may not be able to assert claims against Arthur Andersen under Section 11(a) of the Securities Act for any untrue statements of a material fact contained in the financial statements referenced above and incorporated therein or any omission of a material fact required to be stated therein. In addition, the ability of Arthur Andersen to satisfy any claims (including claims arising from Arthur Andersen’s provision of auditing and other services to the Company) may be limited as a practical matter due to recent events regarding Arthur Andersen.